IT M 2013 Theses

Informcijas
Sistmu
Menedmenta
Augstskola
ISMA
University
of Applied
Sciences

Information Technologies,
Management and Society

The 11
th
International Scientific Conference
Information Technologies and Management
2013 April 18 - 19

ISMA University
of Applied Sciences
Riga, Latvia

International IT
University,
Almaty, Kazakhstan

Chernihiv State
Institute of Economics
and Management
Chernihiv, Ukraine

Poltava National
Technical
Yurii Kondratuyk
University
Poltava, Ukraine

Riga, 2013

IT&M2013OrganizingCommittee IT&M2013ScientificProgrammeCommittee
Prof.Dr.Sc.RomanDyackon(Latvia)TheHeadof
OrganizingCommittee
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilYuriShunin(Latvia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.VictorGopeyenko(Latvia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.MargaZhivitere(Latvia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilPlamenLegkostup(Bulgaria)
As.Prof.Dr.Sc.VictorChlaidze(Latvia)
As.Prof.Dr.Sc.KalevKant(Latvia)
As.Prof.Dr.edu,PhD,TamaraLobanovaShunina(Latvia)
As.Prof.Dr.Sc.AleksandrMrochko(Latvia)
As.Prof.Dr.oec.,ViktoriiaRiashchenko(Latvia)
As.Prof.PhDMarianaPetrova(Bulgaria)
Assist.Prof.PhDYelenaKozmina (Latvia)
Assist.Prof.Dr.his,PhD,AlinaLitvinenko(Latvia)
Dr.Sc.hist.NatalyVorobyeva(Latvia)Headof
RegistrationSection
MSc.NatalyBurlutskaya(Latvia)Secretaryof
OrganizingProgramme
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilYuriShunin(Latvia)TheHeadof
ProgrammeCommittee
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilArnoldKiv(Israel)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilIrinaKalenuk(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilPavelDyachkov(Russia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilZoyaTimoshenko(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilYurisKalninsh(Latvia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilKurtSchwartz(Germany)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HabilPlamenLegkostup(Bulgaria)
Prof.Dr.Sc.VictorGopeyenko(Latvia)
Prof.Dr.oec.IrinaMarkina(Ukraine)
As.Prof.PhDMarianaPetrova(Bulgaria)
As.Prof.Dr.Sc.AlytisGruodis(Lithuania)
As.Prof.Dr.Sc.VictorChlaidze(Latvia)
MSc.NatalyBurlutskaya(Latvia)Secretaryof
ProgrammeCommittee
IT&M2013LocalOrganizingCommittee(Kazakhstan
section)
IT&M2013ScientificProgrammeCommittee
(Kazakhstansection)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.DamirA.ShynybekovRectorofIITU,
HeadofOrganizingCommitteeofKazakhstansection
(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.,GilTaraniCarnegieCEO(USA)
NurlanIzmailovNationalICTHoldingZerdeCEO
(Kazakhstan)
BikeshK.KurmangalievaNationalICTHoldingZerde
(Kazakhstan)
Dr.Econ.Sc.AlexeiTikhomirov(USA)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.RaisaUskenbayeva(Kazakhstan)
MairashTaikenova(Kazakhstan)
As.Prof.,PhD.BahytN.Alipova(Kazakhstan)
AlmaRysbekovaDirectorofRegistrationDepartment
ofIITU(Kazakhstan)
MSc.AlkenUrazalinHeadofRegistrationSection,IITU
(Kazakhstan)
MS.Comp.Sc.JelenaMuhamedijevaRegistration
Section
(Kazakhstan)
MS.Comp.Sc.AselSahipovaRegistrationSection
(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Ing.RavilI.MuhamedyevHeadofProgram
CommitteeofKazakhstansection(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.EduardSon(Russia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.MukhtarbayOtelbayev(Kazakhstan)
SeniorResearcher,Ph.D.NikolayV.Pakulin(Russia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.RoslanIsmail(Malasia)
Prof.Dr.Sc.FuadHajiyev(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.AlekseyF.Cehovoy(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.MaksatN.Kalimoldayev(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.MeruertNarenova(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.AbuKuandykov(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.AlmaMansharipova(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.BahytzhanAhmetov(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.SandybekK.Kunakov(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.YedilkhanAmirgalyiev(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.Habil.SaltanatAmirgalyieva(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.HelenaBreslav(Kazakhstan)
As.Prof.PhD.MadinaIpalakova(Kazakhstan)
Chiefresearcher,Dr.Sc.RustamR.Musabayev
(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.LyazzatB.Atymtayeva(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.AltayZ.Aitmagambetov(Kazakhstan)
Prof.Dr.Sc.GalyaBerdykulova(Kazakhstan)
As.Prof.PhD.ZanarOmarova(Kazakhstan)
As.Prof.PhD.IrinaUalyeva(Kazakhstan)
As.Prof.PhD.GulnaraZakirova(Kazakhstan)
IT&M2013LocalOrganizingCommittee(Chernihiv
section)
IT&M2013ScientificProgrammeCommittee(Chernihiv
section)
Prof.Dr.Ec.Sc.OlenaGonta(Ukraine)HeadofOrganizing
CommitteeofChernihivsection
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.YuriyKiriluk(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Phil.Sc.OlgaMelnik(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Ec.Sc.OlenaGonta(Ukraine)HeadofProgram
CommitteeofKazakhstansection
Prof.Dr.Ec.Sc.ValentinaTropina(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Ec.Sc.VolodimirSavchenko(Ukraine)
Cand.Ped.Sc.VasilKarabanov(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.LudmilaRemnova(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ped.Sc.SergiyMelnikov(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.SergiyPonomarenko(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Jur.Sc.SvitlanaNischimna(Ukraine)
Prof.Cand.Eng.Sc.OlexiyTereschuk(Ukraine)
Docent,Cand.Ec.Sc.MarinaYurchenko(Ukraine)
Cand.Ec.Sc.NatalyHolyavko(Ukraine)Headof
RegistrationSection
IrinaKormylo(Ukraine)RegistrationSection
Prof.Dr.Eng.Sc.EvgenSahno(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Eng.Sc.InnaIvanova(Ukraine)
Prof.Cand.Ec.Sc.LarisaKovalenko(Ukraine)
Dozent,Dr.Sc.StanislavVdovenko(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.ValentinaGlivenko(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Eng.Sc.VolodimirGurev(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.PetroKoval(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.YuriyNikolaenko(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Ec.Sc.YuriyKarpenko(Ukraine)
Dozent,Cand.Eng.Sc.SergiyZavackiy(Ukraine)
Docent,Cand.Soc.Sc.OlgaTopol(Ukraine)
IT&M2013LocalOrganizingCommittee(Poltava
section)
IT&M2013ScientificProgrammeCommittee(Poltava
section)
Prof.Dr.Sc.VolodymyrO.OnishenkoRectorofPoltava
NationalTechnicalYuriiKondratuykUniversityHeadof
OrganizingCommitteeofPoltavasection(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Sc.IrynaMarkina(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Sc.O.S.Chmyr(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Sc.IrynaI.Markina(Ukraine)HeadofProgram
CommitteeofPoltavasection
Prof.Dr.Sc.VolodymyrO.Onishenko(Ukraine)
Prof.Dr.Sc.O.S.Chmyr(Ukraine)
As.Prof.PhD.SvitlanaV.Onyschenko(Ukraine)
As.Prof.PhD.IrynaV.Chernysh(Ukraine)

Supporting Organizations:
ISMA Computer Technology Institute, Latvia, Viktor Gopeyenko, director
ISMA Business Institute, Latvia, Viktor Chlaidze, director

ISSN16912489 InformationTechnologies,ManagementandSociety.
The11
th
InternationalConference
InformationTechnologiesandManagement2013.
April1819,2013.Theses.EditorsYu.N.ShuninandV.I.Gopeyenko
ISMAUniversityofAppliedSciences,Riga,2013
Copyrightisma2013 1LomonosovStr.,Bld.6,LV1019,Riga,Latvia
email:isma@isma.lv

The 11
th
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AND MANAGEMENT 2013
April 18-19, 2013, ISMA University of Applied Sciences, Riga, Latvia
4
IT&M2013ProgrammeandTimetable,2013April1819
April18 ISMA,Bld.7
9.45 Registration
10.00 ProfessorMargaZhivitere,ISMARector Opening of the 11
th
International Conference Information Technologies
&Management2013
10.05 ProfessorRomanDyackon,ISMA
President
GreetingstotheConference
Plenarysession1 NanotechnologyandSociety
TheHeadoftheSessionProfessorYu.Shunin,Aud.314
10.10 ProfessorYu.FZhukovskii Doped TiO
2
and SrTiO
3
Nanotubular Photocatalysts for WaterSplitting
HydrogenGeneration:FirstPrinciplesSimulations
10.30 ProfessorYu.N.Shunin CarbonBasedNanosensorSystems:ModellingandTechnology
10.50 ProfessorA.Gruodis AnalysisoftheElectronicandVibrationalAbsorptionSpectraoftheBisAzo
CompoundsbyMeansofQuantumChemistryMethods
11.10 ProfessorP.Koker Measurements of Electrical Charge and Energy in PSpice Simulation
Environment
11.30 Coffeebreak
Plenarysession2 AppliedproblemsofManagementandSociety
TheHeadoftheSessionProfessorV.Gopejenko,Aud.314
12.15 ProfessorR.Kinderis Cluster as Harmonious Cooperation of Wellness Tourism Members
BusinessModels
12.30 ProfessorT.LobanovaShunina Nanotechnologies: Challenges and Controversy on the Way to Scientific
CitizenshipandIntellectualConsumerBehaviour
12.45 ProfessorJ.R.Kalnins RandomWalksandDiffusioninOneDimensionalHeterogeneousMedia
13.00 MScPhil.M.Lapaine ConceptualStructureandProcessingintheFrameworkofSemanticsand
Cognition
13.15 Lunch
Section1 ICTapplicationsandNanotechnologies
TheHeadoftheSessionAs.ProfessorA.Mrochko, Aud.301
14.00 A.V.Gopejenko,Yu.F.Zhukovskii,
P.V.Vladimirov,E.A.Kotomin,
Yu.MastrikovandA.Mslang
FirstPrincipleModelingofInteractionsBetweenY,OandVacanciesinfcc
FeLattice
14.15 S.Piskunov,Yu.F.Zhukovskii BN Nanotubes Doped by Al, P, Ga, As, In, and Sb: Predictions from First
Principles
14.30 V.Duka,V.Stonuks,C.Czaplewski,
A.Liwo,S.Ventura,I.Liepina
Multiple BetaSheet Molecular Dynamics of Amyloid Formation of Two
ABLSH3DomainPeptides
14.45 E.K.Shidlovskaya ApplicationofEmbeddedClusterModelforCalculationofElectric
PropertiesofNanodevices
15.00 A.Koltsov,Yu.N.Shunin,
T.D.LobanovaShunina
Nanoelectronics:Stepfrom100to10nm
15.15 V.Boicov EvaluationofMonitoringTransportServicesObjects
15.30 V.Gopeyenko,Y.Kozmina SystemDynamicsApplicationforSolutionoftheNonLinearDifferential
Equations
15.45 V.Gopeyenko,J.Bubnovs DevelopmentofWebClientforMicrosoftSystemCenterServiceManager
16.00 J.Firsovs,A.Mrochko Data Security Implementation Issues within Transcom Worldwide Latvia
Company
16.15 A.N.Kovantsov,V.Hodiko ElementaryGeometryApplicationtoDesignDifferentFunctions
16.30 A.N.Kovantsov NetworksofTransferfortheSystemsofDifferentialEquation
16.45 A.Ferikolu,Ya.Sar,R.Kker DesignAndAnalysisofNegativeValueCircuitComponentsin
SpiceSimulationSoftware
17.00 J.Kazerovskis,S.Piskunov,
Yu.F.Zhukovskii
First Principles Simulations on Ni Nanofilaments Incorporated in Carbon
Nanotubes
Discussionandsectionsconcludingremarks

The 11
th
5
Section2 ProblemsofAnalyticalManagementandInnovativeEducation
TheHeadoftheSessionAs.Prof.V.Ryaschenko,Aud.314
14.00 M.Zhivitere TheImprovementofManagingCareersCompetences
14.15 A.Stankevics EmployersInvolvementintheDevelopmentofProfessionalHigher
Education.LatvianExperienceandChallenges
14.30 I.A.Markina CommercializationofEducationalInstitutionsScientificDevelopmentsand
BusinessDevelopment
14.45 S.Artemenkov ScientificConceptionsandHeuristicsinCrossCulturalCommunicationand
EducationinTermsofaJointProbabilityDecisionMaking
15.00 I.Spica,E.Spics,B.Berzina MarketingManagementOpportunitiesInLatvia
15.15 D.Klyukin LogisticalPanelForSecludedMarkets
15.30 M.Grinpukale TheAssessmentofStateSupervisionofTradeEnterprises
16.00 J.Dehtjare InformationTechnologiesinModernOperationsofTourismIndustry
16.15 M.Zhivitere,Z.Oborenko The Good Practice on the Recruitment and Employment of People with
DisabilityinLatvia
16.30 K.Kants MarketingofEducationalServices
16.45 O.V.Lukashina,A.M.Baikov ResearchofRightsofStaffChareholders:ContradictionsBetweenTheory
andPractice
17.00 I.Kulisha ProfessionalDevelopmentofPersonality
17.15 V.Riashchenko CurrentApproachestotheProcessofMotivation
17.30 I.Linde,V.Hodakovskis AnalysisofErrorsinClassificationofHigherEducationInstitutions
17.45 A.Rosha ConceptualModelforCoachinginOrganizations
18.00 K.Kants BusinessComputerGamesastheInnovativeFormofActiveLearning
Section3 ProblemsofAnalyticalManagement.StudentsWorkshop
TheHeadoftheSessionAssist.Prof.Ye.Kozmina, Aud.316
14.00 J.Litkina,V.Chlaidze AirbrushingontheCarasaBusinessInnovation
14.15 A.Levina,V.Chlaidze BodyArtandGestationalPaintingasaBusinessInnovation
14.30 V.Volosovska,L.Babich ImprovementofBusinessActivitiesEfficiencyofTransportAgencyIrbeLnk
byCreatingaNewTourismProduct
14.45 E.Ivanova,L.Fedorenko,V.Chlaidze ResearchofRecreationalNeedsofTheTourismMarketInRiga
15.00 K.Para,L.Babica TheImprovementoftheOperatingPerformanceof"AlidaTurs"Enterprise
15.15 A.Marusyaka,T.D.LobanovaShunina,
Yu.N.Shunin
FinancialsRiskManagementModelsforInvestmentProjects
15.30 I.Kulisha,D.Smirnov ConceptofServiceCulture
Section4. ModernProblemsofDesign Aud.Galery
TheHeadoftheSectionAssist.ProfessorA.Litvinenko
14.00 V.Telesh Pointillism,orDrawingPointsinDesign
14.15 L.Lielkaya,J.Sidorenko ColourSelectionAndMatchingInteriorDesignProject
14.30 .Litvinenko InteriorDesignthePsychologicalAspects
14.45 L.Murniece,J.Sidorenko OpArtandColoursRoleinInteriorDesign
15.00 L.Putane,J.Sidorenko BeautySalon"Harmony"CorporateStyle
15.15 J.Sidorenko DesignColourTrends2013
15.30 I.Lisagora TheInfluenceofWorldEconomicandEcologicalTendenciesonProduction
ofCeramicCoatingsandModernTrendsinTheirUseinInteriorDesign
15.45 N.Knyazeva MethodsoftheDesignofNonStandardFormsofClothingFrom
UnconventionalMaterials
16.00 L.Zarina,M.Boyarinova EducationintheFieldofFashionDesign.PersonCentredApproach
April19,12.00.a.m.
12.00 InternetConference:
Kazakhstan,Ukraine
ModeratorProf.V.Gopeyenko
13.30 ScientificPracticalSeminar
Problems of Education in Modern
World
ModeratorAs.Prof.V.Ryaschenko
ConferenceSummaryandDecisionMaking

The 11
th
6
CONTENTS

INFORMATION SYSTEMS
AND
NANOTECHNOLOGIES
15

YU.N. SHUNIN,
YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII,
V.I. GOPEYENKO,
T. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA,
N. BURLUTSKAYA, S. BELLUCCI
CARBON BASED NANOSENSOR SYSTEMS: MODELLING AND
TECHNOLOGY
17

V. GOPEYENKO J. BUBNOVS
DEVELOPMENT OF WEB CLIENT FOR MICROSOFT SYSTEM
CENTER SERVICE MANAGER
19

V. GOPEYENKO, Y. KOZMINA
SYSTEM DYNAMICS APPLICATION FOR SOLUTION OF THE
NON-LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
20

V. DUKA, V. STONKUS,
C. CZAPLEWSKI, A. LIWO,
S. VENTURA, I. LIEPINA
MULTIPLE BETA-SHEET MOLECULAR DYNAMICS OF
AMYLOID FORMATION OF TWO ABL-SH3 DOMAIN PEPTIDES
23

A.AITMAGAMBETOV,
YU. BUTUZOV, N.SATEROV
MATTERS OF SATELLITE QUEUING NETWORK DESIGN IN KA-
BAND FOR REPUBLIC OF KAZAKHSTAN
25

B.B.ABISHEVA, B.M.BAISAKOV,
M.M. MARATOV
REAL-TIME FACIAL FEATURE POINT DETECTION AND
TRACKING IN A VIDEO SEQUENCE
26

S. AMANZHOLOVA, N. ZHAKAYEV SIMULATION OF SYSTEMS INFORMATION SECURITY 28

G. H. AXAKALOVA
APPLICATION OF NEURAL NETWORKS FOR PROGNOSE THE
PREDISPOSITION TO DISEASES
30

Y. Y. BAKASH
DEVELOPING AN EXPERT SYSTEM TO MAKE
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR GERONTOLOGICAL SERVICES
31

V. BOICOV
EVALUATION OF MONITORING TRANSPORT SERVICES
OBJECTS
33

N. BUKENOV
USING VIDEO H.264 IN A WEB-BASED COMMERCIALS
PLACEMENT SYSTEM
34

E. ERLAN, A. ZHETPISBAYEVA,
A. SALIKOV
DEVELOPMENT OF SOFTWARE APPLICATION FOR SMART
STOP
35

A. FERIKOLU, Y. SARI,
R. KKER, . PEHLIVAN
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF NEGATIVE VALUE CIRCUIT
COMPONENTS IN SPICE SIMULATION SOFTWARE
37

A. FERIKOLU, Y. SARI,
R. KKER, . PEHLIVAN
MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL CHARGE AND ENERGY IN
PSPICE SIMULATION ENVIRONMENT
39

The 11
th
7
N. KELMINSKIEN, A. GRUODIS
ANALYSIS OF THE ELECTRONIC AND VIBRATIONAL
ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF THE BIS-AZO COMPOUNDS BY
MEANS OF QUANTUM CHEMISTRY METHODS
40

N.A. NECHVAL, K.N. NECHVAL,
U. ROSEVSKIS, J. KRASTS,
V.F. STRELCHONOK
COMPARING TWO TREATMENTS VIA DIFFERENCE OF MEANS 41

V.F. STRELCHONOK
SIMULTANEOUS PREDICTION LIMITS FOR FUTURE OUTCOMES 43

V.F. STRELCHONOK
PREDICTION OF FUTURE ORDER STATISTICS COMING FROM
LEFT-TRUNCATED WEIBULL MODEL
45

T. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA,
YU. SHUNIN
NANOTECHNOLOGIES: CHALLENGES AND CONTROVERSY ON
THE WAY TO SCIENTIFIC CITIZENSHIP AND INTELLECTUAL
CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
47

J. R. KALNIN
RANDOM WALKS AND DIFFUSION IN ONE-DIMENSIONAL
HETEROGENEOUS MEDIA
49

G.M. KABINOVA
SEARCH OPTIMIZATION IN TREELIKE DATA STRUCTURES
WITH RED-BLACK PROPERTIES
50

P. KAIONIS, V. LUKEVIIT,
V. ALEKSA
RAMAN SPECTROSCOPIC STUDY OF H/D EXCHANGE IN IONIC
LIQUID/D2O MIXTURES
52

J. KAZEROVSKIS, S. PISKUNOV,
YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
FIRST PRINCIPLES SIMULATIONS ON NI NANOFILAMENTS
INCORPORATED IN CARBON NANOTUBES
53

M. KIRIYAK AUTOMATED CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR CITY FOUNTAINS 55

D. FINK, N. MYKYTENKO, A. KIV GENERALIZED MODEL OF TRACK DEVICES 57

S.A. ZYRYN, K. RYBALCHENKO,
A. KIV
KINETICS OF INJECTED CHARGE IN THE MEMORY
TRANSISTOR
58

A. KOLTSOV, YU.N. SHUNIN,
T.D. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA
NANOELECTRONICS : STEP FROM 100 TO 10 NM 60

A.N.KOVANTSOV, V.HODIKO
ELEMENTARY GEOMETRY APPLICATION TO DESIGN
DIFFERENT FUNCTIONS
61

A.N.KOVANTSOV
NETWORKS OF TRANSFER FOR THE SYSTEMS OF
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
62

L. KOZINA, ZH. NURUSHEV,
P. GRITSENKO, K. YAKUNIN
CLASSIFICATION ALGORITHMS IN THE RECOGNITION
PROBLEM OF LITHOLOGICAL LAYERS AT THE URANIUM
FIELDS
63

The 11
th
8
L. KOZINA
USING A K-NEAREST NEIGHBORS (K-NN) ALGORITHM TO
CLEAN A SOURCE DATASET IN A CLASSIFICATION PROBLEM
65

B.SH. KULPESHOV, A. ALIBEK ON PROPERTIES OF WEAKLY O-MINIMAL HYBRID SYSTEMS 67

B.SH. KULPESHOV, A. ALIBEK
ON PROPERTIES OF DATABASE QUERIES OVER A PARTIALLY
ORDERED DOMAIN
69

B.SH. KULPESHOV ON PROPERTIES OF WEAKLY CIRCULARLY MINIMAL GROUPS 71

M. ADAMBAEV, A. AUEZOVA
METHOD OF PREPARATION OF THE DISCRETE DATA FILE
CASUAL VARIABLES OF DIFFICULT OBJECT MANAGEMENTS
72

PROGRAMMING CONTROLLERS AND VISUALIZATION IN THE
SOFTWARE ENVIRONMENT UNITY PRO
74

M. KAIRANBAY
SOLVING THE SHORTEST PATH PROBLEM USING GENETIC
ALGORITHM
76

K. STOYCHEV-TSVETKOV,
M. MATEEVA-PETROVA
IS THERE ANY TRUTH IN PROJECTLIBRE THE OPEN SOURCE
REPLACEMENT OF MICROSOFT PROJECT?
78

YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII, S. PISKUNOV,
O. LISOVSKI, J. BEGENS
DOPED TIO2 AND SRTIO3 NANOTUBULAR
PHOTOCATALYSTS FOR WATER-SPLITTING HYDROGEN
GENERATION: FIRST PRINCIPLES SIMULATIONS
80

R.ZH. SATYBALDIYEVA,
A.N. MOLDAGULOVA
CONCEPTUAL MODEL OF DISPATCHING SYSTEM OF MINING
AND TRANSPORT ENTERPRISE
83

R. MUHAMEDYEV, Y. KUCHIN,
S. ISKAKOV
FRAMEWORK OF INTELLECTUAL SYSTEM OF IDENTIFICATION
OF LITHOLOGICAL VARIETIES
85

R. MUHAMEDYEV

INTELLECTUAL IDENTIFICATION OF LITHOLOGIC MEMBERS
86
N. LEE
DEVELOPMENT OF EXPERT SYSTEMS CALCULATING DOSE
OF CHEMOTHERAPY
88

A.A. PASHKO SIMULATION OF RANDOM FIELDS ON THE SPHERE 89

O. PAZYLDAYEV
BUILDING FULLY FUNCTIONAL INDEX SEARCH ENGINE
PROTOTYPE ON AN APACHE NUTCH AND APACHE SOLR
91

O. PAZYLDAYEV
THE PROBLEM OF TRANSITION TO THE NEW TECHNOLOGIES
IN THE SECOND-TIER BANKS IN KAZAKHSTAN
92

N. RAKHIMZHANOVA
DEVELOPMENT OF A SYSTEM FOR CALCULATING OF INSULIN
DOSE FOR DIABETIC PATIENTS
93

Z. RYSDAULETOVA TECHNOLOGY IN-DEPTH ANALYSIS OF TEXT DATA 95

M. SEIFULIN MOBILE PHONE SENSORS IN HEALTH APPLICATIONS 96

M. SEIFULIN TELEMEDICINE FOR THE BENEFIT OF PATIENTS 97

The 11
th
9

P. SHAMOI, A. AKZHALOVA,
A. KADYROVA
OUTLINE OF A NEW APPROACH TO ESTIMATION OF THE OIL
WELL PROFITABILITY BASED ON FUZZY SETS AND LOGIC
98

P. SHAMOI
FUSION OF OBJECT-ORIENTED AND FUNCTIONAL
PROGRAMMING: MYTH OR REALITY?
101

E.K. SHIDLOVSKAYA
APPLICATION OF EMBEDDED CLUSTER MODEL FOR
CALCULATION OF ELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF NANODEVICES
104

S. TAMOAITYT, M. PUETAIT,
V. ABLINSKAS
APPLICATION OF VIBRATIONAL MICROSPECTROSCOPY FOR
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION STUDIES OF URINARY SEDIMENTS
105

J. FIRSOVS, A. MROCHKO
DATA SECURITY IMPLEMENTATION ISSUES WITHIN
TRANSCOM WORLDWIDE LATVIA COMPANY
107

A. RAHIMZHANOVA,
B. UMURZAKOV, A. KAMYSBAYEV,
U.KOPENOV
CLOUD AND XML TECHNOLOGIES FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF
AN EXCHANGE BY SCORING DATA BETWEEN BANKS
109

S. PISKUNOV, YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
BN NANOTUBES DOPED BY AL, P, GA, AS, IN, AND SB:
PREDICTIONS FROM FIRST PRINCIPLES
110

A. GOPEJENKO, YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII,
P.V. VLADIMIROV, E.A. KOTOMIN,
YU. MASTRIKOV, A. MSLANG
FIRST PRINCIPLE MODELING OF INTERACTIONS BETWEEN Y,
O AND VACANCIES IN FCC-FE LATTICE
112

ECONOMICS
AND
MANAGEMENT
115

M. IVITERE, Z. OBORENKO
THE GOOD PRACTICE ON THE RECRUITMENT AND
EMPLOYMENT OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITY IN LATVIA
117

M. IVITERE
THE IMPROVEMENT OF MANAGING A CAREERS
COMPETENCES
119

A.STANKEVICS
EMPLOYERS INVOLVEMENT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF
PROFESSIONAL HIGHER EDUCATION: LATVIAN EXPERIENCE
AND CHALLENGES
121

L. BAYDALINA, V. GREKUL
AN APPROACH TO PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF THE
DATACENTER PROJECT EFFECTIVENESS
123

I. SPICA, E. SPICS, B. BERZINA MARKETING MANAGEMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN LATVIA 125

M.GRINPUKALE
THE ASSESSMENT OF STATE SUPERVISION OF TRADE
ENTERPRISES
126

D. KLYUKIN LOGISTICAL PANEL FOR SECLUDED MARKETS 127

I.KULISHA, D.SMIRNOV CONCEPT OF SERVICE CULTURE 128

The 11
th
10
I.KULISHA PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF PERSONALITY 129

V.RIASHCHENKO CURRENT APPROACHES TO THE PROCESS OF MOTIVATION 131

A. LEVINA, V.CHLAIDZE
BODY ART AND GESTATIONAL PAINTING AS A BUSINESS
INNOVATION
133

V. VOLOSOVSKA, L. BABICH
IMPROVEMENT OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES EFFICIENCY OF
TRANSPORT AGENCY IRBE LNK BY CREATING A NEW
TOURISM PRODUCT
134

N. V. BAKALO THE SMALL BUSINESS CONSULTING 136

J.A. BARYBINA
COMMUNICATION IN THE MUSEUM: PROBLEMS AND
SOLUTIONS
137

R. BILOVOL
THE PROCESS OF DIAGNOSTICS OF CRISIS AS BASIS OF
COMPANY RECOVERY AND DEVELOPMENT
138

L. BOLDYREVA
APPLICATION OF LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT IN UKRAINE BY
BREWING COMPANIES VIGOROUS COMPETITIVE
ENVIRONMENT
139

I. BORTNIK
MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS EDUCATION UNDER MARKET
CONDITIONS
141

I.V. CHERNYSH
BACKGROUND OF STATE CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN THE
TOURISM BUSINESS CONCEPT
142

O.S. CHMYR, Y.V. KHOMENKO
CONCEPT OF GREEN GROWTH ECONOMY: THE NEW
ROADMAP FOR UKRAINE
144

N.. DROBITKO
INTERRELATION OF ELEMENTARY CYCLE OF EXPANSION AND
MANAGEMENT OF MARKETING ACTIVITY OF THE
ENTERPRISE
145

D. DYACHKOV
FORMING OF EVALUATION OF TOURIST INFORMATION
POTENTIAL SYSTEM
147

E. FILONYCH PROBLEMS OF ECONOMIC SECURITY UNIVERSITY 148

A. GLEBOVA
CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING, AS A METHOD OF INCREASING
THE INVESTMENT - INNOVATION POTENTIAL OF DOMESTIC
ENTERPRISES
150

O. GOLOBORODKO
PROSPECTS FOR USING OF OUTSOURCING AT ENTERPRISE
TOURIST INDUSTRY
152

. GRIGORENKO
ANTI-CRISIS MANAGEMENT OF MACHINERY ENTERPRISE
FEATURES
153

The 11
th
11
M.V. GUNCHENKO
THE CONCEPT OF ACCOUNTING RESPONSIBILITY IN
CONTROLLING AND THE CONCEPT OF RESPONSIBILITY
CENTERS
154

E. KOSTENKO
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF PETROLEUM INDUSTRY OF
UKRAINE
155

V. MAHOVKA
SUBSTANTIATION OF ANTI-CRISIS MANAGEMENT FOR
TOURISM COMPANIES
156

I.A. MARKINA
COMMERCIALIZATION OF EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS
SCIENTIFIC DEVELOPMENTS AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
157

V. ONYSHCHENKO, Y. DOVGAL
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF REGIONAL INNOVATION
DEVELOPMENT
160

V. ONISHENKO, S. PAVLUCHKOVA
PROJECT FINANCING AS A PROMISING FINANCIAL SCHEME
FOR SUPPORT OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS
161

S.V. ONYSHCHENKO, A.A. PUGACH
BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT IN THE CONTEXT OF
INCREASING OF THE INVESTMENT SECURITY LEVEL
162

S. ONYSHCHENKO, E. KOSTENKO
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF PETROLEUM INDUSTRY OF
UKRAINE
164

N.I. SOMYCH LEGAL REGULATION OF MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES 165

L. SVISTUN, K. SHTEPENKO,
V. TOPOL
ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES IN REAL
ESTATE DEVELOPMENT COMPANIES
167

O. VASYLENKO STATE SUPPORT OF THE TOURISM BUSINESS IN UKRAINE 168

O.O. MYKHAILOV MARKET APPROACH TO CAREER MANAGEMENT 169

. KOMELINA
MODEL OF COMMERCIALIZATION OF INNOVATIVE
TECHNOLOGIES: THE THEORETICAL BASIS OF THE
FORMATION
170

O. KOMELINA
STRATEGY OF UKRAINE ECONOMIC SECURITY IN THE SOCIAL
SPHERE
171

J.DEHTJARE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES IN MODERN OPERATIONS OF
TOURISM INDUSTRY
172

J.LITKINA, V.CHLAIDZE AIRBRUSHING ON THE CAR AS A BUSINESS INNOVATION 175

K. KANTS MARKETING OF EDUCATIONAL SERVICES 176

A. MARUSYAKA, YU.N. SHUNIN,
T.D. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA
FINANCIALS RISK MANAGEMENT MODELS FOR INVESTMENT
PROJECTS
178

K. PARA, L. BABICA
THE IMPROVEMENT OF THE OPERATING PERFORMANCE OF
ALIDA TURS ENTERPRISE
180

The 11
th
12

O.V.LUKASHINA, A.M.BAIKOV
RESEARCH OF RIGHTS OF STAFF CHAREHOLDERS:
CONTRADICTIONS BETWEEN THEORY AND PRACTICE
181

R. KINDERIS
CLUSTER AS HARMONIOUS COOPERATION OF WELLNESS
TOURISM MEMBERS BUSINESS MODELS
183

E. IVANOVA, L. FEDORENKO,
V.CHLAIDZE
RESEARCH OF RECREATIONAL NEEDS OF THE TOURISM
MARKET IN RIGA
186

I. KALENUK, N. HOLYAVKO
PERSPECTIVES OF FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC MANAGEMENT
OF HIGHER EDUCATION SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT
188

O. GRISHNOVA, M. BOYKO
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AS A KEY OF ENHANCE OF
SOCIAL CAPITAL IN THE ENTERPRISE
190

T.O. KOSTENKO
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AS A LABOR PRODUCTIVITY
FACTOR OF INCREASING SIGNIFICANCE
192

T. BILONOG
MONITORING AS A KEY ELEMENT OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS
MANAGEMENT
193

O. MYKYTYUK CLUSTERING OF ECONOMIC ENTITY 194

Y. ZHOROVA
ESTIMATION OF THE SYSTEM OF CRISIS CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
196

I. KOSACH, I.KALINKO PROJECT MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE 198

O. SAKUN
THE NECESSITY OF LOCAL INNOVATIVE CENTERS FOR
COOPERATION OF EDUCATION, SCIENCE AND INDUSTRY IN
UKRAINE
199

N. TKALENKO, V. MARHASOVA
STATE REGULATION OF REGIONAL ECONOMIC SECURITY IN
INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT
200

A. VELIHORSKYY
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS IN AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY AS
FACTOR OF MODERNIZATION OF POSTSOCIALISTIC ECONOMY
202

S.V. ZLOBIN, O.V. ZLOBINA PERSPECTIVES OF ONLINE TRADING IN UKRAINE 203

N.A.ALESHUGINA
ABOUT THE PRACTICAL IMPORTANCE OF REVIEW OF
DEFINITIONS OF RURAL TOURISM
203

G. ANDREYEVA
MARKET SEGMENTATION OF TOURIST - RECREATIONAL
COMPLEX IN CONTEXT OF ITS COMPETITIVENESS
206

O. GONTA, D. PILEVYCH
FORMATION INVESTMENT POLICY CONSIDERING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF CROSS-BORDER SECURITY
208

L. LADONKO
EFFECT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ON PERFORMING
THE ORGANISATIONAL CHANGES
210

The 11
th
13
O. MIKHAIYLOVSKA THE DESCRIPTION MODEL OF UKRAINES HEALTH CARE 212

V. BELINSKAY, N. MOROZ,
A. KUNDENKO
INSTITUTIONAL REPOSITORY AS RESEARCH AND
EDUCATIONAL AREA ACCESS MECHANISM
214

M. MOSTOVA
TURNAROUND MANAGEMENT IN FOOD INDUSTRY
ENTERPRISES
216

S. SUVOROVA
BENCHMARKING AS A MODERN MARKETING RESEARCH
TECHNOLOGY
217

INNOVATIVE
EDUCATION
219

S. ARTEMENKOV
SCIENTIFIC CONCEPTIONS AND HEURISTICS IN CROSS-
CULTURAL COMMUNICATION AND EDUCATION IN TERMS OF A
JOINT PROBABILITY DECISION MAKING
221

M. LAPAINE, T. LAPAINE
CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE AND PROCESSING IN THE
FRAMEWORK OF SEMANTICS AND COGNITION
223

A. ROSHA CONCEPTUAL MODEL FOR COACHING IN ORGANISAT 225

I.LINDE, V.HODAKOVSKIS
ANALYSIS OF ERRORS IN CLASSIFICATION OF HIGHER
EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS
227

O. MELNYK
IDEOLOGICALLY-VALUE PRINCIPLES OF UKRAINIAN
EDUCATION REFORM
229

K. KANTS ON CERTAIN FORMS OF ACTIVE LEARNING 231

T. SHESTAKOVS`KY
THE PROBLEMS OF IMPLEMENTING ORGANIZATIONAL AND
FINANCIAL INNOVATIONS IN THE SYSTEM OF SECONDARY
EDUCATION
233

MODERN TRENDS IN DESIGN 235

V.TELESH POINTILLISM, OR DRAWING POINTS IN DESIGN 237

N.KAZEVA
METHODS OF THE DESIGN OF NON-STANDARD FORMS OF
CLOTHING FROM UNCONVENTIONAL MATERIALS
239

L.ZARINA, M. BOJARINOVA
EDUCATION IN THE FIELD OF FASHION DESIGN. OPENING
ABILITIES OF A CREATIVE PERSONALITY. PERSON-CENTRED
APPROACH.
240

I. LISAGOR
THE INFLUENCE OF WORLD ECONOMIC AND ECOLOGICAL
TENDENCIES ON PRODUCTION OF CERAMIC COATINGS AND
MODERN TRENDS IN THEIR USE IN INTERIOR DESIGN
241

L.LIELKJA, J.SIDORENKO
COLOUR SELECTION AND MATCHING INTERIOR DESIGN
PROJECT
243

The 11
th
14

. LITVINENKO INTERIOR DESIGN: THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS 244

L.MURNIECE, J.SIDORENKO OP ART AND COLOURS ROLE IN INTERIOR DESIGN 245

L.PUTNE, J.SIDORENKO BEAUTY SALON HARMONY CORPORATE STYLE 246

J.SIDORENKO DESIGN COLOUR TRENDS 2013 247

INFORMATION SYSTEMS
AND
NANOTECHNOLOGIES

The 11
th
IN01 17
CARBON BASED NANOSENSOR SYSTEMS: MODELLING AND TECHNOLOGY
YU.N. SHUNIN
1,2
, YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
2
,V.I. GOPEYENKO
1
, T. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA
1
,
N. BURLUTSKAYA
1
, S. BELLUCCI
3

1
ISMA University of Applied Sciences, Riga, Latvia
2
Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, Riga, Latvia
3
INFN-Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati, Via Enrico Fermi 40, Frascati, Italy

ABSTRACT
Interfaces of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and graphene nanoribbons (GNRs) alongside with other
materials are widely applied for novel nanosensor devices. The fundamental electron devices include field
emission transistors (FETs) sensitive to various external influences of different nature such as
mechanical, chemical, biological, electrical, magnetic, etc. In CNT- and GNR-based nano-FETs the
electrical properties of nanocarbon components change under the influence of local external factors.
Unique physical properties of CNTs, GNRs and their various interconnects find application as
nanomaterials in different types of sensors (pressure, flow, thermal, gas, optical, mass, position, stress,
chemical and biological sensors). There is a set of more complicated nanocarbon systems (e.g. graphene
nanofibers (GNF), graphene-based aerogels (GBA) etc, which are considered as prospective materials for
fast nanoelectronics and nanosensors.
[Keywords: carbon nanotubes (CNT), graphene nanoribbons (GNR), graphene nanofibers (GNF),
graphene-based aerogels (GBA), nanosensors]
1. ELECTROMAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF CARBON-BASED NANOSYSTEMS
Electromagnetic properties of carbon-based nanosystems are essential for the creation of various
nanoelectronic devices. We pay main attention to CNT, graphene nanoribbons and nanofibers (i.e., GNR
and GNF) as well as graphene-based aerogels (GBA), consisting of graphene nanoflakes, metallic
nanowires and nanopores as the basis for high-speed nanoelectronics and potential nanosensors (Fig.1).
Special attention is paid to fundamental properties of CNTs, GNRs as well as various CNT-Me, GNR-
Me, CNT-graphene interconnects.
3D GBA nanosystems are considered as complicated systems of basic nanocarbon interconnected
elements. The developed cluster approach based on the multiple scattering theory formalism as well as
effective medium approximation is used for nanosized systems modeling including calculations of
dispersion law, electronic density of states, conductivity, etc. [1]. Technological interest to contacts of
CNTs or GNRs with other conducting elements in nanocircuits, FET-type nanodevices and GBA is the
reason to estimate various interconnect resistances, which depend on chirality effects in nanotubes and
nanoribbons. Simulations of electromagnetic properties in interconnects for evaluation of integral
resistances, capacitances and impedances of various topologies of nanodevices (1D, 2D and 3D),
including frequency properties (GHz&THz) have been performed.
2. MODELLING OF NANOSENSORS SYSTEMS
The analysis of Kubo-Greenwoods conditions regarding CNT (GNR) morphology is presented taking
into account dc ( 0 ), ac ( 0 ) regimes and the temperature factor of electron transport.
Parametrical numerical simulations of conductivity have been carried out for various morphologies of
CNTs and GNRs. The sensitivity of conductivity to the local electronic density of states in CNTs and
GNRs with local impurities ((pure and doped, e.g. B and N atoms, Fig.1) has been demonstrated.

The 11
th
IN01 18

FIGURE 1. FET-TYPE NANODEVICES AS PROSPECTIVE NANOSENSOR SYSTEMS: A) THE UNPERTURBED FIELD-EFFECT
TRANSISTORS BASED ON CNT- OR GNR- BASED FETS ARE MAINLY COMPOSED OF THE CORRESPONDING SEMICONDUCTING
CARBON MATERIALS SUSPENDED OVER TWO ELECTRODES; B) PHYSICAL NANOSENSORS: A CONDUCTING THRESHOLD CAN BE
ALTERED WHEN THE TUBE OR GRAPHENE RIBBON IS BENT; C) CHEMICAL NANOSENSORS: THE SAME THRESHOLD CAN BE
ALTERED WHEN THE AMOUNT OF FREE CHARGES ON THE TUBE OF GRAPHENE RIBBON SURFACE IS INCREASED OR DECREASED
BY THE PRESENCE OF DONOR OR ACCEPTOR MOLECULES OF SPECIFIC GASES OR COMPOSITES; D) BIOLOGICAL NANOSENSORS:
MONITORING OF BIOMOLECULAR PROCESSES SUCH AS ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN INTERACTIONS, DNA INTERACTIONS, ENZYMATIC
INTERACTIONS OR CELLULAR COMMUNICATION PROCESSES, ETC.

0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0
0,000
0,001
0,002
0,003
0,004
0,005
0,006
0,007
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,

a
r
b
.
u
n
i
t
s
h, eV
CNT5x5c
CNT5x5b
CNT5x5n

0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0
0,000
0,002
0,004
0,006
0,008
0,010
0,012
0,014
0,016
C
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
,

a
r
b
.

u
n
i
t
s
h, eV
CNT7x7c
CNT7x7b
CNT7x7n

FIGURE 2. CONDUCTIVITIES OF PURE PERFECT AND DOPED (B OR N) ARM-CHAIR CNTS IN THE LIMIT OF NON-INTERACTING
DEFECTS: A) 5X5; B) 7X7.

In particular, this sensitivity means that the potential possibility of CNT-based nanodevices is to be
used as nanosensor systems. On the other hand, both CNT-Me and GNR-Me based nanostructures can be
considered as perspective nanosensor structures, due to the active dangling atomic bonds within the
interconnect area [1, 2].
REFERENCES
[1] Shunin Yu.N., Zhukovskii Yu. F., Gopejenko V. I., Burlutskaya N., Bellucci S. (2012) In:
Nanodevices and Nanomaterials for Ecological Security, Yu. Shunin and A. Kiv, Eds. Series: Nato
Science for Peace Series B - Physics and Biophysics, Heidelberg, Springer Verlag, 237-262
[2] Shunin Yu.N., Zhukovskii Yu.F., Gopejenko V.I., Burlutskaya N., Lobanova-Shunina T., Bellucci
S. (2012) Journal of Nanophotonics 6, No.1, 061706-1-16. doi:10.1117/1.JNP.6.061706.
a
b
c
Source Drain
50 nm
Source Drain
Charges
CNT
GNR
50 nm
Gas molecules
Force
Preasure forces
50 nm
50 nm
Antibodies Antigens
d

The 11
th
IN02 19
DEVELOPMENT OF WEB CLIENT FOR MICROSOFT SYSTEM
CENTER SERVICE MANAGER
V. GOPEYENKO J. BUBNOVS
ISMA University of Applied Sciences
Department of Natural Sciences and Computer Technologies
Lomonosova 1, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: viktors.gopejenko@isma.lv; jevgenijs.b@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
System Center Service Manager 2012 (SCSM) represents integrated platform for automation and
adaptation of the advanced management practices of IT-services according to the requirements of the
organization. Fine-tuning issues of SCSM on the basis of the web interface development that are
necessary for its optimal implementation are considered.
[Keywords: SCSM, System Center Service Manager, ITIL, Microsoft Operations Framework,
Ticketing system, orchestrator, work order software, it service management, service management tools,
systems management service, it business management]

GENERAL
SCSM is able to help the organization to improve performance, decrease expenses and time required
to solve issues as well as to meet the requirements of the standards. SCSM integrated processes are based
on the advanced practices of the branch, e.g. Microsoft Operations Framework (MOF) on IT
infrastructure library.
Packets to manage the main processes, solve incidents and issues, control the changes and managing
the configuration and knowledge base are included in SCSM.
With the help of its Configuration Management Database and integration of the processes SCSM
automatically connects knowledge bases and receives information from System Center Operations
Manager, System Center Configuration Manager and domain services of Active Directory.
The main objective of the work it the development of the web interface for SCSM for the company
that actively uses it as the main tool of the internal control.
Microsoft offers tools to work with SCSM. The main tool is Service Manager Console (SMC) that
allows full control of both software and issues. However SMC has redundant functionality which is not
required to the most of the users and significantly complicates its mastering. The second tool Self-Service
Portal for System Center is web interface that allows user to perform some simple activities
independently, e.g. unblocking user account. Also it is possible to create incidents and queries with the
help of the portal. However it does not allow to fully controlling the process of the task execution.

CONCLUSION
The necessity of the switch over to the web interface is related to its higher flexibility in tuning
according to the requirements of the specific department. As well as the development of intuitively
understandable interface will allow speeding up the training of the new employees that leads to the
decrease of the expenses of the company.

REFERENCES
[1] Microsoft System Center 2012 Service Manager Cookbook

The 11
th
IN03 20
:
:
x
X
Y
O
F
d
F
Jx

:
F
d
0
SYSTEM DYNAMICS APPLICATION FOR SOLUTION OF THE NON-LINEAR
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
V. GOPEYENKO, Y. KOZMINA
e-mail: viktors.gopejenko@isma.lv; jelena.kozmina@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
To solve non-linear differential equations in the case when precise analytical solution is not known
Vensim system dynamic modelling package is applied.
[Keywords: System Dynamics, Vensim, Nonlinear Differential Equation, Computer Simulation]

GENERAL
Movement of the body thrown at an angle to the horizon taking into account air resistance is
considered. The relations between the coordinates :
x
(t) and :
(t) of the velocity vector : in the case

when the body is thrown at an angle o to the horizon taking into account air resistance are considered. In
each moment of time the body position is described by the coordinates (x, y), where x = x(t), y = y(t) .
Velocity vector : = :(t) with absolute value of :(t) = :
x
2
(t) + :
2
(t) is directed tangentially to the
body movement trajectory and at the initial time moment is equal to :
0

Let 0 = 0(x, y) is the angle that forms vector :(t) with 0x axis, F
d
= (-F
d
cos0, -F
d
sin0) is a
deceleration force directed opposite to the velocity vector : , F
d
= |F
d
| (Fig.1)

FIGURE 1. VECTORS OF THE FORCES AND OF THE VELOCITY THAT ACT ON THE BODY
(WITH AIR RESISTANCE).

Then according to the second Newton law,

_
m J:
x
(t) Jt = -F
d
cos0,
m J:
(t) Jt = -m g -F
d
sin0.

As

_
:
x
(t) = :(t) cos0,
:
(t) = :(t) sin0,

Then

The 11
th
IN03 21

_
m J:
x
(t) Jt = -F
d
:
x
(t) :(t),
m J:
(t) Jt = -m g -F
d
:
(t) :(t).

Assuming that the absolute value of the decelerating force is proportional to the square of the absolute
value of the velocity, i.e.F
d
= k
2
:
2
(t),receiving F
d
:(t) = k
2
:(t) = k
2
:
x
2
(t) + :
2
(t).
As a result of these transformation equation system is written as follows

`
1
1 m J:
x
(t) Jt = -k
2
_:
x
2
(t) +:
2
(t) :
x
(t),
m J:
(t) Jt = -m g - k
2
_:
x
2
(t) + :
2
(t) :
(t).

Note that the right sides of the equations contain the absolute value of the velocity :
x
2
(t) + :
2
(t),
therefore it is impossible to find one of the components of the velocity vector not knowing the other one.
System of equations

_
Jx(t) Jt = :
x
,
Jy(t) Jt = :

links the coordinates x(t), y(t) of the moving point with the components of the velocity vector
:
x
(t) anu :
(t).
The Vensim PLE equation model for the system of the differential equations with the decelerating
force shows on the Fig.2.

alfa=45
("dvx/dt"=-Fd*cos(alfa*3.1415/180)/m
"dvy/dt"=-g-Fd/m*sin(alfa*3.1415/180)
"dx/dt"="vx(t)"
"dy/dt"="vy(t)"
Fd=k2*v*v
FINAL TIME = 16
g=9.807
INITIAL TIME = 0
k2=0.0001
m=0.01
TIME STEP = 0.125
v=SQRT("vx(t)"*"vx(t)"+"vy(t)"*"vy(t)")
v0=60
"vx(t)"= INTEG
("dvx/dt",v0*cos(alfa*3.1415/180))
"vy(t)"= INTEG
("dvy/dt",v0*sin(alfa*3.1415/180))
"x(t)"= INTEG ("dx/dt",0)
"y(t)"= INTEG ("dy/dt",0)
FIGURE 2.A. THE MOVEMENT OF THE BODY THROWN AT AN ANGLE TO THE
HORIZON y
0
= u, :
0
= 6u, olo = 4S, m = u.u1, k
2
= u.uuu1.
FIGURE 2.B. EQUATIONS OF THE MODEL

CONCLUSION
The result of simulated modeling in Vensim package is visually clear solution that simply allows
conducting series of the model experiments in order to trace the effect of the parameters of the problem
on the solution.
Y(X)
100
50
0
2
2
2 2
2
2
1
1
0 80 160 240 320 400
"x(t)"
y
(
t
)
with air resistance 1 1 1 1
without air resistance 2 2 2

The 11
th
IN03 22

REFERENCES
[1] Garcia J.M. (2006) Theory and Practical Exercises of System Dynamics. Barcelona: Juan Martin
Garcia, 294.
[2] Gopejenko V., Kozmina Y. (2012) System Dynamics and System Thinking in Educational Process.
The 10th International Conference Information Technologies and Management 2012. April 12-13,
2012, Information Systems Management Institute, Riga, Latvia, p.51-52
[3] Gopejenko V., Kozmina Y. (2012). Computer Simulation and System Dynamics in Educational
Process International scientific conference: INFORMATICS IN THE SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE
June 27-29, 2012, Varna Free University, Varna, Bulgaria, pp.305-320.

The 11
th
IN04 23

MULTIPLE BETA-SHEET MOLECULAR DYNAMICS OF AMYLOID
FORMATION OF TWO ABL-SH3 DOMAIN PEPTIDES
V. DUKA
1
, V. STONKUS
1
, C. CZAPLEWSKI
2
, A. LIWO
2
, S. VENTURA
3
AND I. LIEPINA
1
1
Latvian Institute of Organic Synthesis, Riga, LV1006, Latvia,
2
Faculty of Chemistry, University of Gdansk, 80-952 Gdansk, Poland,
3
Institut de Biotecnologia i de Biomedicina, Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona,
E-08193 Bellaterra, Spain, email: inta@osi.lv

ABSTRACT
Amyloid formation was studied by method of molecular dynamics (MD) on two Abl-SH3 domain
peptides.
Molecular dynamics simulations (Amber 8.0, f99 force field) in explicit water were carried out for
two stacks, each composed of six 10-strand antiparallel -sheets for two peptides corresponding to the
diverging turn of two homologous Abl-SH3 domains, and also for the two stacks composed of six 10-
strand parallel -sheets of the two peptides. The first peptide system, referred to as 10x6xMK contained
the DLSFMKGE peptide sequence from the Drosophila, while the second one, referred to as 10x6xKK,
contained the human DLSFKKGE peptide sequence. It was found that the 10x6xMK -sheet stack is
stable and DLSFMKGE peptide forms amyloid, but the 10x6xKK -sheet stack is not stable and
DLSFKKGE peptide does not form amyloid. The Met-Phe-Leu hydrophobic core is responsible for the
amyloid formation of DLSFMKGE peptide. M5K mutation in the DLSFKKGE peptide prevents the
amyloid formation, KK residues act as a gate-keeper.
[Keywords: amyloid, amyloid peptides, amyloid formation, molecular dynamics]

GENERAL
Amyloidosis is the misfolding of soluble proteins followed by their self-assembling, resulting in
aggregation into insoluble fibrils which deposit squeezing out the functioning cells or block cell-to-cell
connectivity. Amyloid fibrils cause about 30 conformational diseases, such as Alzheimers disease
(caused by Amyloid--protein), chronic inflammation Amyloidosis (caused by serum amyloid protein),
type II diabetes (caused by Islet amyloid protein), Parkinsons disease (caused by -synuclein), dialysis
related amylodosis (caused by -2microglobulin), Hungtington disease (due to mutations and subsequent
aggregation of protein hungtingtin), spongiform encephalopaties - Creutzfeld-Jacob disease (caused by
prion protein)), amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Finnish familial amyloidosis (caused by gelsolin mutation),
medullary carcinoma of thyroid (caused by calcitonin). There are peptides forming amyloids not
connected with any known disease, such as Abl-SH3 domain peptides. Some parts of the peptide act as
hot spots initializing amyloid fomatation.
Molecular dynamics simulations of the -sheet stacks from two variants of the aggregationprone
region of the Abl-SH3 domain carried out in this work [1] demonstrated that the 10x6xMK -sheet stack
is stable, but the 10x6xKK -sheet stack is not. The stability of the 10x6xMK -sheet stack is caused by
the hydrophobic interactions between the metionine-phenylalanine hydrophobic patch of one -sheet and
the metionine-phenylalanine hydrophobic patch of the neighbouring -sheet. Two leucine residues of the
neighbouring -sheets stabilize both sides of this two metioninephenylalanine hydrophobic unit. The Met,
Phe, and Leu residues make the inter-sheet hydrophobic core for the MK stack of -sheets. Because of
optimizing the hydrophobic contacts between the Met, Phe, and Leu residues of the neighboring -
sheets, the shape of the 10x6xMK stack changes from the initial cuboidal to that of a parallelepiped
during the course of MD simulations. The conformational changes observed are similar in all -sheet
interfaces. Replacement of Met by Lys destroys the hydrophobic core, which is the stability factor of the
-sheet stack. The 10x6xKK system maintains the -sheets, but loses interactions between the -sheets,

The 11
th
IN04 24
because it lacks the inter-sheet hydrophobic core, and this could explain why 10x6xKK system does not
form fibrils

The two conserved lysines in the diverging turn of SH3 domains appear to act as gate-keeper residues,
reducing the intrinsic aggregation propensity of this region. They likely allow the diverging turn to
nucleate folding while reducing side aggregation reactions during the process. The calculations of the six
-sheet system confirm the conclusion drawn in our previous work on single -sheet systems [2] that
inter-sheet interactions are necessary to stabilize the stack. The MD simulations of parallel and
antiparallel 10xMK- and 10xKK--sheets show the antiparallel structures more stable than parallel ones,
and 10xMK--sheet more stable than 10xKK--sheet, which retains only residual -structure. The MD
simulations of MK and KK -sheet stacks suggest that MK peptide forms fibrils through the formation of
a Met-Phe-Leu hydrophobic core and that the M5K mutation in the KK peptide prevents the formation
of such a hydrophobic core and therefore its spontaneous self-assembly into stable insoluble structures,
likely accounting for the presence of two consecutive charged residues at the diverging turn of most SH3
domains [1].
Amyloids could be used as self-assembling bio-nano-materials.

Acknowledgements. Calculations were carried out at the Gdansk Academic Computer Centre TASK

REFERENCES
[1] Lapidus D., Duka V., Stonkus V., Czaplewski C., Liwo A., Ventura S., Liepina I..

Multiple beta-
sheet molecular dynamics of amyloid formation of two Abl-SH3 domain peptides. Biopolymers.
Peptide Science. 01/2012; 98(6):557-66.
[2] Liepina I., Ventura S., Czaplewski C., Liwo A. Molecular dynamics study of amyloid formation of
two Abl-SH3 domain peptides. Journal of Peptide Science, 2006, 12, 780-789.
FIGURE 1. A) HYDROPHOBIC CORE (FRONT VIEW) IS CONTINUOUS THROUGH THE WHOLE MK STACK OF -SHEETS. B)
HYDROPHOBIC CORE (SIDE VIEW) CONTINUOUS THROUGH THE WHOLE MK STACK OF -SHEETS. METHIONINES AND
PHENYLALANINES ARE REPRESENTED IN SPACEFIL MODE, LEUCINES ARE REPRESENTED IN STICK MODE, GREEN COLOURED.
METHIONINES AND PHENYLALANINES ARE MAKING THE CENTRAL PART OF THE HYDROPHOBIC CORE, LEUCINES STABILIZE THE
MET-PHE INTERACTIONS FROM THE BOTH SIDES.

The 11
th
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AND MANAGEMENT 2013
IN05 25
MATTERS OF SATELLITE QUEUING NETWORK DESIGN IN KA-BAND FOR
REPUBLIC OF KAZAKHSTAN
A.AITMAGAMBETOV, YU. BUTUZOV, N.SATEROV
International IT University
Department of Computer Technologies and Telecommunications
Manasa 34, 050040, Almaty, Kazakhstan
e-mail: altayzf@mail.ru;

ABSTRACT
This work was carried out within the framework of research opportunities of using Ka - band satellite
communication systems in the Republic of Kazakhstan. Paper deals with the multi-beam coverage in
Kazakhstan (the distribution of beams in area and determine their capacity), as well as evaluation of the
main parameters of subscriber channels.
[Keywords: Satellite network, Ka Band.]

GENERAL
The need for this research was due to the fact that the design of multibeam network for Kazakhstan is
important to consider a distinct uneven distribution of the population (or potential users), low average
density (about 6 persons / sq km.) and a fairly significant differences in some areas of the territory on the
rain intensity.
Of the possible formation of the working area and the distribution of satellite capacity in the beam
(given the uneven population density) were chosen equal distribution of beams in the area and uneven
distribution of capacity in the beams for Kazakhstan. Frequency range 500 MHz of the band 30,0-30,5 /
19,2-19,7 GHz is divided not by 4 and 8 letters (125 MHz each) with polarization (circular - left L and
right R). The integrated frequency resource is 2500 MHz (in 2 beams- 1 letter, in 6 - 2 letters and in 2 - by
3 leters). In assessing of the capacity (C) of forward and reverse subscriber channels there were used their
energy potentials EP and threshold ratio of received binary symbols energy to the noise power spectral
density No. (hp2): C = EP / hp2. To determine the subscriber channel energy potentials have calculated
rain attenuation (rain intensity of 30 mm / hour) at 20 and 30 GHz for radiosignals with circular
polarization. Throughput of subscriber channels was defined while ensuring conditions that the
probability of erroneous reception of traffic packets up to 10-7.

CONCLUSIONS
In the practice design of multi-beam satellite work area in Kazakhstan there were obtained 10 beams
with an angular size of 0,75. In the transition from the single-beam to the multibeam coverage in
Kazakhstan ( = 0,75) subscriber channels energy potential will be increased by about 10.5 dB. The
results of calculations of inverse subscriber channels throughput have shown that by choosing the signal-
code constructions (option hp) can provide a value in the range of 5 - 6 Mbit / s, which corresponds, for
example, the Inmarsat-5 satellites project parameters. The combined throughput of forward subscriber
channels is 4480 Mbit / s, which is at a specific speed of 100 kbit / s will allow to connect 44.8 thousand
subscribers.

REFERENCES
[1]
. (2011) .
, , .16 21
[2] ITU-R Recommendation p.618-10

The 11
t
April 1
IN06
W
techno
are no
Ob
faces,
For ro
more
Tr
from
prope
Th
select
param
video
purpo
into o
In
chose
the de
Haar-
Havin
the sp
th
INTERNATIO
18-19, 2013, ISMA
R
With the growt
ology to be fa
o exception.
bject detectio
, some for han
obots to be ab
efficient obje
racking points
a specific fra
erties for the p
here are requ
tion and analy
meters. Gestur
with the shak
oses, it is impo
one to get an id
n this study, se
en to detect fa
esired feature
like features.
ng found the n
pecific feature
ONAL CONFERE
MA University of A
REAL-TIM
AND
B.B. ABISH
th of computi
ast, efficient an
n algorithms
nd recognition
ble to identify
ct detection al
s in the video
ame is incred
oints to be tra
uirements from
ysis of moving
e recognition
king camera, u
ortant to comb
dea of the stru
everal algorith
cial feature po
e points, first
Having foun
necessary faci
points describ
ENCE INFORMA
Applied Sciences,
ME FACIAL
TRACKIN
HEVA
1
, B.M
1
Intern
Faculty of
Alm
2
Kazakh-Br
Faculty of
Alm
ing power, co
nd accurate. C
differ in thei
n etc. This res
y and detect ob
lgorithms.
o stream is no
dibly difficult.
acked.
m the moder
g objects, calc
is moving up
urgent task ar
bine several pi
ucture of the b
hms for featur
oints such as
face detectio
nd a face in a
al features, th
bed above.
Figure 1. Runni
ATION TECHN
s, Riga, Latvia
26
L FEATURE
G IN A VID
M. BAISAKO
national IT Uni
f Information te
lmaty, Kazakhst
ritish Technica
f Information te
lmaty, Kazakhst

ABSTRACT
onsumer dema
Computer visi
ir purpose. So
search area is
bjects it is ne
ot a trivial tas
. You have to
rn video surv
culating the di
p human-comp
re image stabi
ictures (possib
body.

GENERAL.
re detection w
eye corners, e
on was run us
an image, the
hose regions o
ing the algorithm
NOLOGIES AND
E POINT D
DEO SEQUE
OV
2
, M.M. M
iversity,
chnologies,
tan.
al University
chnologies,
tan.
T.
ands are grow
on tasks, such
ome algorithm
very useful in
ecessary to co
sk. Because g
o look for ad
veillance syst
istances to the
puter interacti
ilization and s
bly deformed,
.
ere compared
eyeballs, mou
sing Viola-Jon
face was sea
f the image co
on a video seque
D MANAGEME
ETECTION
ENCE
MARATOV
1
wing. Nowada
h as object det
ms are used fo
n many fields,
ntinue coming
getting a clear
dditional featu
ems: recordin
em, their traje
on to a new le
shake compen
, for example,
and the most
uth corners and
ness algorith
rched for eye
ontaining them

ence.
ENT 2013
N
1

ays people wa
tection and tra
for detecting h
, including ro
g up with mo
r set of inform
ure informatio
ng of the ma
ectories and ex
evel. When ta
nsation. For m
, cause of brea
t efficient one
d nostrils. To
hm that is bas
es, nose and m
m were search
ant the
acking,
human
botics.
ore and
mation
on and
aterial,
xternal
aking a
medical
athing)
es were
detect
sed on
mouth.
hed for

The 11
th
IN06 27

For feature tracking several algorithms were compared as well [1]. As a result of the comparison the
algorithm of Lucas-Kanade was chosen to be performed on the detected points.
The resultant algorithm detects the feature points to be tracked in the first frame of a video-sequence
and then uses these points in the Lucas-Kanade algorithm for tracking. In case more than two points are
lost during tracking, feature point detection is run again. This way the algorithm tracks feature points
accurately, without lagging in real-time (see, Fig. 1).

REFERENCES.
[1] Baisakov B.., Akshabayev .., Maratov .., Abisheva B.B. (2012) Naizabayeva L.,
,
. .., 4.

The 11
th
IN07 28
SIMULATION OF SYSTEMS INFORMATION SECURITY
S. AMANZHOLOVA, N. ZHAKAYEV
Department Computer science and software engineering, Almaty, Kazakhstan
e-mail: shokataeva@gmail.com, nurik27_@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
As is well known, the processes related to security - these are the same processes that take place in
computer and telecommunication networks.IT Security involves the study processes starting from user
authentication.Then came the authentication of users, and finally, now began to use and authorization
process.All these stages are only for customers or clients to have access to the necessary resources.After
of the identification and authentication begin the processes related to access to resources, data integrity,
password-protected sites, data encryption, adding digital signatures to documents, etc.For a detailed
research of all processes involved in the creation of information security can be used very well
established mathematical models queuing - queuing systems [1]. Models of queuing systems - perfect
mathematical tool allows us to investigate any variants of information security systems.To create a
reliable system of information security to create a model of the system to accurately simulate the behavior
of the system for the close to real conditions [2]. Simulation of different objects lets look at problem from
different points of view and identify system bottlenecks, as well as to offer most appropriate option for
the task.

GENERAL
Take as an example process of identification, authentication.
For the description given process can use the usual and widely known single-channel two-phase
model [3]. In the given model it can be assumed an exponential character enables the query to the system.
Between the first and second phases of the queue will be limited. Before the authentication phase will
assume infinite queue. For the calculation of the model to determine b
1
and b
2
:
where b
1
- the service time in the first phase
where b
2
-service time in the second phase
In this model the first phase - a phase of identification, the second phase - the phase of authentication.
(Figure 1.)
Given scheme can be represented as a two-phase model:

FIGURE 1. THE SINGLE-CHANNEL TWO-PHASE MODEL OF IDENTIFICATION AND AUTHENTICATION

In the analytical simulation of queuing systems is necessary to make the state graph transitions of the
system (Figure 2)
1

1

1

2

2

2

FIGURE 2. STATE GRAPH TRANSITIONS TWO-PHASE MODEL
P
10
(0)) P
11
(1)) P
11
(2) P
11
(3) P
b1
(k)

2

The 11
th
IN07 29

where P
10
(0) - this is a zero state systems
P
11
(n) - the state of the system at k-applications
P
b1
(k) - the last possible state of the system

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2009)

, , . .. ,. 109
., .
[2] .. (2009) . - : , 363 .
[3] .., .. (2009)

// . . 1 (23)., c. 1117.

The 11
th
IN08 30
APPLICATION OF NEURAL NETWORKS FOR PROGNOSE THE
PREDISPOSITION TO DISEASES
G. H. AXAKALOVA
International Information Technology University
Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering
Zhandossova, 14a, Almat, Kazakhstan
e-mail:gauhar_axakalova@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
The eld of medical informatics has evolved around structuring, processing, storing, and transmitting
medical information for a variety of purposes. One of these purposes is to develop decision-support
systems that enhance the human ability to diagnose, treat, and assess prognoses of pathologic conditions.
Even if disease processes were fully understood, population variability would still make individualized
diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis - all essential parts of good health care - difcult classication tasks.
The reality is, however, that diseases are not fully understood, nor is population variability fully taken
into account in many decision-making situations. Sometimes it is not possible for a clinician to employ
the principles learned in the basic and clinical sciences to determine whether a patient has a given disease,
whether he or she should be given a certain treatment, and how long he or she will survive.
Neural networks provide significant benefits in medical research. They are actively being used for
such applications as locating previously undetected patterns in mountains of research data, controlling
medical devices based on biofeedback, and detecting characteristics in medical imagery.
Backpropagation is a common method of training artificial neural networks. There will be used some
raw data as input dogs for a building dependencies between input and output data and prognose
predisposition to diseases. From a desired output, the network learns from many inputs, similar to the
way a child learns to identify a dog from examples of dogs.
[Keywords: neural networks, backpropagation algorithm, prognosing, predisposition to disease,
artificial neural networks, medical informatics]

GENERAL
The main goal of this study is the implementation of advanced artificial models for construction the
system, which will be process the input data and gives the result.

The 11
th
IN08

In learning by backpropagation, the weights w
ij
connecting to units in the output layer are modied
according to the standard delta rule. The weights w
hi
in other layers are modied recursively according to
these updates. The threshold, or bias
j
, in the last layer can be modeled as a unit that always has
activation 1, connecting to the output unit through weight
j
. This weight
j
is also learned using the delta
rule. The threshold
i
in the previous layer is modied recursively according to the update in the last
layer.
Backpropagation uses the delta rule recursively. Errors are calculated for the output layer, and are then
backpropagated to the intermediate layer, in a direction opposed to that of the impulse. Weights are
updated according to the errors.
Were created the model of system, which using the algorithm backpropagation of neural networks in
this research can predict the result of study and prognose the predisposition of humans to different kinds
of diseases.

REFERENCES
[1] Cross S.S., Harrison R.F., Kennedy R.L. (1995) Introduction to neural networks. Lancet; 346, 1075-1079.
CrossRef | PubMed
[2] Dybowski R., Gant V. Artificial neural networks in pathology and medical laboratories, Lancet (in press).
[3] Mulsant G.H., Servan-Schrieber E. (1988) A connectionist approach to the diagnosis of dementia, Proceedings
of 12th annual symposium on Computer Applications in Medical Care, Washington, DC, 245-250.
[4] Eberhart R.C, Dobbins R.W., Hutton L.V. (1991) Neural network paradigm comparisons for appendicitis
diagnosis. Proceedings of the fourth annual IEEE Symposium on Computer-based Medical Systems, 298-304.
[5] Yoon Yo, et al. (1989) A desktop neural network for dermatology diagnosis. J Neural Net Comp (summer) p.
43-52.

The 11
th
IN09 31

DEVELOPING AN EXPERT SYSTEM TO MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR
GERONTOLOGICAL SERVICES
Y. Y. BAKASH
Department of Informational Systems
Zhandossov, 14a, Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: gauhar.kabinova@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Nowadays one of the key problems of modern medicine is the aging of the human body, which leads
to most diseases. Modern medicine notes several important reasons, which are a consequence of the aging
of the body:
Live organisms, like all living things in our life aging in a time
In the first half of life the human body can regenerate and updated for itself. But in the second
half of life this property of the organism disappears and it ceases to be restored and updated
In the second part of life in the human body includes the processes that contribute to death,
self-destruction and aging.
For struggle with aging and its causes it was appeared a one kind of science - gerontology. If we give
a precise definition of gerontology, we understand that it is a science that studies the biological, social and
psychological aspects of human aging, its causes and how to deal with it (rejuvenation). It began about a
century ago, and already has a number of ways. One of the areas of gerontology is a social gerontology,
which is designed to solve the demographic and socio-economic problems of aging, main factor of which
is increasing human life expectancy.
Increasing healthy life expectancy of the population is an absolute necessity for the welfare of the
modern state. To do this, you need to practice the following three aspects, such as the timely diagnosis,
prevention and treatment of age-related diseases.

GENERAL
During the study of the mechanisms of aging there are appeared several key points. One of them is
related to speeding up the overall progress in the field of molecular genetic studies of the human genome,
especially with the use of modern nanotechnology. This ensures that, gerontology gradually moves from
academia into the category of expensive high-tech disciplines. The second point is related to the proposed
gap between the rates of new information and its processing. The final result is taken from the previous
two results. The difference between these methods, which are used in molecular genetic studies in
conventional morphological and physiological, is so great that gerontologists acting on these different
levels, at some point, simply cease to understand each other because there are a lot of abundance of
specific terms. In addition to these points, there is one important thing, which means that the vast majority
of works in the field of gerontology has traditionally experimental direction, and there almost no work,
which compile, organize and integrate different leveled data.
For this reason, now the world has accumulated a huge amount of gerontological information that is
already difficult to any account, and there isnt any mention about a full-fledged analysis. The absence of
this analysis inevitably leads to duplication of results and to ensure that in the future it would use only a
small part of them, as is often the researcher cannot give them a scientific explanation in their
experiments. The way out of this situation can be a way of formalizing received knowledge, which is
presented mainly in text form (books, journals, collections), and their subsequent logical processing using
modern computer technology. Artificial intelligence is already contained in the existing literature and is

The 11
th
IN09 32
being used by existing ways of extracting knowledge from the texts. But there are approaches that are
already being implemented practically applied to gerontology.
The main objective of my thesis is to create an expert system that will help to develop specific
recommendations for each patient on the basis of some questions, tests, etc. Data would be received,
processed, and based on these data doctors and patients can get a list of suggestions on how to facilitate
not only the doctors work, but also helps in the analysis of treatment for the patient.
At this point in Kazakhstan there are no such expert systems, and the establishment of such system
will significantly affect to the gerontology and its development in Kazakhstan, and can be offered to
various medical centers and polyclinics. In the process it also would be created software for generating
recommendations as far as they would get answers from questionnaire, which would be compiled by
patient answers.

REFERENCES
[1]
Vasilchikov V.M. (2004) Success and problems of gerontology services in social welfare system,
Gerontology success edition, T.-13, p.7-20
[2]
Titov D.S. (2006) Social gerontology. Tutorial, Tomsk Branch of the Academy of Law and
Management FPS Russia, 106 p.

The 11
th
IN10 33

EVALUATION OF MONITORING TRANSPORT SERVICES OBJECTS
V. BOICOV
Ludzas 91, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: viktors.boicovs@isma.lv.

ABSTRACT
The purpose of the transport level of computing networks in providing efficient services to users.
Programs of the transport level (transport services) use data modules to achieve this goal. Data modules
depend upon various random factors. At the same time, they can vary widely in the amount of data.
Therefore, transport level services are called heterogeneous services [1]. A mathematical model of
computing networks, including the factors of heterogeneity, was developed in [2]. Flows of service
requests with two types of customers have been investigated in [3]. A problem of evaluating the
effectiveness of a network with a large degree of heterogeneity arises considering the problems of the
transport level. Therefore, for estimating the efficiency of the transport level services, we need to build
models that include an unlimited number of types of requirements in the network.
[Keywords: heterogeneous services, interfaces of transport services, client and server requests,
networks of queuing]

GENERAL
Transport level service computing networks have been investigated in this paper. It was shown that
services have properties of varying load nodes, that is, properties of heterogeneity. For the analysis of
these properties, there is a mathematical model of the interaction of the services. The mathematical model
allowed us to make estimates of the average time delay for performing services. These calculations have
shown that a server computing network can disastrously run bad with a load close to 0.9. More efficient
use of services can be achieved using a priority service discipline. The performed calculations showed
that the expected gain in time of use of network servers through the use of selecting the optimal load of
the nodes and the application of priority of service can exceed 20%.

REFERENCES
[1] Farina A., Graziano A. (May 2012) Homogeneous and Hterogeneous Trafficc of Data Packets on
Complex Networks: The Traffic Congestion Phenomenon. Communication and network. vol. 4., pp.
157-182
[2] Boicov V.N. (2009) Heterogeneity Factors in stochastic Mass Service Systems. ISSN 0146-4116,
Automatic Control and Computer Sciences. Allerton Press, Inc., Vol. 43. No.3, pp. 123-128
[3] Boicov V.N. Probability Distribution Functions for Servicing Two Types of Requests. ISSN 0146-
4116, Automatic Control and Computer Sciences. vol. 45

The 11
th
IN11 34

USING VIDEO H.264 IN A WEB-BASED COMMERCIALS PLACEMENT SYSTEM
N. BUKENOV
International Information Technologies University
Department of Information Systems and Mathematical Modelling
34 /8 Manas Str./Zhandosov Str, Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: nfinite@list.ru

ABSTRACT
The information system is developed to deliver a commercial from a client to a display. The client
accesses the system via web interface and uploads the commercial. The system must encode all the videos
to a single codec. The displays are located in crowded places like the shopping centers, airports, etc.
The video codec should match the following restrictions:
Encoded videos could be played via web browser, so the client and the video moderator can view
the video before it is displayed;
There must be server-side encoding software to encode videos when the user uploads them;
There must be hardware acceleration in decoding the video. The computers that are used in
playback are based on the Intel Atom CPUs they are not fast enough to decode Full HD video on
the fly.
The only codec that suits this application is H.264. It has native HTML5 support and can play directly
with any HTML5 compliant browser. If the browser doesnt support HTML5 it the video can be played
with Adobe Flash Player. There are server sides encoding tools such as ffmpeg to encode the video on
the server. On the Intel Atom platform there two ways of hardware acceleration: The NVIDIA ION
chipset and the latest Intel chipset with Intel HD Graphics 3000.
[Keywords: H.264, MPEG-4 part 10, video encoding, hardware video decoding acceleration, HTML5,
video decoding]

GENERAL
The Information system is written using PHP with the ffmpeg-php module to encode uploded
commercials in H.264. The client accesses the sustem using a browser. If the browser supports HTML5
the videos are played with the native browser support, otherwise the Adobe Flash Played is used to play
the videos. The encoded videos are stored on the server, the display computers that play the videos
syncronize with the server to download the videos. The display computers are in a nettop form-factor
and are attached to the dispays via VESA Mounting Interface Standard. The computers are tested to play
Full HD H.264 videos without any issues using NVIDIA ION chipset.

The 11
th
IN12 35
DEVELOPMENT OF SOFTWARE APPLICATION FOR SMART STOP
E. ERLAN, A. ZHETPISBAYEVA, A. SALIKOV
Kazakh-British Technical University
Faculty of Information Technology Information Systems
Almaty city, Tole bi st., 59
e-mail: e.erbolat@bk.ru, ablai-91@mail.ru, amina25121991@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
This project is relevant because it useful not only visitors and residents who understand the mobile
communication, but also for older people. In this project we consider the classification of systems to
monitor the location and status of mobile objects (software) using GPS / Navigation for the exchange of
information between terminals telemetry software, transport and control tower.
The main goal of the project is to optimize the use of transport logistics operations for the full
convenience of residents and visitors, including the time of arrival route, finding the necessary items, the
appropriate form of transport, the optimal shortest path to the destination. Formalization of information
space in the condition of the road system to be able to obtain timely, adequate and discrepant data on the
state of public transport.
Software application for the terminal written on C#. Interface of software application provides a
simple and fast the necessary information about the location of the item and choose the best way to travel.
At bus stops on the terminals you can see the map of the city, select attractions, shopping centers, cafes,
etc. If you choose to place from and to, then a list of the bus takes you to your destination. If you
choose the bus, you can see its full route, as well as real-time system can see which bus will come sooner.
Information about the location of the bus can be selected to show on this program with the incoming
signal from the GPS device. Every driver in real time see the traffic on the route of his bus at his own
mini-monitor, it helps to control the time, how much time his bus moving faster or everything go by
graphics position. Driver does not need to follow a different route; he will do his route to the determined
schedule. And then we could take out the people who stay at each bus stop and say the time for Almaty
drivers.

GENERAL
In the last years the number of vehicles in cities increases, but the management and the control of an
efficient route does not change. Residents can spend a lot of time to select the best route for them. For
visitors to the city important problems are finding a certain destination, they often turn to people or other
passersby in the vicinity. The reasons for this are not only in an uncontrolled man-made activity, but the
absence of innovative IT technologies which helps to manage the system and solving such problems in
this area.

The 11
th
IN12 36

FIGURE 1. SMART STOP

REFERENCES
[1] Comprehensive plan for ITS, Japanese ministry of land infrastructure and transport road bureau.
(http://www.its.go.jp/ITS/index.html)
[2] Model predictive control for optimal coordination of ramp metering and variable speed limits,
Transportation Research Part C, vol. 13, no 3, pp. 185-209, June 2005

The 11
th
IN13 37
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF NEGATIVE VALUE CIRCUIT COMPONENTS IN
SPICE SIMULATION SOFTWARE
A. FERIKOLU
1
, Y. SARI
2
, R. KKER
1
, . PEHLIVAN
1

1
Sakarya University Technology Faculty Electrical and Electronics Engineering Department
54187 Sakarya TURKEY
E-mail: af@sakarya.edu.tr, rkoker@sakarya.edu.tr
2
Sakarya University Hendek Vocational High School Electronics and Automation Deparment Hendek
Sakarya TURKEY
E-mail: sari@hotmail.com

ABSTRACT
This paper describes the transaction to generate and measure negative valued resistors, capacitors and
inductors in Pspice simulation medium for an educational purpose. Negative circuit components are
designed and their defining characteristics are produced. An op-amp based generic circuit is used for
obtaining negative components. To extract characteristics, a charge-meter and a flux-meter are designed
and utilized, in addition to the conventional meters (markers) in the Pspice environment. The numerical
examples verify the relevant background theory and validate the designed meters, namely flux meter and
charge meter, in simulation medium. The study of the paper have educational value in making clear the
meaning of negative impedance by experimentation in a simulation medium, thus relating theory to
practice and also exhibit that ORCAD Pspice is highly visual and effective for both understanding the
mathematical theory underlying the circuits and performing measurements of flux and charge which are
needed to obtain the characteristics of negative inductors and negative capacitors.
[Keywords: Simulation, Orcad PSpice, negative resistor, negative capacitor, negative inductor, flux-
meter, charge-meter]

GENERAL
The development of computer technology has opened new perspectives in engineering education to
prepare students for their needs. In this context computer simulation has been a commonly adopted
technique for predicting the real world behavior of a component, circuit or system. PSpice has existed for
some time and is a much popular circuit analysis program used by many electrical engineers and by
Universities in their engineering courses as a CAD tool to analyze and test circuitry, because of its
simplicity and effectiveness [1-5]. Pspice Simulator also provides the advantage of using hierarchical
structures, thus simplifying the design and rendering the drawings more manageable.
This research presents a design and simulation study for negative impedance emulation in Pspice
medium. Generally, negative impedances (admittances) can be used in generation of transfer functions or
impedance functions which are not physically realizable without active circuits. Specifically, negative
impedance emulators play an important role in cancellation/compensation of parasitic impedances [6].
They also have applications in microwave circuits for impedance matching [6, 7, 8, 9] and realization of
chaotic oscillations [10, 11, 12].

Vi Vo
Zi
Ii
Z
K

FIGURE 1. THE GENERIC CIRCUIT FOR OBTAINING GROUNDED NEGATIVE COMPONENTS

The 11
th
IN13 38

In this study all types of two-terminal negative circuit components are generated from a single opamp
circuit, complete with a simulation work in Pspice environment for obtaining their defining
characteristics, which required the construction of a charge-meter (Fig.4) and a flux-meter (Fig.7) for
educational purpose. The results are proved quite well in verifying and illustrating the underlined circuit
theory, and as such have an educational value. It is apparent (Fig. 1.) that the components obtained are all
grounded. Besides, the voltage and current range of them are determined by the supply voltage and output
current, respectively.

REFERENCES
[1] PSpice Users manual, OrCAD Corp. (Cadence Design Systems, Inc.)
[2] OrCAD Capture Users Guide, OrCAD Corp., (Cadence Design Systems, Inc.)
[3] Tobin P. (2007) The Role of PSpice in the Engineering Teaching Environment, International
Conference on Engineering Education.
[4] Ferikolu A., Sar Y., Kker R. (2010) Simulating Solutions of Linear Differential Equations
Using Various Active Circuits, 2010 XIth International Workshop on Symbolic and Numerical
Methods, Modeling and Applications to Circuit Design (SM2ACD), Sept., Gammarth, Tunus.
[5] Sar Y., Ferikolu A. (2011) The Role of PSpice in Analog and Mixed-Signal Simulation of
Electrical Circuits, 6th International Advanced Technologies Symposium (IATS11), 16-18 May,
Elaz, Turkey.
[6] Kln S., Salama K.N., am U. (2006) Realization of Fully Controllable Negative Inductance
With Single Operational Transresistance Amplifier, Circuit Systems Signal Processing,
Birkhauser Boston, 25, No. 1, 14757.
[7] El Khoury S. (1995) The design of active floating positive and negative inductors in MMIC
technology, IEEE Microwave Guided Wave Lett., 5, 321323.
[8] Podell A.F., Cristal E.G. (1971) Negative-Impedance Converters (NIC) for VHF Through
Microwave Circuit Applications, Microwave Symposium Digest, 182-183.
[9] Poklonski N.A., Shpakovski S.V., Gorbachuk N.I. and Lastovskii S.B., Negative capacitance
(impedance of the inductive type) of silicon p+-n junctions irradiated with fast electrons,
Semiconductors, 40, No. 7, 803-807, DOI: 10.1134/S1063782606070128
[10] Prokopenko V.G. (2002) Chaotic oscillator with negative inductance, J. Commun. Technol.
Electron., 47, 11311133.
[11] Pehlivan ., Uyarolu Y. (2010), A New Chaotic attractor from General Lorenz System Family
and its Electronic Experimental Implementation, Turkish Journal of Electrical Eng. Comput. Sci.
18, No.2, 171-184.
[12] Pehlivan ., Uyarolu Y. (2007) Simplified Chaotic Diffusionless Lorenz Attractor and its
Application to Secure Communication Systems, IET Communications, 1, No.5, 1015- 1022.

The 11
th
IN14 39
MEASUREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL CHARGE AND ENERGY IN PSPICE
SIMULATION ENVIRONMENT
A. FERIKOLU
1
, Y. SARI
2
, R. KKER
1
, . PEHLIVAN
1

a)
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Sakarya University,
54187, Serdivan, Sakarya, Turkey
e-mail: af@sakarya.edu.tr, e-mail: rkoker@sakarya.edu, e-mail: ipehlivan@sakarya.edu.tr
b)
Department of Electronics and Automation, Hendek Vocational High School, Sakarya University,
54300, Hendek, Sakarya, Turkey
e-mail: sari@sakarya.edu.tr

ABSTRACT
Modelling of electrical components and devices that exhibit their physical characteristics remain an
attractive area of research. The models for components and devices together with operational blocks aid
in the design as well as performance analysis and measurement of various circuits by allowing for
detailed simulation of the circuit being tested on the basis Orcad PSpice. Simulation results have shown
that Orcad PSpice is highly easy and effective tool for conducting measurement simulations of electrical
charge and energy as well as having a visual understanding about the underlying theory, which are
valuable from the viewpoint of technical education.
[Keywords: Simulation, PSpice, electrical charge]

GENERAL
Computer simulation is a common technique for predicting the real world behaviour of a circuit.
Although simulation software only reflects the capability of the model used in the back-plane and they
cannot substitute the real time experimentation, they have proven educationally useful due to their easy to
construct and visual properties. Orcad PSpice is a general purpose circuit simulator and one of the various
versions of SPICE capable of handling analog logical and mixed signal parts, circuits and systems [1-3].
It has been extensively used by engineers, Universities and semiconductor manufacturers as an CAD [4]
tool because of its simplicity and effectiveness. Many parameters of circuits and devices can be profitably
simulated using these free educational versions of PSpice. In the simulation procedure different
approaches may be followed, namely, electrical component level, subsystem functional block level and,
higher system level comprising both of the previous ones. This research treats a designed and worked
example of energy and charge measurement, which is fruitful from the educational standpoint. Somewhat
detailed theoretical background is presented followed by an Orcad Pspice construction and analysis
completed with graphics of the measured quantities, which exhibits a visual consistence with the theory.
The design and simulation work are conducted in the PSpice Orcad Capture medium, using a student
version of v.9.2. Inside looks of the hierarchical blocks of models designed are also provided.
In this study, a charge-meter and an energy meter have been designed and successfully tested in
simulation medium, thus exhibiting the educational role of the powerful simulation software Orcad
PSpice in Electrical Engineering. In the worked example, utilizing the new meters, the standard definition
of voltage has been verified and the rule of conservation of energy has been observed. The simulation
results have proven to be illustrative and consistent to the theory underlying the analysis of electrical
circuits and shown that Orcad PSpice, being highly visual, is very useful in the test and measurement of
electrical circuits.

REFERENCES
[1] PSpice Users manual, OrCAD Corp. (Cadence Design Systems, Inc.)
[2] OrCAD Capture Users Guide, OrCAD Corp., (Cadence Design Systems, Inc.)
[3] Tobin P. (2007) The Role of PSpice in the Engineering Teaching Environment, International Conference on
Engineering Education-ICEE
[4] Sar Y., Ferikolu A. (2011) The Role of PSpice in Analog and Mixed-Signal Simulation of Electrical Circuits,
6th International Advanced Technologies Symposium (IATS11), 16-18 May, Elaz, Turkey

The 11
th
IN15 40

ABSTRACT
Bisazo -conjugated organic compound 2,7-diamino-fluorenone bisazo-pigmentum NA1 (see Fig.
1) is important as a photosensitive material in electrophotographic and molecular electronics
applications. Possibility to form several different conformers and tautomers predetermines advanced
electronic properties [1]. Two main chromophoric fragments - fluorenone and naphthalene - are
connected through bridge [N=N]. Due to the environmental influence, this bridge can be transformed
into a different one [NN=] after proton transfer [2]. Electronic and vibrational absorption spectra have
been analyzed using quantum chemistry methods.
[Keywords: 2,7-diamino-fluorenone; bis-azo; naphthalene].

GENERAL
Quantum chemical simulations have been provided by means of Gaussian03 program. Ab-initio HF
and density functional B3LYP methods were used for ground state geometry estimation. Excitation
energies were calculated using ZINDO and TD semi empirical methods.
FIGURE 1. 2,7-DIAMINO-FLUORENONE BISAZOPIGMENTUM NA1

It was established that orientation of chromophoric fragments naphthalene and fluorenone in the plane
(case of [N=N] bridge) and orientation in space (case of [N=] bridge) is a key factor in determining
the absorption batochromic shift. Energy of first excited electronic state is equal to 2.0 eV (corresponds to
n- * transition). Energy of second excited electronic state is equal to 2.5 eV (corresponds to HOMO-
LUMO - * transition).

REFERENCES
[1] Law K.Y. (1993) Chem. Rew., 93, 449-486
[2] Law K.Y., Tarnawskyj I.W. (1995) J. Im. Science and Techn., 39, No. 1, 1-5
ANALYSIS OF THE ELECTRONIC AND VIBRATIONAL ABSORPTION SPECTRA
OF THE BIS-AZO COMPOUNDS
BY MEANS OF QUANTUM CHEMISTRY METHODS
N. KELMINSKIEN, A. GRUODIS
Department of General Physics and Spectroscopy, Faculty of Physics,
Vilnius University, Sauletekio av. 9-III, Vilnius, Lithuania,
e-mail: Alytis.Gruodis@ff.vu.lt

The 11
th
IN16 41
COMPARING TWO TREATMENTS VIA DIFFERENCE OF MEANS
N.A. NECHVAL
1
, K.N. NECHVAL
2
, U. ROSEVSKIS
1
, J. KRASTS
1
, V.F. STRELCHONOK
2

1)
University of Latvia, EVF Research Institute, Statistics Department
Raina Blvd 19, LV-1050, Riga, Latvia
e-mail: nechval@junik.lv

2)
Transport and Telecommunication Institute, Applied Mathematics Department
Lomonosov Street 1, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia
e-mail: konstan@tsi.lv

ABSTRACT
The comparison of two treatments with log-normally distributed data is considered. Inferences are
based upon the difference between means of the observed data of the two treatments, which provides a
useful and easily interpretable assessment of the difference between the two treatments. Various methods
for comparing the means of two underlying distributions have been proposed. In this paper, the technique
of invariant embedding is used to construct a test for comparing the means of two populations. This
technique emphasizes pivotal quantities relevant for obtaining ancillary statistics and is applicable
whenever the statistical problem is invariant under a group of transformations that acts transitively on the
parameter space.
[Keywords: Two treatments, comparison, test statistic]

INTRODUCTION
Let X be a random variable having a lognormal distribution,
), 0 , 0 (
2
) (ln
exp
2
1
) (
2
2
1
> >
|
|
.
|
\
|

=

o
o

t o
u
x
x
x x f (1)

where u = (,o
2
), and o
2
are the mean and variance of ln(X ), respectively, so that Y = ln(X ) ~ N(,o
2
).
The mean of the lognormal distribution is given by
. 2 / where ), exp( )} {exp( } {
2
o 0 0
u u
+ = = = Y E X E (2)

Let Y
ij
= ln(X
ij
) ~ ) , (
2
i i
N o , i = 1, 2, j = 1, 2, ..., n
i
, be independent random samples from the two treatments
(log-normal populations), and let ) {
ij
X E
i
u
= exp(0
i
), where ), , (
2
i i i
o u = . 2 /
2
i i i
o 0 + = Consider the
problem of deciding which of the two treatments is preferable, with large mean being considered to be better.

HYPOTHESIS TESTING
Consider the problem of testing
}, { } { : vs } { } { :
1 2 1 1 2 0
1 2 1 2
j j j j
X E X E H X E X E H
u u u u
< > (3)

which is equivalent to
. 0 : vs 0 :
1 2 1 1 2 0
< > 0 0 0 0 H H (4)

The maximum likelihood estimators for
i
and ,
2
i
o i=1, 2, are
i
Y and
2
i
S , respectively, where

. ) (
1
,
1
2
1
2
1

= =
= =
i i
n
j
i ij
i
i
n
j
ij
i
i
Y Y
n
S Y
n
Y (5)

Using the invariant embedding technique [13], we transform

2 1
0 0 = z (6)

The 11
th
IN16 42
to
,
2 2 2 2
2
2
2 2
1
2
1 1
2 / 1
2
2
2
1
2
1
2 1
2
2
2
2
1
1
v
s n
v
s n
v
s
v
s
v y y z +
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ + = + =
o
o
(7)

where
), 1 , 0 ( ~
) / / (
) (
2 / 1
2
2
2 1
2
1
1 2 1 2
N
n n
Y Y
V
o o

+

= . 2 , 1 , ~
2
1
2
2
= =

i
S n
V
i
n
i
i i
i
_
o
(8)

represent the pivotal quantities. Considering the random variable
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ + +
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ + =
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
2 2
1
2
1 1
2 1
2
2
2 2
1
2
1 1
2 / 1
2
2
2
1
2
1
2 1
,
2 2
~
2 2 v
s
v
s
v
s n
v
s n
y y N
v
s n
v
s n
v
s
v
s
V y y Z (9)

and assuming z=0, we have the random variable
). 1 , 0 ( ~
2 2
2 / 1
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1 1
2
2
2 2
1 2
N
v
s
v
s
v
s n
v
s n
Y Y U
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ = (10)

It follows from (10) that
.
2 2
) ( } Pr{
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1 1
2
2
2 2
1 2
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
(
(
+ u = u = <
v
s
v
s
v
s n
v
s n
y y u u U (11)

Thus, the expected value of Pr{U < u} can be found as

.
2 2
}} {Pr{
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1 1
2
2
2 2
1 2
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
(
(
+ u = < =
V
s
V
s
V
s n
V
s n
y y E u U E p (12)

If p > 1o, where o is the prescribed significance level, then the hypothesis
0 :
1 2 0
> 0 0 H (13)

is accepted.
If p < o, then the hypothesis
0 :
1 2 1
< 0 0 H (14)

is accepted.
If o s p s 1o, then it is assumed that
0
2 1
= 0 0 . (15)

REFERENCES
[1] Nechval N.A., Nechval K.N., Danovich V., Liepins T. (2011) Optimization of New-Sample and
Within-Sample Prediction Intervals for Order Statistics. Proceedings of the 2011 World Congress in
Computer Science, Computer Engineering, and Applied Computing, WORLDCOMP'11, 18-21 July,
2011, Las Vegas, Nevada, USA, 9197.
[2] Nechval N.A., Purgailis M., Nechval K.N., Strelchonok V.F. (2012) Optimal Predictive Inferences
for Future Order Statistics via a Specific Loss Function. IAENG International Journal of Applied
Mathematics 42, Issue 1, 4051.
[3] Nechval N.A., Purgailis M. (2012) Stochastic Control and Improvement of Statistical Decisions in
Revenue Optimization Systems. Stochastic Modeling and Control, Ivan Ganchev Ivanov (Ed.).
Croatia: Sciyo, 185210.

The 11
th
IN17 43
SIMULTANEOUS PREDICTION LIMITS FOR FUTURE OUTCOMES
N.A. NECHVAL
1
, K.N. NECHVAL
2
, U. ROSEVSKIS
1
, J. KRASTS
1
, V.F. STRELCHONOK
2

1)

2)

ABSTRACT
This paper provides procedures for constructing simultaneous prediction limits on the outcomes of all
of k future samples using the results of a previous sample from the same underlying distribution
belonging to invariant family. Such prediction limits are required, for example, when a manufacturer
wishes to assure with a high probability the acceptance of all k future shipments of a product.
[Keywords: Underlying distribution, future outcomes, simultaneous prediction limits]

INTRODUCTION
Let X
1
, ..., X
n
be a random sample from the underlying distribution. Let us assume that k additional
independent samples, each consisting of m
j
independent observations, are to be selected from the same
distribution. These k future samples are also independent of the given sample. In the situation under
consideration we have to investigate the joint probability that at least m
j
r
j
+ 1 out of m
j
observations
from each of the k future samples are greater than the lower simultaneous prediction limit h; that is, we
want all of the future samples to meet the warranty period.

SIMULTANEOUS PREDICTION LIMIT
The main theorem, which shows how to construct lower (upper) simultaneous prediction limit for the
order statistics in all of k future samples when prediction limit for a single future sample is available [1],
is given below.
Theorem 1 (Lower (upper) simultaneous prediction limit under complete information). Let
) ..., , (
1
j j
m
Y Y be the jth random sample of m
j
future observations from the cdf F
u
(.), where u is the
parameter (in general, vector), je{1, ..., k}, and let
) , (
j j
m r
Y denote the r
j
th order statistic in the jth sample
of size m
j
.. Assume that all of k samples from the same cdf are independent. Then a lower simultaneous
(1o) prediction limit h on the r
j
th order statistics
), , (
j j
m r
Y j=1, , k, of all of k future samples may be
obtained from
)
`
> > > h Y h Y h Y P

k
m
k
r m r m r
j j
) , ( ) , ( )
1
,
1
(
, ... , , ... ,
u

, 1 ... ... ... ...
) , ( ) , 1 (
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
o
u u
=
)
`
>
)
`
>
=
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
E
E
E E E
+
E
=

i
m
h Y P h Y P
i
m
i
m
i
m m i m i
k
k
j
j
r
i
r
i
r
i
k
k
j
j
(1)

where

The 11
th
IN17 44

=
E E
= =
k
j
j
k
j
j
m m i i
1 1 =
. , (2)

(Observe that an upper simultaneous o prediction limit h may be obtained from a lower simultaneous
prediction limit by replacing 1o by o.)
Proof.

[
=
)
`
> =
)
`
> > >

k
j
j
m
j
r
k
m
k
r m r m r
h Y P h Y h Y h Y P
j j
1
) , ( ) , ( ) , ( )
1
,
1
(
, ... , , ... ,
u u

[
=
|
|
.
|
\
|
=
k
j
r
i
i m i
j
j
j
j
j j j
h F h F
i
m
1
1
0

)] ( 1 [ )] ( [
u u

. )] ( 1 [ )] ( [ ... ... ... ...
i
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
E E E

=
=
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|

m i
k
k
j
j
r
i
r
i
r
i
h F h F
i
m
i
m
i
m
k
k
j
j
u u
(3)

Since
E E E

i m i
h F h F )] ( 1 [ )] ( [
u u

(
(
|
|
.
|
\
|

|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
=

E
E
=
E
E
E
=
E
E
E

i m i
i
i
i m i
i
i
h F h F
i
m
h F h F
i
m
i
m

1
0

0
1
)] ( 1 [ )] ( [ )] ( 1 [ )] ( [
u u u u

,
) , ( ) , 1 (
|
|
.
|
\
|
E
E
E E E
+
E )
`
>
)
`
>
=
i
m
h Y P h Y P
m i m i
u u
(4)
the joint probability can be written as

)
`
> > > h Y h Y h Y P

k
m
k
r m r m r
j j
) , ( ) , ( )
1
,
1
(
, ... , , ... ,
u

. ... ... ... ...
) , ( ) , 1 (
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
E
E
E E E
+
E
=
)
`
>
)
`
>
=

i
m
h Y P h Y P
i
m
i
m
i
m m i m i
k
k
j
j
r
i
r
i
r
i
k
k
j
j
u u
(5)
This ends the proof.
Corollary 1.1. If r
j
= 1, j=1(1)k, then

. 1 , ... , , ... ,
) (1, ) , 1 ( ) , 1 ( )
1
, 1 (
o
u u
=
)
`
> =
)
`
> > >

E
h Y P h Y h Y h Y P
m
k
m m m
j
(6)

REFERENCES
[1] Nechval N.A., Nechval K.N., Purgailis M. (2011) Prediction of Future Values of Random
Quantities Based on Previously Observed Data. Engineering Letters 9, Issue 4, 346359.

The 11
th
April 18-19, 2013, Information Systems Management Institute, Riga, Latvia
IN18 45

ABSTRACT
In this paper, we study the problem of predicting the order statistic of a future sample from the left-
truncated Weibull distribution on the basis of the observed censored data sample coming from the same
distribution. Numerical computations are given for illustration of the proposed procedure.
[Keywords: Left-truncated Weibull distribution, future order statistics, prediction limits]

INTRODUCTION
Order statistics and functions of these statistics play an important role in a wide range of theoretical
and practical problems such as characterization of probability distributions and goodness-of-fit tests,
entropy estimation, analysis of censored samples, reliability analysis, quality control and strength of
materials.

PREDICTION LIMIT
The main theorem, which shows how to construct lower (upper) prediction limit for the order statistics
in future sample on the basis of the preliminary censored data sample, is given below.
Theorem 1 ((Lower (upper) unbiased prediction limit H for the lth order statistic Y
l
in a new (future)
sample of m observations from the left-truncated Weibull distribution on the basis of the preliminary data
sample) Let X
1
s ... s X
r
be the first r ordered observations from the preliminary sample of size n from the
left-truncated Weibull distribution with the pdf
, ] / ) ( exp[ = ) (
1
o
o
o o o
u

x x x f 0), , ( > > o o

o
, x (1)

where u = (,o,o), o is termed the shape parameter, o is the scale parameter, and is the truncation
parameter. It is assumed that the parameter o is known. Then a lower unbiased (1o) prediction limit H
on the lth order statistic Y
l
from a set of m future ordered observations Y
1
s s Y
m
also from the
distribution (1) is given by
( ) ,
/ 1
1
o
o
S w X H
H
+ = (2)
where

+
+
<
|
|
.
|
\
|
=
+
+
+
+
>
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
=
+ + + + +
+ + +
|
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
=

,
)! ( )! (
)! ( !
if , 1 ) 1 (
)! ( )! (
)! ( !
1 arg
,
)! ( )! (
)! ( !
if , 1
) 1 )( 1 (
)] 1 ( 1 [ ) 1 (
1
arg
) 1 (
1
0
) 1 (
m n l m
l m n m
nw
n m l m
l n m m
m n l m
l m n m
i l m i l m n
i l m w
i
l
l
m
nl
w
r
H
l
i
r
H
i
H
o o
o o
(3)
PREDICTION OF FUTURE ORDER STATISTICS COMING FROM LEFT-
TRUNCATED WEIBULL MODEL
N.A. NECHVAL
1
, K.N. NECHVAL
2
, U. ROSEVSKIS
1
, J. KRASTS
1
, V.F. STRELCHONOK
2

1)

2)

The 11
th
April 18-19, 2013, Information Systems Management Institute, Riga, Latvia
IN18 46
). )( ( ) (
1 1
1
o o o o
X X r n X X S
r
r
i
i
+ =
=
(4)
(Observe that an upper unbiased o prediction limit H on the lth order statistic Y
l
may be obtained from a
lower unbiased (1o) prediction limit by replacing 1o by o.)
Proof. The proof is omitted here and will appear elsewhere.

NUMERICAL EXAMPLE
An industrial firm has the policy to replace a certain device, used at several locations in its plant, at the
end of 24-month intervals. It doesnt want too many of these items to fail before being replaced.
Shipments of a lot of devices are made to each of three firms. Each firm selects a random sample of 5
items and accepts his shipment if no failures occur before a specified lifetime has accumulated. The
manufacturer wishes to take a random sample and to calculate the lower prediction limit so that all
shipments will be accepted with a probability of 0.95. The resulting lifetimes (rounded off to the nearest
month) of an initial sample of size 15 from a population of such devices are given in Table 1.

TABLE 1. THE RESULTING LIFETIMES.
Observations
x
1
x
2
x
3
x
4
x
5
x
6
x
7
x
8
x
9
x
10
x
11
x
12
x
13
x
14
x
15
8 9 10 12 14 17 20 25 29 30 35 40 47 54 62
Lifetime (in number of month intervals)

Goodness-of-fit testing. It is assumed that , ] / ) ( exp[ = ) ( ~
1
o
o
o o o
u

x x x f X
i
where the
parameters and o are unknown; (o=0.87). Thus, for this example, r = n = 15, k = 3, m = 5, 1o = 0.95,
1 . 6
1
=
o
X , and S = 170.8. It can be shown that the

, 2 ) 1 ( 1 , ) )( 1 ( ) )( 1 ( 1
2
2
1
1
2
1
=
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ + =

+
=

+
=

n j X X i n X X i n U
j
j
i
i i
j
i
i i j
o o o o
(5)

are i.i.d. U(0,1) rvs (Nechval et al. [1]). We assess the statistical significance of departures from the left-
truncated Weibull model by performing the Kolmogorov-Smirnov goodness-of-fit test. We use the K
statistic (Muller et al. [2]). The rejection region for the o level of significance is {K > K
n;o
}. The
percentage points for K
n;o
were given by Muller et al. [2]. For this example,

K = 0.220 < K
n=13;o=0.05
= 0.361. (6)

Thus, there is not evidence to rule out the left-truncated Weibull model. It follows from (2) and (3) that

( ) ( )
. 5 1
15 15 05 . 0
15
15
8 . 170
1 . 6 1
87 . 0 1/
14
1
1/
1
1
1
=
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
=
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
=
(
(
(
|
.
|
\
|
(
(
(
|
.
|
\
|

n
km n
km
n
s
x H
o
(7)

Thus, the manufacturer has 95% assurance that no failures will occur in each shipment before H = 5
month intervals.

REFERENCES
[1] Nechval N.A., Nechval K.N. (1998) Characterization Theorems for Selecting the Type of
Underlying Distribution. Proceedings of the 7th Vilnius Conference on Probability Theory and
22nd European Meeting of Statisticians. Vilnius: TEV, 352353.
[2] Muller P.H., Neumann P., Storm R. (1979) Tables of Mathematical Statistics. Leipzig: VEB
Fachbuchverlag.

The 11
th
IN19 47
NANOTECHNOLOGIES: CHALLENGES AND CONTROVERSY ON THE WAY TO
SCIENTIFIC CITIZENSHIP AND INTELLECTUAL CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
T. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA, YU. SHUNIN
1 Lomonosova str., Block 6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: lobanova@isma.lv; shunin@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
The current economic crisis has provoked a growing consensus that the 21st century consumer society
is on a path that is far from society-wide understanding of new technology and intellectual consumerism.
Nanotechnology in scientific circles is commonly considered to offer considerable promise extending
from business opportunities throughout various industries to broader socio-economic benefits, especially
in the context of pressing global challenges such as those related to energy, health care, clean water and
climate change. However, a growing gap between technology use and technology understanding in a
consumer society creates a need to educate general public about manufacturing - the backbone of a strong
economy. Despite steadily increasing dependency of modern societies on technology, society-wide
understanding of technology (necessary, for example, in educated case study, informed problem solving,
and critical decision-making) is usually lacking.
[Keywords: nanotechnologies and nanoproducts, scientific citizenship, new emerging identities,
intellectual consumerism]

GENERAL
Our previous research on Nanoeducation has revealed a low level of scientific knowledge in Latvian
consumers. The results stimulated the initiation of the project Adopting an Intellectual Approach to
Life (AIAL) at Information Systems Management University (ISMA), Riga, Latvia. This project is
especially addressed to students for understanding a potential influence of new emerging technologies on
diverse and revolutionary changes in the human life.
The aim of this research, focusing on the challenges of nanotechnologies in the food and healthcare
sectors, is to explore Latvian intellectual consumers: their habits, new technology perceptions,
preferences and values. Intellectual consumption is viewed as an identity project since we will study how
Latvian citizens of the crisis times construct their identity based on intellectual ethical consumption
practices.
A questionnaire for the consumer survey based on a Likert Technique or scale and supported by the
Consumer Culture Theory by Arnould and Thompson (2005) was completed by 160 respondents. The
main findings of the research are threefold as there were three teaching objectives of investigation: 1)

The 11
th
IN19 48
what level of scientific understanding and risk-assessment would be sufficient for consumers; 2) whether
consumers are provided with the necessary information; and 3) what more needs to be done in terms of
public engagement. The empirical results have demonstrated a dramatically big gap between
nanotechnology use in products that are already on the market and lack of nanotechnology understanding
in a modern Latvian consumer society, which creates challenges causing controversy and a need to
transform the society by educating responsible decision-makers and contributing to the construction of
new emerging identities, shaping scientific citizenship and lifestyles through intellectual ethical
consumption.

REFERENCES
[1] Lobanova-Shunina T., Shunin Yu.N. (2012) Nanoeducation for Developing Responsible Citizenship and
Creating Intellectual Global Community. // Creating Communities: Local, National and Global. Proceedings of
the fourteenth CiCe Conference: ISSN 1470-6695, York, England
[2] Lobanova-Shunina, T., Shunin, Yu. (2011b) Nanothinking as a Concept of Citizenship Education for the 21st
Century Europe, in P. Cunningham & N. Fretwell (eds) Europes Future: citizenship in a changing world.
London: CiCe, 345-355.
[3] Lobanova-Shunina, T., Shunin, Yu.N. (2011a) Nanothinking as an Essential Component of Scientific
Competence and Social Responsibility in the 21
st
Century Society. Computer Modelling and New Technologies
15, No.1, 58-68
[4] Roco, M.C. (2010). The NNI: Past, Present and Future. In (ed. Goddard, W.A et al.) Handbook on Nanoscience,
Engineering and Technology. CRC, Taylor and Francis, Boca Raton and London, 3.1-3.26.
[5] National Nanotechnology Initiative-NNI (2012) http://www.nano.gov/

The 11
th
IN20 49
RANDOM WALKS AND DIFFUSION IN ONE-DIMENSIONAL
HETEROGENEOUS MEDIA
J. R. KALNIN
Ventspils International Radio astronomy Center
Inzenieru 101 1, LV-3600, Ventspils, Latvia,
e-mail: simts@latnet.lv , fax: + 371 3628303, phone: +371 9444470

ABSTRACT
The transport properties of heterogeneous materials with periodically distributed inclusions can be
described by using modified Maxwell-Garnett theory. Derived in the effective medium approximation
formula
1
can be received from the simple random walking (RW) considerations in one dimension. Monte
Carlo computer modeling for the different parameter is carried out.

[Keywords: effective diffusion coefficient, random walking.]

GENERAL
Let us consider one dimensional heterogeneous medium: periodically distributed regions with the
hopping length l
1
and l
2
with the volume fractions 1-f and f correspondingly (see. Fig.1).

FIGURE 1. REPRESENTATIVE ELEMENT OF LENGTH L

Let us assume that hopping times t
0
in both regions are equals. The residence time on the
representative element t is connected with the effective diffusion coefficient D
eff
t=L
2
/(2D
eff
). Stretching
the inclusion l
1
/l
2
times and equating residence times on L and L
1
=L(1-f)+l
1
/l
2
f we receive an equation

1
1 1 2
2 2 1
1 (1 )
eff
D
D
l Dl
f f f f
l D l
=
| || |
+ +
| |
\ .\ .

Repeating the same procedure for different hopping times in the matrix and inclusion an extended
Maxwell-Garnett formula can be derived. Generalization for the reflection from the inclusion is given.
Computer simulation confirms the validity of the received formulas for a wide range of diffusion
parameters. RW approximation is tested.

REFERENCES
[1] Kalnin J. R., Kotomin E. (2012) Note. Effective diffusion coefficient in heterogeneous media. J. Chem. Phys.
137, 166101

The 11
th
IN21 50

SEARCH OPTIMIZATION IN TREELIKE DATA STRUCTURES
WITH RED-BLACK PROPERTIES
G.M. KABINOVA
e-mail: gauhar.kabinova@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
In the modern world where mad rate of life and continuous movement of information technologies are
simple, it is very important to have an opportunity for quickly and conveniently data search. For receiving
fast results and convenient search, it is necessary to optimize search in the computer, in its architecture, in
treelike structures of data (which is a hierarchical structure where each node has no more than two
children). Improvement and search optimization at this stage helps to make a data search essentially
quicker. For making data search it is important to use appropriate algorithms based on a number of
factors: the way of data presentation, ordering of the set of possible search, data capacity and their
location in the external or internal memory. One major advantage of the search in tree-like structures is a
very important lower bound on the number of comparisons for the search algorithms and sorting
algorithms.
[Key words: treelike data structures, search algorithm, sorting algorithm]

GENERAL
At this point treelike data structures (binary trees) used in practical systems, but the great value is
using of binary trees within the area of Computer Science. Treelike data structures (binary trees) are also
a tool of presenting and visualizing output terminal strings in the theory and syntax analysis practice [2].
Among binary trees one of the most interest trees is a probability tree search.
Probability binary search tree can be used not only to store numeric data sets, but also for storage and
presentation of texts, dictionaries, and other ordered sets of objects. Also, there exists an optimal binary
search tree.
Optimal binary search tree it is a binary search tree, which is built for maximizing the performance
of a given probability distribution of search required data. There are various types of tree structures that
can be used for data retrieval:
AVL-tree is a balanced tree, as the number of nodes in its left and right sub trees differ by no
more than 1. The maximum length of the branches emanating from the root of the tree is not
greater than 1.44log
2
n
B-tree is different because the elements are both situated in the internal and leaf pages, and the
size of the record can be quite large, the internal pages may contain too many elements and so
the tree can be quite profound.
R-tree is an extension of the mechanism of the B-tree which is used for indexes in spatial
databases. However, the information stored in the R-tree is different from the one contained in
the B-tree. In addition to being in leaf pages identifiers of spatial objects in the R-tree contains
information about the boundaries of the indexed object.
In the red-black tree, compared with AVL-tree, the maximum length of the branches emanating
from the root of the tree is equal to the value 2(
1. Though the maximum length of the

branches in the red-black tree is not as good as that of AVL-tree, but it is easier to save a balance

The 11
th
IN21 51
of the red-black tree and more convenient than the AVL-tree. Also, a red-black tree can be more
economical than the AVL-tree.

The purpose of this study is to analyze the algorithm for constructing a red-black tree based on data
structures, as well as its optimization.

REFERENCES
[1] Knuth D.E. (2007) The Art of Computer Programming, 3, Sorting and Searching, 2nd edition, M.:
Williams, 824
[2] Dyusembayev A.E. (2006) Computer Science. Data structures, sorting and searching: tutorial.
Almaty, Publishing house LLP Dair, 145

The 11
th
IN22 52
RAMAN SPECTROSCOPIC STUDY OF H/D EXCHANGE
IN IONIC LIQUID/D
2
O MIXTURES
P. KAIONIS, V. LUKEVIIT, V. ALEKSA
e-mail: povilas.kascionis@ff.stud.vu.lt

ABSTRACT
The cation-anion interactions and different aspects of proton/deuteron exchange reactions in some
imidazolium-based ionic liquids have been studied using different spectroscopy techniques. Recently,
interesting phenomena were observed in room temperature ionic liquid aqueous solutions, i.e., anomalous
conformational change in 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate-D
2
O mixture upon the H/D
exchange was published [1].
[Keywords: proton/deuteron exchange reactions; imidazolium-based ionic liquid]

GENERAL
The purpose of present work was to study the anion effects on the H/D exchange in the 1-butyl-3-
methyl-imidazolium bromide- and chloride ([C6mim][Br] and [C6mim][Cl]) in low concentration
(XM=0.01 mol) D
2
O solutions. Raman spectra of 1-butyl-3-methyl imidazolium bromide- and
chloride/water- and D2O solutions at room temperature were recorded (Fig. 1) and the time dependencies
of integral intensities (Fig. 2.) of different imidazolium ring vibrational bands (in region of 990-1030 cm-
1) were measured. The conformational changes around 600 cm-1 indicative of the butyl chane
conformation (Fig. 1.) coupled with the H/D exchange in 1-butyl-3-methyl imidazolium bromide- and
chloride and the role of different anions are under discussion in this work.

FIGURE 1. RAMAN SPECTRA OF [C6MIM][CL]/D2O IN THE
REGION 570-640 CM-1 1, 5, 22, 48, 70 HOURS AFTER
PREPARATION OF THE MIXTURE, RESPECTIVELY.
FIGURE 2. TIME DEPENDENCIES OF THE RATIO OF
INTEGRAL INTENSITIES OF THE IMIDAZOLIUM RING
RAMAN BANDS OF [C6MIM][BR]/D2O MIXTURE.

REFERENCES
[1] Hatano N., Watanabe M. et al. (2012) Anomalous Conformational Change in 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium
Tetrafluoroborate-D2O Mixtures, Physical Chemistry A 116, 1208-1212.

The 11
th
IN23 53
FIRST PRINCIPLES SIMULATIONS ON NI NANOFILAMENTS
INCORPORATED IN CARBON NANOTUBES
J. KAZEROVSKIS
1,2
, S. PISKUNOV
2
, YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
2

1
Department of Materials Science and Applied Chemistry, Riga Technical University,
14/24 zenes Street, LV-1048, Riga, Latvia
2
Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia,
Kengaraga Street 8, LV-1010 Riga, Latvia
e-mail: gio.gmbh@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) filled with magnetic elements, like Ni or other transition metals
(Ni@CNT), make them potentially applicable for magnetic data storage and drug delivery. In addition,
carbon walls can provide an effective barrier against oxidation and, thus, ensure long-term stability of the
encapsulated metal nanochains. In this study we consider monoatomic chains of nickel atoms
encapsulated into single-walled carbon nanotubes (CNTs) of zigzag-type (n,0) and armchair-type (n,n)
chiralities with varied n indices. We determine the optimal size of the CNT for encapsulating a single
atomic wire, as well as the most stable atomic arrangement adopted by the wire. By means of large-scale
calculations within the Density Functional Theory (DFT) as implemented in CRYSTAL-09 code [1] we
obtain the equilibrium geometry of single Ni filament inside CNTs.
[Keywords: CRYSTAL code, ab initio modeling, 1D periodic nanostructures]

COMPUTATIONAL DETAILS AND RESULTS
Using a model of structural transformation (3D2D1D) we have constructed the monoperiodic
unit cell (UC) of ideal carbon nanotubes possessing armchair (ac) and zigzag (zz) chiralities. Using the
PBE-DFT exchange-correlation functional (E
xc
) [2] for large-scale first principles calculations, we predict
the fragmentation of Ni nanofilament inside (n,0) zz-CNTs for n > 9 and inside (n,n) ac-CNTs for n > 6.
In all Ni@CNT configurations, nickel nanofilament preserves a ferromagnetic ground state. Our
calculations indicate that CNTs with encapsulated Ni nanofilament exhibit metallic behavior, even if
initially hollow nanotube is a semiconductor (zz-type). Therefore, encapsulation of Ni nanofilament in
CNTs is a way to create highly conductive 1D hybrid nanostructures suitable as interconnects for future
nanoelectronic circuits. Finally, the electronic charge redistribution has been calculated, to explore
intermolecular properties leading to stronger Ni-Ni bond formation (Figs. 1 and 2).

The 11
th
IN23 54

FIGURE 1. CHARGE REDISTRIBUTION INSIDE
NI@CNT(5,5) HYBRID NANOSTRUCTURE.
FIGURE 2. CHARGE REDISTRIBUTION INSIDE
NI@CNT(10,0) HYBRID NANOSTRUCTURE.

REFERENCES
[1]
Dovesi R., Saunders V.R., Roetti C., et al. (2010) CRYSTAL-2009 User Manual: University of
Turin, Italy.
[2]
Perdew J.P., Burke K., Ernzerhof M. (1996) Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 3865.

The 11
t
April 1
IN24
Fo
of art
founta
Ci
their w
moder
Au
writte
[K
Fo
functi
built i
moder
of the
Almat
Ob
full ag
larges
th
INTERNATIO
18-19, 2013, ISMA
AUT
ountain is a de
t, fountains a
ains require a
ity fountains a
working sche
rn standards o
utomated syst
en using TWID
Keywords: fou
ountain is not
ions, high leve
in Soviet Uni
rn technologi
e nearby build
ty, but only 1
bject of the st
greement with
st fountain, rep
ONAL CONFERE
MA University of A
TOMATED
ecorative build
re difficult to
systematic ap
are systems th
emes must be
of automation
tem is design
DOsoft softwa
untain, automa
only an archi
el of reliabilit
on times and
es and equipm
dings in case o
8 of them wer
FIGUR
tudy is the mu
h modern tech
presented as a
ENCE INFORMA
Applied Sciences,
CONTROL
M
Kazakh-Br
Faculty of
Tole-bi
e-mail:
ding that stand
o systematize
pproach.
hat require ca
organized in
together will
ned using Sch
are.
ated system, fr
itecture object
y and safety r
should be rep
ment. Old fou
of the acciden
re reconstructe
RE 1. FOUNTAIN S
usical fountain
hnological requ
a multi-stage c
ATION TECHN
s, Riga, Latvia
55
L SYSTEM
M. KIRIYAK
ritish Technical
f Information Te
59,Almaty, Kaz
: kiriyak.m@gm

ABSTRACT
ds at the inter
; at the same
apital investm
the most eff
minimal capi
hneider Elect
requency conv

GENERAL
t, but also a c
requirements.
placed or reco
untains can ca
nts. Currently,
ed.
SCHEME, FIRST PR

n in First Pres
quirements. Fo
cascade of wa
NOLOGIES AND
MS FOR CIT
K
l University
echnologies
zakhstan,
mail.com
section of art
e time, having
ent but do no
ficient way. S
tal input.
tric drive dev
verter, soft sta
complex hydro
Most of the c
onstructed to a
ause problems
, there are mo
RESIDENTS PARK
sidents Park i
ountain in the
ater attraction
D MANAGEME
TY FOUNT
and science. L
g a complex
ot give any fin
ystems must
vices; softwar
arter, controlle
o technical sy
city fountains
avoid hazardo
to the water
ore than 120 w

K, ALMATY
in Almaty, sin
First Presiden
s, was opened
ENT 2013
TAINS
Like any othe
technical stru
nancial feedba
be built to m
re for control
er, TWIDOsof
ystem with est
in Kazakhstan
ous conditions
and power su
working fount
nce it was crea
nts Park is the
d in June, 201
r piece
ucture,
ack, so
meet all
llers is
ft.]
hetical
n were
s using
upplies
ains in
ated in
e city's
0. The

The 11
th
IN24 56
research project was based on the studying of the existing fountain and improving it by performing the
changes in the original alarm and control systems in order to increase fountains durability.
The principle of the fountain construction technology is based on the desired objective. Generally, it
involves putting water into motion in order to produce some water pattern. The water movement can be of
a different kind: a single flow of water, a multi-jet fountain, a stream, a spring, a transparent water bell, a
rushing waterfall, or a powerful high fountain. After the designer has decided on a certain water pattern to
use and therefore on a certain nozzle or set of nozzles, follows the stage of the selection of the "driving
force" - the fountain pump. The most important criteria for selecting the pump are its power, efficiency,
corrosion resistance, and endurance characteristics. It is important with any fountain installation that main
elements have an appropriate and harmonious relationship to each other. [1]
General control scheme can be described as pump motors connected to the soft starters or frequency
converters. [2] Controller supervises their operation and is connected to the personal computer of the
fountain operator, who can implement different programs or connect music converted into digital signals
(in this case fountain will dance by changing the power of the water streams and their height). Programs
in variable speed drives can be changed by discrete signals from additional modules of the controller
(intellectual variable speed drives can store commands in internal memory), or altered directly from the
controller.
Control of the fountain work mostly implies the regulation of the rotation speed of the motor,
connected to the water supplying pumps. For example, to achieve the highest stream motor should rotate
with maximum available speed, for lower streams speed should be reduced. Motor speed can be again
controlled by frequency converters or soft starters, depending on the type of the fountain they refer to.
Soft starters are used to achieve some pre-defined level of the water stream height. [3] Variable speed
drives are applicable when the fountain needs to play by changing the water stream level or spill the
water around. [4]
To sum up, we can say that although building of the new city fountains is not profitable, its actual
output can be described as an upgrade of the city look, increase of the number of people that choose parks
as the place of their rest and so improvement of their health situation, creation of suitable infrastructure
for tourism development, etc.

REFERENCES
[1] Technology of Fountain Structure Construction Principles and Structural Components (2010)
Published online by Royal Fountains royalfountains.com
[2] Frolov Yu.A., Hohlovskiy V.N. (2011) Automation Solutions Guide, Schneider Electric, 60-142,
216-250.
[3] Variable speed drive Altivar 71 (2010), Schneider Electric.
[4] Programmable controller Twido (2003), Telemecanique by Schneider Electric.

The 11th INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AND MANAGEMENT 2013
IN25 57
GENERALIZED MODEL OF TRACK DEVICES
D. FINK, N. MYKYTENKO, A. KIV
Department of Materials Engineering, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev,
POBOX 653, Beer-Sheva, 84105 Israel

The electronic behavior of conducting swift heavy ion track networks has many unique features which
led to creation of principally new electronic devices and appearance of track electronics [1]. Conducting
tracks are produced by ion irradiation of insulating membranes - either self-supported or deposited onto
silicon substrates - into which conducting materials, in particular, electrolytes - are inserted. The transient
conductivity of tracks is the most important characteristics of these devices. Depending on their
construction conducting tracks act either as electronically active or passive elements. In the first case,
individual tracks are found to emit current spikes and interact among themselves leading to phase-locked
synchronous coupled oscillations with resulting in complex patterns that are quite similar to neural
networks. The latter case corresponds to networks of electronically passive conducting tracks which have
already been examined earlier in connection with the so-called TEMPOS structures [2].
In this work we propose a phenomenological model of track device. The model is a space lattice and
each node corresponds to one track. We dont account the detailed microscopic characteristics of tracks.
But its reasonable to suggest that during the flow of charges in track some fluctuations of parameters
take place. Therefore in each track the current undergoes small fluctuations. We modeled these
fluctuations introducing the action of random small forces on each node. Further, we know that current
spikes depend on the density of tracks and apparently on their interaction. So we introduced some
potentials of nodes interaction of sufficiently general form with some parameters that can be varied.
Under certain parameters of potential we observe from time to time a dramatic shift of some nodes from
their original position and then return to their place.
To develop a program for described model we applied C# package and the graphical engine Unity3d.
The program has simple graphic interface that contains modeling elements gate in the screen center, two
windows with program parameters and some information about selected particle. Each node connects
with four nearest nodes by lines that are rendered in real-time. The program consists of two basic parts:
Molecular Dynamics (MD) [3] that processing all calculations with nodes, and Graphics that is
responsible for rendering results. MD includes methods to calculate forces, velocities and positions of
particles.

FIGURE 1. DEPENDENCE OF THE OSCILLATIONS OF NODES ON THE TIME

The pictures of the time dependencies of these shifts are the same as pictures of current spikes in track
devices [4]. We can obtain dependencies of these spikes on the density of nodes in our model and
compare with experimental dependencies of spike phenomena on the density of tracks. In the model the
temperature and other effects can be observed. Figure 1 represents fluctuations of nodes obtained as
Model oscillations.

REFERENCES
[1] Fink D., Petrov A.V., Fahrner W. R., Hoppe K., Papaleo R. M., Berdinsky A. S., Chandra A., Zrineh A.,
Chadderton L. T. (2005) Ion Track-based Nanoelectronics. J. Nanoscience 4, 965972
[2] Sinha D., Petrov A., Fink D., Fahrner W.R., Hoppe K., Chandra A. (2004) TEMPOS structures with gold
nanoclusters, Rad. Eff. Def. Solids, 159, 517533.
[3] Frenkel D, Smit B. (2002) Understanding Molecular Simulation: from algorithms to applications, San Diego,
California, Academic Press.
[4] Fink D., Cruz S., Muoz H.G., Kiv A. (2010) Current spikes in polymeric latent and funnel-type ion tracks, Rad.
Eff. Def. Solids, 166, 373-388

IN26 58
KINETICS OF INJECTED CHARGE IN THE MEMORY TRANSISTOR
S.A. ZYRYN, K. RYBALCHENKO, A. KIV
Department of physical and mathematical modelling,
South-Ukrainian national pedagogical university after K. D. Ushinskij,
Odessa, 65020, Ukraine

A computer simulation of physical processes in the trapping dielectric (TD) of memory transistor has
been performed using the approach developed by the authors of the papers [1, 2]. Retention quality is
characterized by the life time of injected charge carriers in the injection region (IR). This value is
proportional to the number of steps (N) in computer calculations. In computer experiments we used the
input data corresponding to normal conditions of the device exploitation [2, 3].
Nanocrystal memories (NCM) are based on the trapping of electrons by nanoparticles. The charge is
not stored in a continuous floating gate, as in the case of ONO, but in a discontinuous layer composed by
numerous discrete traps as nanoparticles (TN) well separated one from the other [4]. The advantage of
these devices is the ability to achieve faster programming speeds and the longest retention. The nano
crystal layer has to meet certain specifications in order to support properly functioning memory devices.
The first requirement is a given density of TN. The second is the thickness of the dielectric layer
separating TN and the substrate that should be well controlled. Poor control of the tunnel oxide thickness
results in wider threshold voltage distributions and increases the number of erratic bits [4]. The devices
based on the Coulomb blockade effect must operate at room temperature, and these devices require TN of
nanometer size (~25 nm) [5].Typically, a regular size of Si TN is ~8 nm [5, 6].
Using nanoparticles as memory reservoirs in memory transistors, it is possible to fabricate devices
with unique properties. To model parameters of these devices we should describe physical characteristics
of the gate dielectric, in particular, its structural peculiarities. A phenomenological approach allows
describing physical processes in TD in terms of potential relief. Nanoparticles are represented as deep
potential wells.
It is important to know the features of kinetics of injected electrons (IE) in the TD of memory device
because this information shows the ways of improving the programming state. We have found that the
aging processes are determined by two kinetic stages: short-term (ST) and long-term (LT) kinetics. LT
kinetics corresponds to the processes of natural aging and eventually determines the exploitation resource
of device. ST kinetics allows getting the initial conditions for a study of LT stage of aging. The works [1-
3] were based on the assumption that at once after injection we have a stable space distribution of IE that
can be used for initial conditions for study of aging process.
In this work we studied the ST stage of the redistribution of IE. We clarified in the computer
experiment that the duration of ST kinetics is ~ 100 steps (Figure 1). Further we investigated the
dependence of ST kinetics on the energy of IE (Figure 2). This dependence is complicated. The decrease
of N in the beginning of graph is explained by the fact that IE with larger energy go out from the potential
well with less barrier. When the energy of IR increases the number of IR remained in IR also increases.
The preliminary explanation is based on the suggestion that a specific distribution of pulses of IE can lead
to decrease of pulses caused by Coulomb forces.

IN26 59

FIGURE 1. KINETICS OF THE NUMBER OF IE (N) REMAINED IN IR AFTER PROGRAMMING

FIGURE 2. DEPENDENCE OF THE NUMBER OF IE (N) REMAINED IN IR
AFTER 100 STEPS ON THE ENERGY OF IE.

REFERENCES
[1] Fuks D., Kiv A., Maximova T., Bibi R., Roizin Ya., Gutman M. (2002) Computer model of
thetrapping media in microFLASH memory cells, J Comput Aided Mater Des 9, 2132
[2] Fuks D., Kiv A., Roizin Ya., Gutman M., Bibi R., Maximova T. (2006) The nature of HT Vt shiftin
NROM memorytransistors, IEEE Trans Electron Devices, 53, 304313
[3] Avichail-Bibi R., Kiv A., Maximova T., Roizin Y., Fuks D. (2006) Behaviour of injectedelectrons in
high-k dielectric layers, Mater Sci Semicond Process, 9, 985988
[4] Yano K., Ferry D. K. (1992) Molecular-dynamics study of single-electron charging insemiconductor
wires. Phys. Rev. B 46, 38653871
[5] Tiwari S., Rana F., Chan K., Hanafi H., Chan W., Buchanan D. (1995) Volatile and non-
volatilememories in silicon nano-crystal storage, IEDM Tech Dig, 1, 521524
[6] Hiromoto T., Majima H., Saitoh M. (2003) Quantum effects and single-electron charging effectsin
nano-scale silicon MOSFETs at room temperature. Mater Sci Eng. B 101, 2437
[7] Baik S.J., Choi S., Moon J.T. (2004) Engineering on tunnel barrier and dot surface in Sinanocrystal
memories. Solid State Electron, 48, 14751481

The 11
th
IN27 60
NANOELECTRONICS : STEP FROM 100 TO 10 NM
A. KOLTSOV, YU.N. SHUNIN, T.D. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA

1 Lomonosov str., LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,

ABSTRACT
Moores law is already slowing down and will discontinue within 10 years. Physical limitations are
already affecting the existing technologies and soon we will exhaust the resources of silicon. The existing
nanotechnologies essentially change new electronics development strategies and efficiency.
[Keywords: 10 nm nanoelectronics, nanosensors, nanoimplants, carbon based nanodevices]

1. MOORES LAW AND NANOELECTRONICS TRENDS
What Moores Law exactly means is a somewhat blurred term and formulation that the number of
transistors placed on an integrated circuit chip doubles every 18-24 months. In general, it is regularity that
seems to have been valid over half a century or thereabouts (see, Figure 1). The rapid development of
nanoelectronics can violate this law because it has a completely different principle of production than
silicon-based electronics has.

FIGURE 1. MICROPROCESSOR TRANSISTOR COUNTS & MOORE'S LAW

2. 3D NANOELECTRONIC DEVICES FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING
A three-dimensional (3D) nanoelectonic chip is a package of two or more layers integrated into a
single circuit. 3D packaging saves space and increases the processing power by enabling vertical or
horizontal communication between layers. This type of nanoelectronics makes possible to implement
parallel processing with a significant reduction in size and energy consumption. 3D production allows
reaching the level of handheld assistant-devices with the possibility of data analysis tending to artificial
intelligence.

3. 10NM NANODEVICES FOR SOLVING HUMAN BODY PROBLEMS:
NANOSENSORS AND NANOIMPLANTS
Within the last few decades, a number of new composite materials have been produced applying
graphene and carbon nanotubes. The quality of these materials is more pronounced and more effective
than any other used before. Thus, with the increased reliability and improved performance, 10nm
technology nanoimplants are the most suitable nodes for being implanted into the human body. This size
allows reaching the level where the impact on the human health will hardly be noticeable.
Similarly the potential applications of graphene and CNTs include sensors, medical implants,
hardware and aerospace materials.

REFERENCES
[1] Yu. Shunin and A. Kiv, Eds., (2012) Nanodevices and Nanomaterials for Ecological Security.
Series: Nato Science for Peace Series B - Physics and Biophysics, Springer Verlag, 363p.

The 11
th
IN28 61
ELEMENTARY GEOMETRY APPLICATION
TO DESIGN DIFFERENT FUNCTIONS
A.N.KOVANTSOV, V.HODIKO
Riga Technical University
Riga,LV-1658, Kau iela1,l,Latvia
e-mail: akovancova@baltinet.lv

ABSTRACT
The course of elementary geometry in school often hear students' questions about where a particular
theory can be used and why it is necessary to deal with such a theory? No one has cast doubt on the need
for knowledge of the Pythagorean theorem, the signs of equality of triangles, the ability to calculate the
area of a polygon. However, the "minor" theorem puzzling. Like, why do they need? Try to give an
answer to these questions.

THEORY
To apply Theorems school geometry we decided to use the standard method of charting the various
functions using the given graph of y = f (x), a ruler, a compass and a single large-scale segment. As
Theorems chose those known to a wide circle of readers.
Theorem 1. If the vertex of the right angle of a right triangle the hypotenuse held perpendicular, then
the length of this perpendicular equal to the average proportional segments of the hypotenuse, which is
perpendicular to its shares.
Theorem 2. If the point of the circle draw a tangent and secant, then the square of the tangent is equal
to the product of the cross-section at its outer part.
Theorem 3. In the inscribed quadrilateral product segments diagonals are equal.

The theories allows us to construct the graphs
y =
1
](x)
, y = (x),
n

y =
1
](x)
, y
1
](x)
n
.

REFERENCES
[1] Kovancovs A.N., Krumbergs R. (2012) Creation of graphics of functions with use of theorems of
elementary geometry, Computer Modelling and new and Technologies, 16, No 3, Riga

The 11
th
IN29 62
NETWORKS OF TRANSFER FOR THE SYSTEMS
OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
A.N.KOVANTSOV
Riga Technical University
Riga,LV-1658, Kau iela1,l,Latvia
e-mail: akovancova@baltinet.lv

ABSTRACT
There is a task about transformation of the systems of usual differential equations to the sectional
kind, i.e. to such kind, when the system of equations disintegrates on blocks, in each of that is the off-line
system of functions entering simultaneously and under the sign of derivative, and in right parts.
For the systems of linear equations the decision of this task is equipotent to bringing a square matrix
over to the form of Jordan. Each cell corresponds to a Jordan block of the split system. However, the
geometry of such changes have not been investigated. What happens in the case of a flat in n-dimensional
space?
[Keywords: systems of the ordinary differential equations, Jordan matrix, projectors]

THEORY
In solving the above problems was necessary to investigate the geometry of linear systems and the
transfer of the splitting of the results to the nonlinear case. Some of theorems are of interest for both the
geometry of degenerative transformation and the theory of differential equations.
Let H(y
)- point n-dimensional Euclidean space E

n
. Suppose there are two projector P
1
, P
2
with
ranks k , n -k. Pass through the origin of the two planes of projection as the dimensionk , n -k.
Projector P
1
projects on to the plane of the projection
1
dimension k to not only the point M, and the
plane of dimension n -k, passing through that point. Projection is a point . At the same time
projecting a plane of dimension n -k crosses the plane of projection at a point H
1
. Whatever the matrix
P
1
and P
2
the correspondence between the points H
1
and is always projective. It is an identity
transformation if and only if when P
1
and P
2
is projectors.
1. The projectors, which constitute the system of projectors to generate a system of differential
equations in the corresponding space network of lines, which is a network transfer.
2. Find the first quadratic form for a projection network.

REFERENCES
[1] Kovantsov A.N. (2000) Integration of systems of the nonlinear differential equations. Computer
Modeling and New Technologies, 4, No.1, 50-55

The 11
th
IN30 63
CLASSIFICATION ALGORITHMS IN THE RECOGNITION PROBLEM OF
LITHOLOGICAL LAYERS AT THE URANIUM FIELDS
L. KOZINA, ZH. NURUSHEV, P. GRITSENKO, K. YAKUNIN
e-mail:lyudmila.kozina@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Artificial neural networks (ANN) are widely used in the problems of petrography for data analysis,
including the uranium fields [1]. One of these problems is the recognition of lithologic types, in which
accuracy of determination is important. In the problems of neural network training (supervised learning)
[2] it is difficult to determine the quality of expert estimates. Source data and expert estimates can be
contradictory and contain errors. In these cases it is necessary to determine the method for estimating the
quality of recognition with ANN. At present there are no methods to do this with high reliability.
[Keywords: artificial neural networks (ANN), supervised learning, expert estimates]

GENERAL
The method of a classification quality assessment with the artificial neural network in rocks
recognition problems is proposed in this work [3]. Recognition quality can be estimated as a percentage
of coincidence of expert assessments and NN data assessments. Alternative classification algorithms are
used to estimate the recognition quality: Linear Discriminant Analysis Classifier (LDAC) [4], Support
Vector Classification (SVM) (Linear SVM Non-linear SVM) [5], Diagonal Linear Discriminant
Analysis (DLDA), k-Nearest-Neighbor (k-NN) [6, 7]. During the computational experiments experts
identified 7 lithotypes of 8000 values. Results of the research are shown in Table 1.

TABLE 1. COMPARATIVE RESULTS OF THE ALGORITHMS FOR ALL SOURCE DATA COMBINATIONS (KS, PS, IK, KS PS, KS IK, PS IK,
KS PS IK).

Combination NN LDAC Linear SVM Non-linear SVM DLDA k-NN
KS_PS_IK 57 58 50 31 54 54
KS 57 54 44 58 28 59
PS 37 28 28 33 36 33
IK 43 34 35 45 54 41
KS_PS 58 57 46 40 55 56
KS_IK 59 57 50 43 34 56
PS_IK 41 34 35 31 54 40
average 50.28571 46 41.14285714 40.14285714 45 48.42857

As seen from Table 1 the k-NN algorithm shows the best result (excluding NN).

REFERENCES
[1] Kuchin Y., Muhamedyev R., Muhamedyeva L. (2011) Interpretation of log data of boreholes. The
9th International Conference: Information Technologies and management, April 14-15, Information
Systems Management Institute, Riga, Latvia, ISSN 1691-2489, 98
[2] Russell S., Norvig P. (2010) Artificial Intelligence: A modern approach. Pearson Edition, Inc., Upper
Saddle River, New Jersey 07458. ISBN-10: 0136042597, ISBN-13: 9780136042594

The 11
th
IN30 64
[3] .., .., .A, .., .. (2012).

. :
- . : ,
262-270, ISBN 978-601-06-2094-0
[4] Linear discriminant analysis (2012). http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linear_discriminant_analysis
[5] Support vector machine (2012). http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Support_vector_machine
[6] Jones M.T. (2008) Artificial Intelligence: A Systems Approach. INFINITY SCIENCE PRESS LLC
Hingham, Massachusetts, New Delhi, ISBN: 978-0-9778582-3-1
[7] k-nearest neighbor algorithm (2012) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/K-nearest_neighbor_algorithm
The11
th
INTERNATIONALCONFERENCEINFORMATIONTECHNOLOGIESANDMANAGEMENT2013
April1819,2013,ISMAUniversityofAppliedSciences,Riga,Latvia
IN31 65
USING A K-NEAREST NEIGHBORS (K-NN) ALGORITHM TO CLEAN A
SOURCE DATASET IN A CLASSIFICATION PROBLEM
L. KOZINA
e-mail:lyudmila.kozina@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
The classification for objects of several classes is one of the most important problems. The K-Nearest
Neighbors algorithm [1, 2, 4] a classification method based on counting the number of objects of each
class in a sphere with a center in a recognizable object. According to the algorithm object belongs to the
same class as the most of its neighbors from the training set. Classes of neighbors are already known.
[Keywords: K-Nearest Neighbors (K-NN), classification]

GENERAL
During an extraction of uranium by in-situ leaching a recognition accuracy of lithologic types is very
important. As there is no rigorous mathematical model, and there are only expert estimates, the use of
artificial neural networks is fully justified.
Usually source data is not synchronized, contains anomalous values and requires a preparation and
cleaning before applying classification methods. Pretreatment methods include normalization, removal of
noise and anomalous values. Noise is a set of objects on the border of classes, which prevent the correct
formation of the training set. One of the possible ways of preparing the training set is removing noise with
the k-NN algorithm. The following figures show the teaching sets before and after using the k-NN
algorithm [3]. In Figure1 class boundaries are blurred and crossed. In Figure 2 the training set after
cleaning is significantly reduced.

FIGURE 1. ANSWERS OF EXPERTS (THE TRAINING SET). FIGURE 2. THE TRAINING SET IS CLEARED WITH THE K-NN
ALGORITHM.
The experimental results showed that the considered algorithm can be used to reduce the training data
set and remove anomalous values.

REFERENCES
[1] Jones M.T. (2008) Artificial Intelligence: A Systems Approach. INFINITY SCIENCE PRESS LLC
Hingham, Massachusetts, New Delhi. ISBN: 978-0-9778582-3-1
[2] www.machinelearning.ru
The11
th
INTERNATIONALCONFERENCEINFORMATIONTECHNOLOGIESANDMANAGEMENT2013
April1819,2013,ISMAUniversityofAppliedSciences,Riga,Latvia
IN31 66
[3] .., .., .A, .., .. (2012).

. :
- . : ,
2012. . 262-270, ISBN 978-601-06-2094-0
[4] Muhamediyev R.I., Kuchin Y., Muhamedyeva E. (2012). Recognition of Geological Rocks At the
Bedded-infiltration Uranium Fields by Using Neural Networks. 2012 IEEE Conference on Open
Systems, Kuala Lumpur, IEEE Xplore database, http://cs.ieeemalaysia.org/ICOS2012/ 6 p. ISBN:
978-1-4673-1044-4, Digital Object Identifier : 10.1109/ICOS.2012.6417622

The 11
th
IN32 67
ON PROPERTIES OF WEAKLY O-MINIMAL HYBRID SYSTEMS
34 /8 Manas Str./Zhandosov Str., Almaty, Kazakhstan
e-mail: b.kulpeshov@iitu.kz, phone/fax: +7 (727) 330-85-60; +7 (727) 244-51-21

ABSTRACT
Hybrid systems consist of finite state machines interacting with differential equations. The theory of
formal verification is one of the main approaches for analyzing properties of hybrid systems. The system
to be analyzed is first modeled as a hybrid automaton, and the desired property is expressed using a
formula from some temporal logic. Then model checking or deductive algorithms are used in order to
guarantee that the system model indeed satisfies the desired property.
Verification algorithms are essentially reachability algorithms which check whether trajectories of the
hybrid system can reach certain undesirable regions of the state space. Since hybrid systems have infinite
state spaces, decidability of verification algorithms is very important. An important approach to
decidability results for hybrid systems is the construction of special finite state quotients of the original
infinite state system called bisimulations. Bisimulations are reachability-preserving quotient systems in
the sense that checking a property on the quotient system is equivalent to checking the property on the
original system. In this approach, showing that an infinite state hybrid system has a finite state
bisimulations is the first step in proving that verification procedures are decidable.
Here we introduce the notion of weakly o-minimal hybrid systems, which are initialized hybrid
systems whose relevant sets and flows are definable in a weakly o-minimal theory, and study their
properties.
[Keywords: hybrid system, bisimulation, weak o-minimality]

GENERAL
The common approach to obtaining bisimulations has been to utilize an algorithm which refines an
initial partition of the state space until it becomes compatible with the system dynamics and the property
to be preserved.
A transition system ) , , , , (
F O
Q Q Q T E = consists of a set Q of states, an alphabet E of events, a
transition relation Q Q E _ , a set Q Q
O
_ of initial states, and a set Q Q
F
_ of final states. A
transition
1
q to
2
q by o is denoted by
2 1
q q
o
. The transition system is finite if the cardinality of Q
is finite and it is infinite otherwise. A region is a subset Q P _ . Given E e o we define the predecessor
) ( Pr P e
o
of a region as } : | { : ) ( Pr p q P p Q q P e e - e =
o
o
.
Given an equivalence relation Q Q _ ~ on the state space one can define a quotient transition
system as follows. Let
~
/ Q denote the quotient space. For a region we denote by
~
/ P the collection of
all equivalence classes which intersect . The transition relation
~
on the quotient space is defined as
follows: for
~
e / ,
2 1
Q Q Q
2 1
Q Q ~
o
iff there exist
1 1
Q q e and
2 2
Q q e such that
2 1
q q
o
. The
quotient transition system is then ( )
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
E = / , / , , , / /
0 F
Q Q Q T .
Given an equivalence relation ~ on Q , we call a set a ~-block if it is a union of equivalence classes.
The equivalence relation ~ is a bisimulation of iff
F O
Q Q , are ~ -blocks and for all E e o and all ~ -
blocks , the region ) ( Pr P e
o
is a ~ -block. In this case the systems and
~
/ T are called bisimilar.

The 11
th
IN32 68
We also say that a partition is a bisimulation when its induced equivalence relation is a bisimulation.
A bisimulation is called finite if it has a finite number of equivalence classes. Bisimulations are very
important because bisimilar transition systems preserve reachability properties in addition to other more
complex properties expressible in branching time logics [1]. Therefore, checking properties on the
bisimilar transition system is equivalent to checking properties of the original transition system. This is
very useful in reducing the complexity of various verification algorithms where Q is finite but very large.
In addition, if T is infinite and
~
/ T is a finite bisimulation, then verification algorithms for infinite
systems are guaranteed to terminate. This approach was successfully applied to timed automata [2]. It
should be noted that the notion of bisimulation is analogous to the notion of dynamic consistency [3], [4],
[5].
A hybrid system is a tuple ( ) R G I E F X X X H
F O
, , , , , , , = , where:
C D
X X X = is the state space with
} ,..., {
1 n D
q q X = and
C
X a manifold; X X
O
_ is the sets of initial states; X X
F
_ is the set of final
states;
C
TX X F : assigns to each discrete location
D
X q e a vector field ) , ( q F ;
D D
X X E _ is
the set of edges;
C
X
D
X I 2 : assigns to each location a set
C
X q I _ ) ( called the invariant;
;
C
X
D
X E G 2 : assigns to E q q e e = ) , (
2 1
a guard of the form U q } {
1
, ) (
1
q I U _ ;
C
X
D
X E R 2 : assigns to E q q e e = ) , (
2 1
a reset of the form V q } {
2
, ) (
2
q I V _ .
In [6] o-minimal hybrid systems have been introduced. There are many papers on o-minimal hybrid
systems, for example, [7] among recent papers. In [6] following theorem is proved:
Theorem 1. Every o-minimal hybrid system admits a finite bisimulation.
Here we introduce the following notion: A hybrid system ( ) R G I E F X X X H
F O
, , , , , , , = is said to be
weakly o-minimal if
C
X is a manifold; for each
D
X q e the vector field ) , ( q F is complete, and for each
D
X q e the family of sets : ) ( , ) ( { } ) ( , ) ( ), ( {
q q q F q O q
e R e G X X q I A = } E ee and the flow of ) , ( q F are
definable in a weakly o-minimal expansion of an ordered group.
Theorem 2. Every weakly o-minimal hybrid system admits a finite bisimulation.

REFERENCES
[1] Henzinger T.A. (1995) Hybrid automata with finite bisimulations. In Z. Fulop and F. Gecseg, editors.
ICALP 95: Automata, Languages, and Programming, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 324-335.
[2] Alur R. and Dill D.L. (1994) A theory of timed automata. Theoretical Computer Science, 126: 183-
235.
[3] Caines P.E. and Wei Y.J. (1995) The hierarchical lattices of a finite state machine. Systems and
Control Letters, 25, 257-263.
[4] Caines P.E. and Wei Y.J. (1998) Hierarchical hybrid control systems: a lattice theoretic formulation.
IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control (special issue on Hybrid Systems), 43, No. 4, 501-508.
[5] Pappas G.J., Lafferriere G., and Sastry Sh. (1998) Hierarchically consistent control systems. In
Proceedings of the 37
th
IEEE Conference in Decision and Control, Tampa, FK, 4336-4341.
[6] [Lafferriere G., Pappas G.J., and Sastry Sh. (2000) O-minimal hybrid systems. Mathematics of
Control, Signals and Systems, 13, 1-21.
[7] Bouyer P., Brihaye Th., and Chevalier F. (2010) O-minimal hybrid reachability games. Logical
Methods in Computer Science, 6, 1-48.

The 11
th
IN33 69
ON PROPERTIES OF DATABASE QUERIES
OVER A PARTIALLY ORDERED DOMAIN

ABSTRACT
In relational model of databases the state of a database is understood as a finite set of relations
between elements. Names of relations and its arities are fixed and refer to as the scheme of a database.
The separate information stored in the relations of the given scheme, refers to as a state of a database.
Though relational databases have been thought up for finite data sets, it is frequently convenient to
assume that there is an infinite domain for example, the integer or rational numbers so elements of the
data get out of this domain. Functions and relations determined on the entire domain (for example, < and
+) can be used also at querying. For example, if as a language of queries we use the language of logic of
predicates of the first order then queries can use both relations of a database and the relation of the
domain, thus variables change on the entire domain.
The signature of a relational structure L is non-empty set with the mapping assigning to each
relational symbol in L the relation of the same arity over this set. Let M be an infinite structure of
signature L. Here we consider partially ordered structures. This means that L includes a binary relational
symbol < of which the interpretation in M satisfies to axioms of the partial order. We fix the scheme of
database SC and enter the following notations:
L
0
= {<}, L = L
0
SC, L = L SC.
A query of a database can be formally determined as a mapping which is accepted by the state of a
database and it makes a new relation of fixed arity over M. We consider two languages for querying.
Queries of the first language are formulas of signature L we name them by limited. Queries of the
second language are formulas of signature L we name them by expanded.
Here we study the problem of reducibility of expanded queries to limited ones over a partially ordered
domain.
[Keywords: database query, partially ordered domain, weak o-minimality]

GENERAL
The notion of o-minimality have been appeared more than twenty years ago [1] and proved its
usefulness and importance. Since that time many generalizations were appeared, name only some of
them: weak o-minimality [2, 3], circular minimality [4], weak circular minimality [5], o-stability [6, 7]. It
is naturally to try generalizing the notion of o-minimality on partially ordered structures that was
originally done in [8]. A structure of the form (M, =, <, ), where (M, <) is a partially ordered set, is
called a partially ordered structure. In every partially ordered structure that is not linearly ordered the
relation of non-comparability of elements ^ is appeared, i.e.
x ^ y:= (x = y) . (x < y) . (x > y).
Any family of pairwise incomparable elements of a partially ordered structure is called an antichain.
We say that a partially ordered structure has the width s if any its antichain contains no more than
elements. A set A _ M is convex if for all a, b e A and c e M whenever a < c < b we have c e A. In
particular, points and intervals are convex sets. Obviously, antichains are also convex sets.
Our lecture concerns the notion of weak partial o-minimality originally studied by K.Zh.
Kudaibergenov in [8]. A weakly p.o.-minimal structure is a partially ordered structure = (M, =, <, )
such that any definable (with parameters) subset of is a finite union of convex sets in . A theory is

The 11
th
IN33 70
weakly p.o.-minimal if every its model is weakly p.o.-minimal. Here we present a criterion for
connectedness of the set of realizations of every complete 1-type over where is a partially ordered
structure of finite width. As corollary we receive reducibility of expanded queries to limited ones over a
weakly p.o.-minimal domain having finite width.
We say that k-ry query O is locally generic over finite states if a e O if and only if ( a ) e O((s))
for any partial <-isomorphism : X M, where X _ M, for any finite state s over X and for any k-tuple
a in X.
We say that a complete theory has the Isolation Property if there is a cardinal such that for any
pseudo-finite set A and for any element a of a model of the theory there exists A
0
_ A such that |A
0
|
< and tp ( a / A
0
) isolates tp ( a / A).
A set M A _ , where M is a partially ordered structure, is called connected if A is convex and for
all ) ( , b a A b a ^ e .
Example 1. Let < = = , , M M be a partially ordered structure, where
e <
=
i
i
A D M , D
i
is a copy of
e e e e + + + +
* *
Q for each i < e, A is a copy of Q,
j i
D D ^ for all i, j: i = j, A < D
i
for every i < e.
It can be proved that M is weakly p.o.-minimal. Obviously, it has an infinite width. Let
)) ( ( : ) (
2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
z t x t z t t z x z z z x < < < < - - < < = , )) ( ( : ) ( y x y y x | . < - =
Let )} ( { )} ( { } | { : ) ( x x M c c x x q | e ^ = . Obviously, q determines a 1-type over M, i.e. ) (
1
M S qe , and
there exists an elementary extension of M in which the sets of realizations of the type q is not connected.
Theorem 2. Let M be a partially ordered structure of finite width. Then M is weakly p.o.-minimal iff
the set of realizations of every complete 1-type over M is connected in any elementary extension of M.
Theorem 3. [9] Suppose that the complete theory of a structure M has the Isolation Property. Then
any expanded query being locally generic over finite states is equivalent to a limited query.
Theorem 4. Let be a weakly p.o.-minimal theory of finite width. Then has the Isolation Property.
Corollary 5. Let be a weakly p.o.-minimal theory of finite width. Then any expanded query being
locally generic over finite states is equivalent to a limited query.

REFERENCES
[1] Pillay A., Steinhorn Ch. (1986) Definable sets in ordered structures I. Transactions of the American
Mathematical Society, 295, No. 3, 565-592.
[2] Dickmann M.A. (1985) Elimination of quantifiers for ordered valuation rings. Proceedings of the 3rd
Easter Model Theory Conference at Gross Koris, Berlin, 76-95.
[3] Macpherson H.D., Marker D. and Steinhorn Ch. (2000) Weakly o-minimal structures and real closed
fields. Transactions of the American Mathematical Society, 352, No. 12, 5435-5483.
[4] Macpherson H.D. and Steinhorn Ch. (1996) On variants of o-minimality. The Annals of Pure and
Applied Logic, 79, No. 2, 165-209.
[5] Kulpeshov B.Sh. and Macpherson H.D. (2005) Minimality conditions on circularly ordered structures.
Mathematical Logic Quarterly, 51, No. 4, 377-399.
[6] Verbovskiy V.V. (2012) O-stable ordered groups. Siberian Advances in Mathematics, 22, No. 1, 50-
74.
[7] Baizhanov B.S. and Verbovskiy V.V. (2011) O-Stable Theories, Algebra and Logic, 50, No. 3, 211-
225.
[8] Kudaibergenov K.Zh. (2013) Generalized o-minimality for partial order, Siberian Advances in
Mathematics, 23, No. 1, 47-60.
[9] Belegradek O.V., Stolboushkin A.P., and Taitslin M.A. (1999) Extended order-generic queries,
Annals of Pure and Applied Logic, 97, No. 1, 85-125.

The 11
th
IN34 71
ON PROPERTIES OF WEAKLY CIRCULARLY MINIMAL GROUPS
B.SH. KULPESHOV

ABSTRACT
In recent years there have been several approaches to generalizing the notion of o-minimality.
Typically, for a structure, one imposes strong restrictions on the 1-variable definable sets. An o-minimal
structure M can be viewed as an L-structure where < < = }, {
0
L L is a total order on M, and every
definable subset of M is quantifier-free L
0
-definable. This provides a template for other notions: replace
L
0
by some other familiar language, consider L-structures such that the L
0
-reduct is of stipulated type (e.g.
a total order), and require that every definable subset of M is (quantifier-free) L
0
-definable.
Here we study circularly ordered structures with weak circular minimality that is also a generalization
of o-minimality.
[Keywords: weak circular minimality, circularly ordered structure, group]

GENERAL
We continue studying the notion of weak circular minimality originally studied by D. Macpherson and
me in [1]. A circular order relation is described by a ternary relation K satisfying the following
conditions:
(co1) )); , , ( ) , , ( ( x z y K z y x K z y x
(co2) ); ) , , ( ) , , ( ( x z z y y x z x y K z y x K z y x = v = v = .
(co3) )]); , , ( ) , , ( [ ) , , ( ( z y t K t y x K t z y x K z y x v
(co4) )). , , ( ) , , ( ( z x y K z y x K z y x v
A set A of a circularly ordered structure M is said to be convex if for any A b a e , the following holds:
for any M ce with ) , , ( b c a K we have A c e or for any M ce with ) , , ( a c b K we have A c e . A circularly
ordered structure ) ( = ,.... , K M M is weakly circularly minimal if any definable (with parameters) subset of
M is a finite union of convex sets. Any weakly o-minimal structure is weakly circularly minimal, but the
inverse is not true in general. Some of interesting examples of weakly circularly minimal structures that
are not weakly o-minimal were studied in [1, 3].
In [4] circularly minimal groups have been studied, and it was proved that they are abelian and
divisible. Here we discuss some properties of weakly circularly minimal groups.

REFERENCES
[1] Kulpeshov B.Sh., Macpherson H.D. (2005) Minimality conditions on circularly ordered structures.
Mathematical Logic Quarterly, 51, No. 4, 377-399.
[2] Kulpeshov B.Sh. (2006) On
0
-categorical weakly circularly minimal structures. Mathematical Logic
Quarterly, 52, No. 6, 555-574.
[3] Kulpeshov B.Sh. (2009) Definable functions in the
0
-categorical weakly circularly minimal
structures. Siberian Mathematical Journal, 50, No. 1, 282--301.
[4] Macpherson H.D. and Steinhorn Ch. (1996) On variants of o-minimality. The Annals of Pure and
Applied Logic, 79, No. 2, 165-209.

The 11
th
IN35 72
METHOD OF PREPARATION OF THE DISCRETE DATA FILE CASUAL
VARIABLES OF DIFFICULT OBJECT MANAGEMENTS
Kazakh National Technical University
Almaty University of Energy and Communications,
Almaty, Kazakhstan
e-mail: adambaev_m@mail.ru; a.auezova@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
There is a new method of preparation of data array for identification of the main equations of
correlation of variables of a difficult control object is offered.
[Keywords: stochastic communication of variables, identification of direct current characteristics,
correlation analysis, random functions of time, car and mutually correlative functions].

GENERAL
For determination of the main stochastic communications of the main variables of process of dry two-
stadia grinding taking into account existence of sensors for monitoring of these parameters or
opportunities of determination are had by their methods of manual approbation accidental
implementations of the following variables [1]:
1) ZI (t) - sound metric signal of the camera of a coarse grinding (the automatic recording);
2) ZII (t) - sound metric signal of the camera of a fine crushing (the automatic recording),
3) Q
n
(t) - value of the initial supply (the automatic recording);
4) E (t) - loading of a ladle elevator (the automatic recording);
5) (t) - change "grate" in a weight unit of unloading of a mill (is determined by screen
characteristics);
6) (t) - change of again formed class in a weight unit of unloading of a mill (is determined by
screen characteristics);
7) S (t) - circulating loading (the automatic recording);
8) Q
g
(t) - the value of the finished product (the automatic recording).

Accidental implementations of variables are written on a six-point potentiometer. The parameters ZI
(t), ZII (t), Qn (t), E (t), S (t). Qr (t) registered on the band chart automatically, and curve implementations
of parameters (t), (t) - are received as a result of superimposing on this chart of the experimental
values of these variables.
For statistical processing of the received implementations it is necessary to select reasonably time of
duration of implementation of T and sampling interval or t [2, 3] quantization.
For a choice of T autocorrelation functions of Rxx () eight variables of object by which decay time of
each of an autocorrelation function [4] is determined are received.
Duration of accidental implementations of variables of object is accepted more than the maximum
tenfold value of decay time
Obtained: =1022min = 220min 4 hours because
max
= 22 min.
The sampling interval or quantizations of oscillograms is selected on the basis of sampling theorem
application for the most high-frequency parameter. According to this theorem the continuous function x
(t) with a limited frequency range of f = fmax fmin can be sampled sequence of X1, X2, Xn with
an interval equal t = 1/2f [4].
Accepting f is define value as n.
For the selected implementation of ZI (t) it is had: T = 240 min.; Tmax = 60 min.; Tmin = 20 min.
Then the quantity of intervals will be equal: n=100,5

The 11
th
IN35 73
Increasing by 15% the received n for the accounting of non-uniformity of the frequency response of a
curve it is had: n = 100,5 1,15 = 116,2 .
Finally n is accepted equal 120. Then the sampling interval turns out equal: t=240/120=2 the min.
This sampling interval is accepted for quantization of accidental implementations of variables of
object. Values of accidental implementations of parameters of object with an interval of quantization of 2
minutes which are used for computation of coupling equations on the received discrete array of eight
main variables of object of research on 120 values everyone are received. For the solution of an objective
using a computer standard programs from EVM-SPO10Z, SPSS-18 [5] software were used.
Reliability assessment of correlation coefficients was made on known ratios.

REFERENCES
[1] Adambaev M. (2004) Automatic control of the dry ore preparation. Monograph. - Almaty: Complex,
163.
[2] Ryzhov P. (1971) Mathematical Statistics in mining. - M.: High School, 287.
[3] Adambaev M. (2008) The method of identification of stochastic control objects / Bulletin Treasury.
Series Mathematics, Mechanics, Informatics 4 (59). - Almaty: Treasury, 205-208.
[4] Adambaev M. (2010) Determination of the dynamic structure and the parameters of the control of
industrial plants. Scientific publication (monograph). - Almaty: TST Company, 259.
[5] Auezova A. (2012) Digital systems in the energy sector. Textbook. - KazNTU, 177.

The 11
th
IN36 74
PROGRAMMING CONTROLLERS AND VISUALIZATION IN THE SOFTWARE
ENVIRONMENT UNITY PRO
Kazakh National Technical University
Almaty Uuniversity of Energy and Communications,
Almaty, Kazakhstan
e-mail: adambaev_m@mail.ru; a.auezova@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
In operation application of the latest information technologies and software products is offered in case
of execution of studies by students of technical specialties of higher education institution.
[Keywords: microprocessor control, visualization, identification, the active and passive experiment]

GENERAL
Relevance is the application of new information technologies and software in the performance of
students works engineering students of high schools, as well as the development of virtual laboratory
stands in the software environment Unity Pro (Schneider Electric), simulating a real technological and
manufacturing processes, controller management processes, visualization real time and the ability to
change the technology and production processes in real time.
The practical result is the software package intended for development and support operations in real
time of systems of collection, processing, display and an archiving of information on object of monitoring
or control. Such software package can be part of an automated control system for technological process,
scientific experiment, production, building automation etc. Similar systems are used in all branches of
economy where it is required to provide operator monitoring over technological processes in real time.
This software is set on computers and, for communication with object, uses input-output or OPC/DDE
drivers servers. The program code can be, both is written in a programming language, and generated in a
design-time environment [1]
The preparation of highly qualified personnel in technical colleges will be not full without knowledge
being trained (bachelors, undergraduates and doctoral candidates) methods of identification and controller
control of industrial facilities of control since the expert who isn't owning these methods, not able to
determine structure and parameters of a mathematical model of object by control links and to evaluate the
equation of correlation of input and output coordinates, their correlation, etc., in this regard, such expert
can't competently exploit (to control) functioning production and furthermore to create and project new
more effective technologies and management systems them. In practice it was revealed that for bigger
efficiency, convenience and accuracy of carrying out experiment it is more expedient to use possibilities
of the virtual bench as the virtual laboratory operations allow to replace laboratory researches on physical
benches, thus having as much as possible approached the virtual process to real technological or to
production [2]
The paper describes the developed virtual lab for the subject "Software and hardware control" is
designed for use by students, 4-year bachelor's degree, "Automation and Control" in the department
"Engineering Cybernetics" Almaty University of Energy and Communications, in which the working
course of the passenger elevator, simulation of connection to the virtual programmable logic controller
and functioning of the operator screen in real time is provided.
Students execute similar elementary imitative experiments already on the fourth occupation, jobs
gradually become complicated. Possibilities of operator screens are extensive, except the libraries
enclosed directly to a software environment with images of different instruments and devices, any
complexity can draw also objects, to program the principle of functioning and to launch in real time. Jobs

The 11
th
IN36 75
can be complicated in the direction of systems smart house, to vary by means of five PLCs
programming languages [3, 4].
Extensive scientific and technical literature on identification and automated management affects,
generally only some narrow specific questions and is restricted to reasoning of the general character on
the basis of difficult mathematical calculations which aren't so well perceived being trained, and don't
give specific recommendations about their application-oriented use, and also evident demonstration of
real technological processes and influence of change of some parameters in real time on the end result
(product). In this regard creation of the virtual laboratory benches in a software environment of Unity Pro
(Schneider Electric) imitating real technological and productions, automation of buildings, identification
and controller data management by processes, visualization of processes in real time is very actual.

REFERENCES
[1] Parr E. (2007) Programmable controllers: a guide for engineers. - Moscow BINOM. Knowledge
Laboratory, 516
[2] Adambaev M., Auezova A. (2012) Programming microcontrollers and visualization software
environment Unity Pro L. Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference Information and
communication technologies: education, science, the practice of marking the 50th anniversary of the
Institute of Information and telecommunication technologies. Almaty, Kazakhstan, 5-6 December, 23-
27.
[3] Reference manual for programming languages. Course Unity Pro. Basics 1 - 2009.
[4] Automation platform Modicom M340. Catalogue 2009 Schneider Electric.
The 11
th
IN37 76
SOLVING THE SHORTEST PATH PROBLEM USING GENETIC ALGORITHM
M. KAIRANBAY
Manas Str./Zhandosov Str 34 /8 , Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: magzhan.kairanbay@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Nowadays, in computer networks, the routing is based on the shortest path problem. New technologies
such as map- related systems are also using the shortest path problem. The main objective of thesis is to
provide the solution to the shortest path problem using Genetic Algorithm.
[Keywords: the shortest path problem, genetic algorithm]

GENERAL
The genetic algorithm mostly used for optimization problems. In order to solve the shortest path
problem using the genetic algorithm [1] we need to generate some number of solutions, then choose the
most optimal one among them.
In order to solve the problem, first in some way randomly creates a set of chromosomes as initial
population. After that, they are estimated using certain fitness function, which determines how well the
solutions are. Taking into account fitness value, some individuals will be selected and for them will be
applied the basic genetic operations such as cross-over and mutation. Then, for them again calculated the
fitness value, after that made a selection where the best solutions are selected for the next generations.
This process continues until the criteria of the given problem will not be achieved.
Thus we can identify the following stages of genetic algorithm:
1. Determine fitness function, in our case we need to maximize the following function f(Ch
k
) =
()
-1
, where Ch
k
is k-th chromosome and is the sum of edges from starting point
to final destination.
2. Create initial population population which contains n individuals. In this stage we do not
need to create fittest individuals, because it is probable that genetic algorithm will transfer
them into viable population. In order to create chromosomes for initial population, we will
produce random paths from the starting point to final destination.
3. Selection the stage of Genetic Algorithm which is used to select two chromosomes for
genetic operations such as crossing and mutation. There is exists different types of selection
methods; however the roulette wheel selection method was chosen in order to solve the shortest
path problem.
4. Crossings process of reproduction where descendants are inherit traits of both parents mixing
them in some way. Individuals for reproduction will be chosen from whole population (not
from the survivors in the first iteration), because we need to keep diversity of individuals,
otherwise entire population will be hammered with single copies of one individual. There is
exists different types of crossover methods; however for our problem we will use the simplest
method which is called single point crossover.
5. Mutation changing value of some gene. Mutation keeps the genetic diversity of the
population by changing genes of selected chromosome.

If the fittest chromosome does not change after some certain number of iteration which was described
above, then we will stop the algorithm and as the most optimal solution will chose the fittest chromosome
among whole population.
Expansion of social workplaces as well as providing perspective opportunity to young graduates of
educational institution, involves more people to come to Almaty. However, in such expanding city,
The 11
t
April 1
IN37
ordina
locati
soluti
destin
Pr
graph
will b
inters
Th
Algor
will b
Th
algori
soluti
Fo
system
[1] I.
M
De
th
INTERNATIO
18-19, 2013, ISMA
ary people, w
ons. People c
on above and
nations.
roposed system
h. Intersections
be considered
ection of two

hen in order t
rithm will be
be shown in th

he advantage
ithms is that
ons.
or future enha
ms and involv
Rakip, U. At
Mobile Devices
epartment, Fa
ONAL CONFERE
MA University of A
who are first t
can be confus
d develop a w
m contains th
s of streets wi
as edges of th
streets (see, F
to find the sh
applied. In or
he map (see, F
FIG
of solving the
it produces n
ancement I am
ve buses to the
tila (2011) A
s, Scientific R
aculty of Engin
ENCE INFORMA
Applied Sciences,
time in Alma
sed about rou
web based syst
he map of Alm
ill be consider
he same graph
Fig. 1).
FIGURE
hortest path b
rder to give m
ig. 2).
GURE 2. THE SHOR
e shortest path
not only one s
m planning to
e system, by sh
Genetic Algo
Research and E
neering, Turk
ATION TECHN
s, Riga, Latvia
77
aty will encou
ute network; th
tem which wi
maty city. Fro
red as a vertex
h. Users can s
E 1. LOCATIONS S
etween the st
more proper r
RTEST PATH IN THE

th problem us
solution, how
create mobile
howing their r

REFERENCES
orithm Approa
Essays 6, No.2
key.
NOLOGIES AND
unter with the
hat is why I
ill help to peo
om another sid
x of the graph
set the starting
SETTINGS
tarting point a
representation
E MAP OF ALMATY
ing Genetic A
wever it can g
e versions of t
routes and cur
S
ach for Findin
2, 394-405, 18
D MANAGEME
e problem of
came to conc
ople to find an
de we will con
h and the route
g point and fin
and final dest
of the solutio
CITY
Algorithm in c
give different
the system for
rrent locations
ng the Shorte
8 January, Com
ENT 2013
finding the n
clusion to app
nd reach the n
onsider the ma
es that connec
nal destination

tination the G
on the shorte

comparison to
number of o
r different ope
s through the G
est Driving Ti
mputer Engin
needed
ply the
needed
ap as a
ct them
n as an
Genetic
st path
o other
optimal
erating
GPS.
ime on
neering

The 11
th
IN38 78
IS THERE ANY TRUTH IN PROJECTLIBRE THE OPEN SOURCE
REPLACEMENT OF MICROSOFT PROJECT?
K. STOYCHEV-TSVETKOV
1
, M. MATEEVA-PETROVA
2

1)
Konstantin Preslavsky University of Shumen, 4, Oboriste Str., Veliko Turnovo 5000, Bulgaria
e-mail: kscvetkov@gmail.com, phone: +359 887719785
2)
University of Veliko Turnovo St.Ciryl and St.Methodius, 32, Al.Burmov str., Veliko Turnovo 5000, Bulgaria
e-mail: petrova_mariana@abv.bg, phone:+359 886842129

ABSTRACT
An intensely intriguing announcement of major producers of open source software stir specialists in
project management, namely message "ProjectLibre: the open source replacement of Microsoft Project".
In 2012 the founders of openProj announced that they forked the project and will be releasing a new
version of OpenProj in August 2012. The name of the fork is ProjectLibre. Is it going to try to prove and
is it possible to use this software in the learning process for the preparation of students and professionals
will try to answer in this article. This issue is especially actual in Higher Education, as the main reason for
people to university is a good realization that he would have offered and given trend more and more
employers to run a Linux-based systems and to use free software in the near future, their experience with
open source products would definitely give them a significant advantage in the labor market .
[Keywords: Microsoft Project, OpenProj, ProjectLibre, Project management, open source]

INTRODUCTION
The rise of open source software has been discussed in many places and it is obvious to anyone who
likes a bit of development in information technology. Its introduction in education, however, is still the
exception rather than the rule. This, of course, is a mistake. For one-sided consideration of IT disciplines
only from the perspective of mainstream proprietary software is contrary to the very idea of education,
which is rather a person to learn to operate a computer than to learn how to use specific products. Even
specialty a student has nothing to do with information technology in nearly every major person will have
to use specified type of software. It is difficult to compare in detail any free alternative to correspond and
commercial application. But not being ungrounded, you should give at least one specific example in more
detail. It would be appropriate to countering Microsoft Project 2007 & 2010 against ProjectLibre, due to
their widespread use in automation in the field of Project management.

GENERAL
The product OpenProj was developed at Projity by Marc O'Brien, Howard Katz and Laurent
Chretienneau in 2007 by Serena Software.[3]. It moved out of beta with the release of Version 1.0, on
January 10, 2008 [2].

As of early 2009 support for OpenProj and communication about development of
OpenProj seem to have been suspended.[4] There has been no improvement in the past four years and it is
not longer compatible with new versions of Microsoft Project and in particular there was good
compatibility of new versions 2007 and 2010. Recently, the original founders of OpenProj started to
develop a complementary server for OpenProj, comparable to Microsoft Project Server for Microsoft
Project. During development they realized, that the fact that OpenProj had not been updated anymore by
Serena Software during the last four years will become problematic to their goal, so they needed to
develop first a significantly updated version of OpenProj. This version was released as a fork called
ProjectLibre in August 2012 [4]. Source forge has issued a note that ProjectLibre
http://www.projectlibre.org has superseded ProjectLibre and is the new replacement.

The 11
th
IN38 79
ProjectLibre project management software is an open source alternative to Microsoft Project. It has
been downloaded in 146 [5] countries the first month of release and was just voted "Project of the
Month". ProjectLibre is compatible with Microsoft Project 2003, 2007 and 2010 files. ProjectLibre runs
on the Java Platform, allowing it to run on a variety of different operating systems [1]. You can simply
open them on Linux, Mac OS or Windows and if desired save results back.
A ProjectLibre is envisaged that in the future to moan could be used as an alternative to a cloud/server
replacement of Microsoft Project Server.
The differences between the philosophies of open and closed software mentioned in the beginning, is
perhaps the most important argument in favor of this application. These are advantages which cannot be
neutralized or removed, no matter how change its competitors.
Second, the flexibility of open source software should be used to implement partial least in the
beginning, if possible overall migration. Many open source programs have versions for Windows. Using
ProjectLibre under windows, it saves money; even windows have to be paid or otherwise. Sometimes a
person just needs the specific commercial applications. But he does not have to use them on Windows.
One can use commercial software, without having to pay extra for Windows.
The third thing I want to say is that financial arguments in favor of open source are far from the most
important. Since so much of open source programs are free, some people it creates a false impression that
these are decisions for poorer ones, and as such are incomplete. These people carry the logic of the
material world, where it has no place. And since we're talking about higher education, I can say that even
Harvard began steps for the introduction of open source software in their curricula (for we are not
ungrounded - news can be found at http://news.cnet.com/8301 -13505_3-9916323-16.html) and they all
would agree, is certainly not suffering from a shortage of funds, so the example is quite telling,
considering the topic of this report.

REFERENCES
[1] Heck M. "Preview: OpenProj brings free, robust project management to the desktop". InfoWorld.
International Data Group.
http://weblog.infoworld.com/tcdaily/archives/2007/10/preview_openpro.html. Retrieved 2007-11-08.
[2] OpenProj 1.0 Released. SourceForge.net. 2008-01-16.
http://sourceforge.net/forum/forum.php?forum_id=775275. Retrieved 2008-01-17.
[3] Serena Software Acquires Open Source Alternative to Microsoft Project. Serena Software. 2009-01-
19. http://www.serena.com/company/news/pr/spr_09232008.html. Retrieved 2009-01-19.
[4] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenProj#cite_note-IW200710-0
[5] http://sourceforge.net/projects/projectlibre/
[6] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenProj
[7] https://app.gantter.com/
[8] http://teambox.com/
[9] http://www.rallydev.com/product-features/rally-community-edition
[10] http://freedcamp.com/

The 11
th
IN39 80
DOPED TiO
2
AND SrTiO
3
NANOTUBULAR PHOTOCATALYSTS FOR
WATER-SPLITTING HYDROGEN GENERATION:
FIRST PRINCIPLES SIMULATIONS
YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
1
, S. PISKUNOV
1
, O. LISOVSKI
1,2
, J. BEGENS
1,3

1
Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, 8 Kengaraga Street, LV-1010 Riga, Latvia
2
ngstrm Laboratory, Uppsala University, Box 256, 751 05 Uppsala, Sweden
3
Department of Materials Science and Applied Chemistry, Riga Technical University, 14/24 Azenes Street,
LV-1048, Riga, Latvia
e-mail: quantzh@latnet.lv

ABSTRACT
The first principles calculations have been performed to investigate the ground state properties of
monoperiodic TiO
2
and SrTiO
3
single-walled nanotubes (SW NTs) containing extrinsic point defects.
The hybrid exchange-correlation functionals B3LYP and B3PW within the framework of density
functional theory have been applied for large-scale ab initio calculations on nanotubes with the following
substitution impurities: C
O
, N
O
, S
O
, and Fe
Ti
. The variations in formation energies obtained for
equilibrium defective nanostructures allow us to predict the most stable compositions, irrespectively of
the changes in growth conditions. The changes in the electronic structure are analyzed to show the extent
of localization of the mid-gap states induced by defect.
[Keywords: CRYSTAL code, ab initio modeling, TiO
2
and SrTiO
3
nanotubes, impurity defects]

MOTIVATION
Titania (TiO
2
) and strontium titanate (SrTiO
3
or STO) are well-known semiconductors
comprehensively studied in materials science, thanks to their widespread technological applications.
Nanotubes of different morphology obtained from these oxide compounds were systematically
synthesized and carefully studied as prospective catalysts [1]. Very recent experimental studies performed
on Nb-doped TiO
2
nanotubes demonstrate strongly enhanced photo-electrochemical water splitting [2].
Analogously, STO NTs after doping are potentially promising photoelectrodes for visible-light-driven
photocatalytic applications [3]. In this study, we have systematized a series of results obtained using ab
initio simulations on perfect and defective TiO
2
and STO NTs adapting them for current simulations. We
have calculated the following extrinsic substitution impurities in both NTs: C
O
, N
O
, S
O
, and Fe
Ti
since
they essentially enhance photocatalytic activity of both types of metal oxide nanotubes.

COMPUTATIONAL DETAILS
We have performed the first principles calculations on doped oxide nanotubes using formalism of the
localized Gaussian-type functions (GTFs), which form the basis set (BS), and exploiting periodic
rototranslation symmetry for efficient ground-state calculations as implemented in ab initio code
CRYSTAL developing formalism of localized atomic orbitals (LCAO) for calculations on periodic
systems [4]. For calculations on defective TiO
2
and STO NTs we have employed the hybrid B3LYP and
B3PW exchange-correlation functionals, respectively [4]. Main advantage of these functionals is that they
make results of the electronic structure calculations more plausible. For Sr and Ti atoms in TiO
2
and STO
NTs, the BSs have been chosen in the form of 311sp1d and 411sp311d, respectively, using ECP from
Hay and Wadt [4], while full electron BSs were adopted for all other atoms in calculations of defective
titania and strontium titanate nanotubes, i.e., O: 8s411sp1d; C: 6s411sp11d; N: 6s31p1d, S: 8s

The 11
th
IN39 81
63111sp-11d, and Fe: 8s6411sp41d. Effective charges on atoms as well as net bond populations have
been calculated according to the Mulliken population analysis [4].

MAIN RESULTS
Firstly, we have simulated nine-layer anatase-type TiO
2
(001) nanotube with (0,n) chirality indexes
(Fig. 1), which possess the negative strain energy, i.e. it is energetically more favorable to form nanotube
rather than to keep original plane sheet structure. Based on our strain energy calculations, we have chosen
for further substitutional doping a 22 supercell of (0,36) 9-layer anatase (001) NT with internal diameter
of 3.47 nm, wall thickness of 0.67 nm, and having 648 atoms in the unit cell. Oxygen substitution
impurities have replaced host atom in six possible configurations, while three possible substitution
positions have been available for Fe
Ti
(Fig. 1). Thus, the overall concentration of defects in TiO
2
NT is
8%. In this paper, we discuss only the substitution impurities with the lowest energy of formation:
C
O
1
/TiO
2
NT with E
form
= 1.16 eV, N
O
2
/TiO
2
NT with E
form
= 3.56 eV, S
O
1
/TiO
2
NT with E
form
= 2.61 eV,
and Fe
Ti3
/TiO
2
NT with E
form
= 5.37 eV. Effective Mulliken charges calculated for extrinsic substitution
defects in TiO
2
NT have been found to be: -1.00 e (C
O
1
), -1.06 e (N
O
2
), -1.12 e (S
O
1
) and 2.17 e (Fe
Ti
3
),
whereas those for host Ti and O atoms along the wall of TiO
2
NTs are 2.25 e and -1.19 e, respectively.

FIGURE 1. MONOPERIODICALLY REPEATED UNIT CELL OF (0,36)
TIO
2
NANOTUBE WITH EXTERNAL DIAMETER OF 4.81 NM
CONTAINING THE SUBSTITUTION DEFECTS: (A) ACROSS SECTION
VIEW, (B) SIDE VIEW. TI ATOMS ARE SHOWN AS LARGE GRAY
BALLS, WHILE OXYGENS AS SMALL DARK GRAY BALLS. THE
INSET SHOWS THE 22 EXTENDED BASIC UNIT CELL OF (0,36)
TIO
2
NANOTUBE REPEATED BY EIGHTEEN
ROTOTRANSLATIONAL SYMMETRY OPERATORS. NUMBERED
ATOMS OF TITANIUM AND OXYGEN ARE SUBSTITUTED FOR
IMPURITY DEFECT ATOMS (A
H
, WHERE H STANDS FOR HOST).
FIGURE 2. MONOPERIODICALLY REPEATED UNIT CELL OF (18,0)
SRTIO
3
NANOTUBE WITH EXTERNAL DIAMETER 2.27 NM
CONTAINING THE SUBSTITUTION DEFECTS: (A) ACROSS SECTION
VIEW, (B) SIDE VIEW. TI ATOMS ARE SHOWN AS GRAY BALLS,
OXYGENS AS SMALL DARK GRAY BALLS, AND SR ATOMS AS GRAY
BALLS. THE INSET SHOWS THE 22 EXTENDED BASIC UNIT CELL
OF (18,0) SRTIO
3
NANOTUBE REPEATED BY NINE
ROTOTRANSLATIONAL SYMMETRY OPERATORS. NUMBERED TI
AND O ATOMS ARE SUBSTITUTED FOR IMPURITY DEFECT ATOMS
(A
H
, WHERE H STANDS FOR HOST).

Simultaneously, we have simulated STO NTs with (18,0) chirality indexes (Fig. 2) rolled up from
nanosheet cut parallel to (110) surface of bulk STO. This type of nanotubes, which possesses the negative
strain energy, has been found to be the energetically most stable with respect to the STO bulk. Its 22
supercell consists of 180 atoms and allows for NT doping by impurities, which do not interact between
themselves. O substitution impurities have replaced host oxygen in three possible configurations, while
only one possible substitution position has been considered for Fe
Ti
(Fig. 2). Thus, the overall defect
concentration in STO NT is 25%. In this paper, we discuss only the substitution impurities with the
lowest formation energy: C
O3
/SrTiO
3
NT with E
form
= 4.50 eV, N
O3
/SrTiO
3
NT with E
form
= 3.52 eV,
S
O
1
/SrTiO
3
NT with E
form
= 2.01 eV, and Fe
Ti
1
/SrTiO
3
NT with E
form
= 5.97 eV. Effective Mulliken

The 11
th
IN39 82
charges calculated for extrinsic substitution defects in STO NT have been found to be: -1.21 e (C
O
3
), -1.13
e (N
O
3
), -1.44 e (S
O
1
) and 2.15 e (Fe
Ti
1
). Mulliken charges calculated for host Ti and O atoms along the
wall of SrTiO
3
nanotubes are 2.19 e and -1.27 e, respectively.

SUMMARY
In this study, we have simulated the doped TiO
2
and SrTiO
3
nanotubes using first-principles
calculations based on the hybrid density functional theory. The variations in formation energies obtained
for equilibrium defective nanostructures have allowed us to predict the most stable NT morphologies,
irrespectively of the changes in growth conditions. Mid-gap levels positioned inside the optical band gap
of defective NTs makes them attractive for band gap engineering, e.g., in photocatalytic applications.

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Roy P., Berger S., Schmuki P. (2011) Ang. Chem. Int. Ed. 50, 2904
Das C., Roy P., Yang M., Jha H., Schmuki P. (2011) Nanoscale 3, 3096
Zhang J., Bang J.H., Tang C., Kamat P.V. (2010) ACS Nano 4, 387
Dovesi R., Saunders V.R., Roetti C., et al. (2010) CRYSTAL-2009 User Manual: University of
Turin, Italy
The 11
th
IN40 83

CONCEPTUAL MODEL OF DISPATCHING SYSTEM OF MINING AND
TRANSPORT ENTERPRISE
R.ZH. SATYBALDIYEVA, A.N. MOLDAGULOVA
Manas Str./Zhandosov Str., 34 /8 , Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: r.satybaldiyeva@iitu.kz; a.moldagulova@iitu.kz

ABSTRACT
One of the basic industries of the Republic of Kazakhstan is mining, which is based on the rich
mineral resources. Therefore pit development issues of mining and transportation equipment, especially
their formation and the study of technological systems as a deep pit, is a very important task for the
scientific and technical community. Object-oriented analysis applied to the development of DSMT
(Dispatching System of Mining and Transport Enterprise) allows us to consider mining and quarrying
transport system as a single complex of Geologic and Technological System that reflects the dynamics of
geographic information and pit options reservoir area, the main job of mining and transport equipment,
structure and spatial location of transport communications, the nature of production processes, economic
indicators and a number of other factors. On the inception phase the project's software scope and
boundary conditions, including an operational concept, and a clear understanding of what is and is not
intended to be in the product were established. The use cases of the system and the primary scenarios of
operation that would drive to the major design trade-offs were developed and conceptual model of the
system was constructed.
[Keywords: dispatcher, mine, ore, information system, architecture, specification, Dispatching system,
On-board controller, Sensors weight, fuel, ignition, GPS-Antenna, Radio aerial, Radio station, The
receiver of differential corrections, The Communication Computer, The server computer, dispatchers
workstations]

GENERAL
DSMT is used by the dispatcher station of a mining enterprise and is expected to use the hardware,
operating system, software, and other resources available to that station. This article describes the
customers understanding of what resources are typically available in such a dispatcher station, and thus
provides an understanding of the environment in which DSMT will operate.
Dispatching system of mining and transport equipment (DSMT) is designed for automation of
processes of the mining enterprise in order to ensure optimum operational management of mining, raw
materials and transport flows. The mining enterprise includes drilling rigs, dump trucks, excavators,
locomotives, dump cars, etc. Moreover the system will enhance the effect of management of mining
enterprises on the basis of the collection, storage, analysis and display of reliable information of
equipment and transport. As a result of the introduction of DSMT an opportunity to more effectively
address the problem of operational management of the quarry, including the problem of optimizing
traffic, maintaining the required content of useful components in ore in storage, and management
ingredients. In addition, it is possible an objective assessment of the service and parts business, which has
a positive effect on labor and technological discipline of staff.
In the figure 1 it is given the aggregation scheme of the dispatcher system of mining and transport
enterprise [1].

The 11
th
IN40 84

FIGURE 1. THE AGGREGATION SCHEME OF THE DISPATCHER SYSTEM OF MINING AND TRANSPORT ENTERPRISE

In recent years, intensively developed and implemented advanced monitoring of mining and transport
equipment based on the latest advances in hardware components of on-board devices, and data from
moving objects to a central control station [2].
Modern dispatching systems include on-board equipment and equipment dispatch center. On-board
equipment includes on-board controller, sensors weight, fuel, ignition, GPS-Antenna, radio aerial, radio
station [3]. And equipment dispatch includes the base controller, radio station, radio aerial, the receiver of
differential corrections, the communication computer, the server computer, dispatchers workstations.
Sources of information: sensors of location, speed, heading machines (GPS); sensors of determine the
loading machines; sensors of determine the fuel level; current digital model of the mining pit; information
of database of the enterprise [4].
The functions of application software of control center address to the collection, accumulation, storage
and archiving of data on the states and condition of mobile objects, visualization of the current situation
and states of mobile objects, recognition and treatment of certain events (excessive speed, start loading
dump trucks, etc.), their storage in the Database and informing the dispatcher manager preparing and
issuing reports of the work of equipment preparation and submission to the database of enterprise the
information required for accounting, payroll, etc [1].

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2003) - -
,
, .
[2] Kuleshov A.A. (2008) Monitoring of current state and performance of mining and transport enterprises using of
on-board and dispatching automation systems. Mining informational and analytical bulletin (scientific and
technical journal). No. 4, 269-277. (references)
[3] Kim H.S., Choi H.R., Park B.K., Jung J.U., Lee J.W. (2010) The Proposal of the Model for Developing
Dispatch System for Nationwide One-Day Integrative Planning. Communications in Computer and Information
Science, 1, 124, U- and E-Service, Science and Technology, 180-187
[4] Satybaldiyeva R.Zh., Moldagulova A.N. (2012) Dispatching system of mining and transport enterprise
requirements specification. Informatics in the Scientific knowledge, International Scientific conference, Varna,
238-242
The 11
th
IN41 85
FRAMEWORK OF INTELLECTUAL SYSTEM OF IDENTIFICATION OF
LITHOLOGICAL VARIETIES
R. MUHAMEDYEV, Y. KUCHIN, S. ISKAKOV
International IT University, department CSSE&T
050040 Republic of Kazakhstan, 34, Manasa st., Almaty
ravil.muhamedyev@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
The goal of research is to design integrative system of recognition that will use a few different
algorithms. Achievement of the goal possible on the way to creation framework that have to combine
intellectual algorithms. This framework is upper level of intellectual system that could integrate
advantages of algorithms and decrease their disadvantages.
[Keywords: lithological varieties, recognition, intellectual system, uranium mining]

GENERAL
Recognition of lithological varieties is important task of practical lithography. Existing methods and
their use provides manual labor of skilled experts. In the absence of high-level experts and/or time
restriction recognition accuracy is decreased.
Intellectual methods increases reliability and efficiency of recognition. These include algorithms
based on the use of artificial neural networks, metric classification methods and other heuristics [1, 2].
For the application of these methods need appropriate software environment (framework) that
provides:
1. The use of different classes of pattern recognition algorithms;
2. Data retention and recognition results;
3. Adjustment of system to maximum functional of quality;
4. Usability and good quality of the user interface.

The system consists of server and client side. The basic part of the data processing is concentrated in
the server-side of application. Currently system can display a few types of logging diagrams, recognition
results that obtained by a different methods and saving data in the database. After a preliminary analysis
of the applicability of a few algorithms that the some algorithms were selected: Linear Discriminant
Analysis Classifier (LDAC), Support Vector Classification (SVM) (Linear SVM and Non-linear SVM),
Diagonal Linear Discriminant Analysis (DLDA), k-Nearest-Neighbor (k-NN), artificial neural network
with the direct signal propagation, the classical scheme of interpretation on the basis of apparent
resistivity log data, methods of recognition based on the correlation of data. The average recognition
accuracy is 60% approximately. [3]
Task for future research and development is to search for the possibility of creating an integrative
system (provisional name - Solver) to combine the results of several algorithms and to improve
recognition.

REFERENCES
[1] Muhamediyev R.I., Kuchin Y., Muhamedyeva E. (2012) Recognition of Geological Rocks At the Bedded-
infiltration Uranium Fields by Using Neural Networks. 2012 IEEE Conference on Open Systems, Kuala Lumpur,
IEEE Xplore database, http://cs.ieeemalaysia.org/ICOS2012/ 6 p. ISBN: 978-1-4673-1044-4, Digital Object
Identifier: 10.1109/ICOS.2012.6417622
[2] Muhamediyev R.I., Kuchin Y., Muhamedyeva E. (2012) Geophysical Research of Boreholes: Artificial Neural
Networks Data Analysis. The 6th International Conference on Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems and the
13th International Symposium on Advanced Intelligent Systems, SCIS-ISIS 2012, Kobe, Japan, November 20-
24, 2012, 978-1-4673-2743-5/12/$31.00 2012 IEEE, p.825-829.
[3] .., .., .A, .., .. (2012)
.
: - .
: , 2012. . 262-270, ISBN 978-601-06-2094-0

The 11
th
IN42 86
INTELLECTUAL IDENTIFICATION OF LITHOLOGIC MEMBERS

R. MUHAMEDYEV

International IT University, department CSSE&T
ravil.muhamedyev@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Recognition of lithological members at the deposits is an important task of practical lithology. The
economic performance of the mining process depends on the quality of the solution of this problem.
There are different methods used to solve the problem. These methods are based on the interpretation of
electric and other types of logs. The use of intelligent systems, promises to improve the speed and quality
of interpretation. However, it is fail to achieve acceptable recognition accuracy by the application of the
individual algorithms. The work describes an approach to construct a system that combines several
recognition algorithms.
[Keywords: lithological members, geophysical research of boreholes, logging data, recognition,
intellectual system, uranium mining]

GENERAL
Currently the use of certain algorithms, such as artificial neural networks, can not achieve the required
accuracy of the interpretation of logging data of uranium deposits [1, 2]. The use of few other algorithms
(Linear Discriminant Analysis Classifier (LDAC), Support Vector Classification (SVM) (Linear SVM
and Non-linear SVM), Diagonal Linear Discriminant Analysis (DLDA), k-Nearest-Neighbor (k-NN))
ensures slightly lower recognition accuracy (in average) comparing to artificial neural networks [3].
The goal of the study - using a collection of pattern recognition algorithms (heuristics, in a general
sense) identify objects that form overlapping sets in the feature space.
The general approach to such problems is described in [4].

FORMALIZATION
Suppose
D - array of data;
} ,..., {
1 m
r r R - set of recognized classes
)} ( ),..., ( ), ( {
2 2 1 1 n n
p a p a p a A

- collection of algorithms or heuristics
} ,..., , {
2 1 n
p p p P

- set of parameters, where
i
p
is a vector of parameters of algorithm

i
a
} , {
r p
C C C - set of constraints is consist of two subsets: constraints of parameters
p
C and
result )} ( ),..., ( {
1 m r
r c r c C , where ) (
i
r c is a constraint of the recognition quality of class
i
r

The 11
th
IN42 87
We have to find P p A a
* *
,

with the given constraints C c
such
) , , ( max ) , , (
* *
D p a f D p a f

, where f is a quality finction.
In a general, this problem is one of the optimization task (searching extremum).

SOLUTION
The approach is to create a special algorithm (rule) named Solver as the one form of intelligent
systems which forms the rules to ensure maximum f by changing the contribution of algorithms A and
possibly by changing their settings options under given constraints.

RESTRICTIONS
In general, the recognition function of the algorithms from the set A are not smooth and even may be
discontinuous. Changing the parameters of the algorithms and results can be discrete. Solution of the
problem by method of full enumeration (brute force attack), perhaps impossible, because it requires not
only combine the algorithms with each other, but also to change their contributions to the overall result
for the different rocks and, possible, change the parameters of the algorithms. The difficulty in such
Solver will increase in proportion to the factorial of the total number of algorithms and their
parameters.

CONCLUSION
The solution of the problem by rigorous mathematical methods is impossible. Consequently, heuristic
method that provides the highest quality identification is need. Measure of the quality of the approach will
be achievement of the maximum f in a statistically significant number of cases of recognition.

REFERENCES
[1] Muhamediyev R.I., Kuchin Y., Muhamedyeva E. (2012) Recognition of Geological Rocks At the
Bedded-infiltration Uranium Fields by Using Neural Networks. 2012 IEEE Conference on Open
Systems, Kuala Lumpur, IEEE Xplore database, http://cs.ieeemalaysia.org/ICOS2012/ 6 p. ISBN:
978-1-4673-1044-4, Digital Object Identifier: 10.1109/ICOS.2012.6417622
[2] Muhamediyev R.I., Kuchin Y., Muhamedyeva E. (2012) Geophysical Research of Boreholes:
Artificial Neural Networks Data Analysis. The 6th International Conference on Soft Computing and
Intelligent Systems and the 13th International Symposium on Advanced Intelligent Systems, SCIS-
ISIS 2012, Kobe, Japan, November 20-24, 2012, 978-1-4673-2743-5/12/$31.00 2012 IEEE,
p.825-829.
[3] .., .., .A, .., .. (2012)

. :
- . :
, 2012. . 262-270, ISBN 978-601-06-2094-0
[4] .. (1988)
. . . .
. 1. , 9-16.

The 11
th
IN43 88
DEVELOPMENT OF EXPERT SYSTEMS
CALCULATING DOSE OF CHEMOTHERAPY
N. LEE
International IT University, Department of Information Systems
e-mail: li.natali88@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
According to the World Cancer Research Fund WCRF the number of oncological diseases has
increased by 20% in the world in the last decade. Every year the increase of new cases of malignant
tumors at least 12-13 million people. Experts predict that the number of newly detected cancer in 2030
will reach 21 million people a year. With a threatening increase of number of oncological diseases is
essential to raise the efficiency of treatment and organize the entire years of experience.
Chemotherapy is one of methods of treatment of malignant tumors. The general principle of the
chemotherapy is to damage the tumor cells at the expense of the synthesis or function of its DNA. The
damaged cells are not capable of dividing and die.
Based on numerous randomized trials, which are conducted by all scientists of the world, for each
type of tumor are determined by the amount of one-time and total doses of cytostatic drugs and the
optimal schedule of injections. This is the "Protocols of chemotherapy", containing strict dosing of drugs,
depending on body weight, the sequence and timing of their injections. Chemotherapy protocols are
international and known around the world the oncological community. They approved by NCCN, ESMO
as the standards of treatment. Chemotherapy protocols as standards are the basis for the appointment of
chemotherapy, which is adjusted depending on the patient's general condition, stage of disease, and
previous treatment.

GENERAL
The goal of this study is analyzing the current system for calculating doses of drugs, the development
of models, methods and algorithms to automate the process, allowing on the basis of outstanding results
to set the correct mode of chemotherapy. The effect of chemotherapy is directly dependent on the dose of
the drug. It is common to express the dose in milligrams per kilogram of patient weight and per square
meter of body surface. Compliance with the optimal dose - one of the most important aspects of
chemotherapy: lower doses do not provide the desired therapeutic effect, and large - cause serious
complications of toxic character.
Another aspect is to ensure the necessary concentration of the drug in the tumour node during
treatment. This is achieved by selecting the optimum mode of injecting drugs - determine the number of
injections, the intervals between them, the length of the first course and the timing of repeated courses of
chemotherapy.
The objectives of the expert system are standardization of methods, speeding up the calculations,
improvement of reproducibility of results, and assistance in analyzing and diagnosing. This expert system
is contain all of the latest set of standardized protocols of chemotherapy and propose a scheme for each
patient, and to provide accurate automatic calculation of doses of chemotherapy drugs and mode of
injections based on the individual data of the patient and taking into account various factors. Each
protocol includes a list of drugs, doses, route and mode of injection and recommendations on the number
and rate of introduction of therapy to achieve a certain level of remission, which allows for the most
appropriate and effective treatment.

REFERENCES
[1] Chabner B.A., Louis D.D. (2010) Cancer Chemotherapy and Biotherapy. Principles and Practice, 5
[2] Priestman T. (2012) Cancer Chemotherapy in Clinical Practice

The 11
th
IN44 89
SIMULATION OF RANDOM FIELDS ON THE SPHERE
A.A. PASHKO
European University
Department of Computer Systems and Technologies
Academician Vernadskiy Blvd,16 V , 03115, Kyiv, Ukraine,
e-mail: pashkoua@mail.ru, fax: +38-044-424-13-86, phone: +38-044-424-13-86

ABSTRACT
It was constructed models isotropic random fields on the sphere. This models approximate isotropic
fields with a given accuracy and reliability in the norm of ) (
2 d
S L spaces.
[Keywords: isotropic random fields, random fields on the sphere, simulation of random fields,
accuracy, reliability]

METHODS
Let ) , , ( P + O be a standard probability space.
Let
d
S sphere in
d
R . Let ) (x - random continuous on the average to quadratic, the homogeneous
and isotropic field on a sphere. This field it is possible to depict in a kind [1]

= =
=
0
) , (
) ( ) (
m
d m h
l
l
m
l
m
x S x ,
where { }
l
m
are independent sub-Gaussian random variables, ) , ( ,..., 1 , ) (
2 2
d m h l E
m
l
m
= =o ,
) (x S
l
m
orthonormal spherical accordions of degree m, ) , ( d m h - is an amount of accordions and
<
=1
2
) , (
m
m
d m h o .
Properties of sub-Gaussian random variables were studied in [2].
Let

= =
=
M
m
d m h
l
l
m
l
m M
x S x
0
) , (
) ( ) ( . ) (x
M
is approximate model for ) (x with by accuracy 0 > o and
reliability o in some functional space, if { } o o < > 1 ) ( ) (
2
L
M
x x P , where - norm in
) (
2 d
S L space [3].
In simulation of random fields ask the modelling accuracy 0 > c and reliability 1 0 , 1 < < o o . For
space
2
L number of summand M in model ) (x
M
we found as minimum value, where inequality
when 1 = N .
( )
o
c c
s
)
`
1
2
1
exp
) ( 2
exp
) (
2
2
1
M J
M J
, where
|
|
.
|
\
|
=

+ =
2
1
) , ( ) (
k
M k
d k h M J o
.
and when 2 = N
inequality o
c c
s
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
1
) , 2 ( 2
) (
exp 1
) , 2 (
) (
2
2
1
2
M J
M J
M J
M J
, where
2
1
4
1
) , ( ) , 2 (
|
|
.
|
\
|
=

+ =
k
M k
d k h M J o
.

Let 3 = d , . 1 ,
) 1 (
1
2
>
+
= k
m
b
k
m
Then 1 2 ) , 3 ( + = m m h .
The result of simulations for N=1

The 11
th
IN44 90

o c M(k=1) M (k=2)
0.95 0.1 32 4
0.95 0.05 65 7
0.95 0.01 330 11
0.99 0.1 40 5
0.99 0.05 75 8
0.99 0.01 360 12

REFERENCES
[1] Yadrenko M.I. (1980) Spectral Theory of random fields. Vyshcha shkola, Kyiv.
[2] Kozachenko Yu.V., Pashko A.A., Rozora I.V. (2007) The Simulation of Random Processes and
Fields. Zadruga, Kyiv.
[3] Kozachenko Yu.V., Pashko A.A. (2001) Accuracy estimation of simulation of random fields on the
sphere in 2 , > p L
p
. Bulletin of Taras Shevchenko National University of Kiyv,
Mathematics&Mechanics 7, 26-32.

The 11
th
IN45 91
BUILDING FULLY FUNCTIONAL INDEX SEARCH ENGINE PROTOTYPE ON
AN APACHE NUTCH AND APACHE SOLR
O. PAZYLDAYEV
e-mail: olzhkaz@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
At the moment the market of search engines is very wide. Market is dominated by the index search
engines, such as Google, Yahoo and Bing. The main idea of this type of search engines is to index all
content by a keywords. Fetch as links to resources containing these keywords ordered by the ranking
system, which in turn contains a lot of factors. Such as the frequency of occurrence of content searched,
whether the content fits the initial query, whether the resource is highly visited, user reviews of the
resource content, etc. Depending on the quality and quantity of links fetched by the search engine users
often spends a great deal of time searching for the content they need.
This project aims to build a prototype of the index search engine which will use artificial intelligence
algorithm. This algorithm will analyze and evaluate found content for the satisfaction to the users initial
request. The algorithm proceeding on the primary obtained data will decide whether to make an
additional search and information retrieval or not. In the end output found and analyzed data in the form
of predetermined repot containing all retrieved data and the links to the resource pages.
[Keywords: index search engine, predetermined report, data retrieval, artificial intelligence algorithm]

GENERAL
Index search engine consists of two parts. One of the most important parts is a web crawler, a robot
program, which crawls whole web, extracting data and links from crawled page, classifying indexing and
adding all the data to the database. When the search request comes from user to find some content, engine
extracts searching data from the indexed data in the database, but not searching the whole web for it. The
advantage of the index search engine is that it indexes all crawled data, containing huge amount of fast
accessible data. Most of the index search engines index more than 50 million web pages every day, so
that the information is re-crawled and re-indexed constantly. Therefore, for this type of search engines
requires to be built on very fast hardware and huge data warehouse.
In this project we will use Apache Nutch, as search engine which contains crawler combined with a
MySql database. It is built on Apache Solr, fast open source enterprise search platform. Its major features
include powerful full-text search, hit highlighting, faceted search, near real-time indexing, dynamic
clustering, database integration, rich document (e.g., Word, PDF) handling, and geospatial search. By
combining these solutions, we obtain a prototype of real world index search engine.
The next part of the project is to use of artificial intelligence algorithm for the analysis and evaluation
of indexed data to match with initial search query. And output found and analyzed data in the form of
predetermined repot containing all retrieved data and the links to the resource pages.

REFERENCES
[1] http://www.ctspi.ru/Search/Obzor.htm
[2] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nutch
[3] http://lucene.apache.org/solr/
[4] http://habrahabr.ru/post/30594/

The 11
th
IN46 92
THE PROBLEM OF TRANSITION TO THE NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN THE
SECOND-TIER BANKS IN KAZAKHSTAN
O. PAZYLDAYEV
International Information TechnologiesUniversity
e-mail: olzhkaz@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Nowadays in Kazakhstan, almost every second-tier bank has its own IT department. This department
is directly engaged in the development of software for internal bank needs. Because hiring a team of
developers with a fixed salary to develop software for the bank is often cheaper than buying ready-made
software products from third-party developers. But since, in general, banks more than a dozen years on
the market. Most of their software is outdated because it was developed with the use of old programming
languages and with the use of old technologies. The question of transition to new technologies and its
costs is arises.
[Keywords: second-tier bank, IT department, new technologies, transition cost]

GENERAL
The main problem lies in the fact that up to this day banks have already developed very large amount
of software, which so far have satisfied for bank's requirements. And it still can work for several years
without any problems. But old technologys performance and capabilities in developing software to
satisfy new needs of fast growing market is lower than that of new technologies.
The question arises whether to continue to develop and update your existing software or upgrade to
new technology. Even so, transitions to new technologies by developing, implementing and supporting
new software have a huge costs and problems in hiring new employees with the knowledge of new
technologies. This all in the end leads to great financial losses to banks. Or other path to keep the old
software, developed over several years. Begin to develop new software using new technologies and to use
old and new software simultaneously. But on this path bank will also face problem of new software
development cost and the possibility of integration the old software with the new one. At this point,
management of IT-infrastructure of the bank has to decide which path will be financially less expensive
and most importantly, easy and fast to implement.
The solution to this problem is based on the phased implementation of new technologies under the
new needs of the bank. And analyze of all working old software in the bank. And if it does not require
modification and can be easily integrated with the new systems, then keeps it working. Otherwise, teach
new technologies to already working employees and re-develop new software using new technologies.
This integration path is the fastest and most cost-effective way to solve this problem.

REFERENCES
[1] http://mitc.ru/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=28&Itemid=60&id_el=1077
[2] http://www.eos.ru/eos_delopr/eos_analitics/section.php?ID=773

The 11
th
IN47 93
DEVELOPMENT OF A SYSTEM FOR CALCULATING
OF INSULIN DOSE FOR DIABETIC PATIENTS
N. RAKHIMZHANOVA
Department of Information System
Manas 34 A, Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: rahimzhanova@list.ru

ABSTRACT
Diabetes mellitus, or simply diabetes, is a group of metabolic diseases in which a person has
high blood sugar, either because the pancreas does not produce enough insulin, or because cells do not
respond to the insulin that is produced. Because DM causes many complications, it is important for
patients with DM to control their blood sugar levels. To date, there are many ways to treatment of
diabetes mellitus. Insulin therapy (insulin) is vital for people with diabetes type 1 and can be used in some
cases for people with diabetes type 2. The purpose of insulin is to control the level of glucose in the blood
and keep it in the physiological range by injecting insulin. Because the insulin therapy is carried out by
patients themselves, there are some problematic factors - mode of administration; selecting the 'right' dose
and timing, usually one unit of insulin is ~15grams of CHO; adjusting dosage and timing to fit food
intake timing, amounts, and types; adjusting dosage and timing to fit exercise undertaken; adjusting
dosage, type, and timing to fit other conditions, for instance the increased stress of illness; it is simply a
nuisance for patients to inject whenever they eat carbohydrate or have a high blood glucose reading; it is
dangerous in case of mistake (most especially 'too much' insulin). While independent short insulin dose
calculation is not a big problem, there are well-known formula, diabetics have to perform these
calculations every day before the main meal. That, in turn, is a routine job, considering that diabetes is
incurable, and insulin therapy can take years. Creating a system for calculating the compensation doses of
insulin, taking into account all the factors that affect the dose of insulin, will make the insulin therapy
easier.
[Keywords: diabet mellitus, management of blood sugar level, compensation doses of insulin, insulin
therapy]

GENERAL
The purpose of research - to simulate a computer system for calculating short insulin doses to
compensate the food. There are a number of simplified analytical models describing the dynamics of
insulin and glucose in the blood (model Bergman Staris, Nikita, Engelborga etc.) [1]. These models
contain a lot of empirical estimated parameters individually for each patient. The basic principles for
calculating the dose of short-acting insulin is: the level of glucose in the time of the survey, the number of
carbohydrate (carb) and their form in the planned meal, individual need insulin for every 10g of
carbohydrates, the glycemic index of foods consumed, physical activity before and after eating. The goal
is - to establish the need for insulin for 10g of carbohydrates. If shot-acting insulin dose is calculating
properly, blood glucose before the next meal should be the same as before the previous 0,5 mmol / l.
Another important factor is the planned and unplanned physical activities to more aggressively work /
move, you need to spend more energy [2]. The energy produced by the decay of glucose. That is, when
the work is more intense than usual, spent more glucose, reducing its level in the blood. Based on this, a
short-acting dose of insulin as adjusted.
Obviously, that in the developed system, the following functions are necessary - the most complete
(updated) database about the content of carbohydrates in foods; previous recording (for the entire period

The 11
th
IN47 94
of use of the system) glucose, maintenance of electronic diary, or provide templates (forms) diary to print
on paper.

REFERENCES
[1] Cefalu W., Skyler J., Kourides I., Landschulz W., Balagtas C., Cheng S., Gelfand R. (2001).
Inhaled human insulin treatment in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus
[2] Homeniuk S.M., Emelyanov A., Karpenko A.P., Chernetsov S.A. (2009) methods prediction of
optimal doses of insulin to patients with type I diabetes. Review / Science and education. 4, [Electr.
Journal. http://technomag.edu.ru/doc/119663.html].
[3] Diabetic network, diabetic and high blood pressure, http://www.dm-net.co.jp/seminar/27_/, (2011/1)
[4] Narazaki H., Tani S., Ishizaki J., Nakazawa K., Inada H., Nishimura H. (2012) Development of a
Support System for Diabetic Patients at Home Using a Smartphone. The 6th International
Conference on Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems and the 13th International Symposium on
Advanced Intelligent Systems, SCIS-ISIS 2012, Kobe, Japan, November 20-24, 2012.

The 11
th
IN48 95
TECHNOLOGY IN-DEPTH ANALYSIS OF TEXT DATA
Z. RYSDAULETOVA
e-mail: r_zhulduz@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
Relevance research of Text Mining - is conditioned by the fact that at present this research technique
is for the results by analyzing the content of the text on the state and properties of social reality. It should
be noted that the development of technology in-depth analysis of texts (Text Mining) preceded and was
the basis of the appearance of depth data mining technologies (Data Mining). Having taken shape in the
late twentieth century, as the direction of the analysis of unstructured textual information, Text Mining
technology became a logical continuation of Data Mining and combined both classical data mining
techniques (such as clustering) and the methods of content analysis, statistical analysis, etc. The
difference of Text Mining technology from Data Mining is that the latter is working with databases, while
Text Mining allows the researcher to analyze the conventional texts presented in natural language.
[Keywords: Content Management System, PHP, MySQL, CSS, JavaScript, MATLAB, TF-IDF,
PCA.]

GENERAL
The main purpose of this research is the algorithmic detection of previously unknown connections and
correlations in the existing text data on the example of the market basket analysis (similarity analysis).
The project created a web site based on a content management system, which provides e-commerce
market for manufacturers of furniture, as well as for those looking for furniture. Content management
system in its simple form allows users to manage their information without any technical knowledge, via
a web browser. The system will focus on the following types of users, Web Administrator, the seller, the
buyer and visitor. This website provides various rights and privileges depending on the type of
participant.
The system designed based on three-tier architecture. PHP programming language is used in the
server-side, and JavaScript and CSS were used in client-side of the system. MySQL provides relational
operators to manipulate the data stored into the database tables.
From the database have been collected two kinds of numeric data such as: list of products that listed
by product id and list of customers' purchase history. Importance of each product represents a statistical
measure Term Frequency - Inverse Document Frequency (TF-IDF).Identification of goods which
customers buy together were implemented using Principal Component Analysis (Latent Semantic
Analysis). To analyze the data there was selected the program MATLAB.

The 11
th
IN49 96
MOBILE PHONE SENSORS IN HEALTH APPLICATIONS
M. SEIFULIN
Department of Information Technologies
Manas street, 34A, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan
Email: Mansur.seyfulin@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Now, mobile phones can use a wide spectrum of wireless communication techniques (Wi-Fi, GSM,
Bluetooth and others). This technique allows to integrate mobile phones into existing healthcare services
and to create new applications and services in this area. Some of one important factor, which determines
adaptability of mobile phones for healthcare purposes, is that a mobile phone is equipped with powerful
mountable sensors, such as camera, microphone, accelerometer, and other external sensors.
[Keywords: Wifi, GSM, Bluetooth, sensor, accelerometer, camera, mobile phone]

GENERAL
This article will review mobile Health applications, which use embedded, external sensors, show the
main use cases for such sensors in these applications and their advantages and disadvantages. Table
below define some sensors. I have research different recently developed applications of embedded to
mobile phone sensors. Some of these applications are already distributed and used for medical purposes,
but the other are research projects so far. The main reason to use mobile phones in healthcare domain is to
improve quality and availability of the healthcare services, because very many people in the world
already have a mobile phone. Mobile phone based solutions can decrease healthcare services cost and it is
another reason to use them.

Cost
Sensor/
Features
Heart rate
or ECG
Blood
pressure
Glucose
meter
Ear
diseases
Image of
object
Ultrasound
imaging
WiFi
AliveCors Heart
Monitor
+ + $199
MobiUS devices + + $7425
Withings Blood
Pressure Monitor
+ + $130
iSpO2 + $250
myTrek wireless pulse
monitor + + $40
iBGStar Blood
Glucose Meter
+ $99.95
Remotoscope +
3B Scientific iPhone
Microscope
+ $45
iHealth BP System + + $100

REFERENCES
[1] Statland J.M., Wang Y., Richesson R., An interactive voice response diary for patients with non-
dystrophic myotonia, Muscle Nerve, 44
[2] How ClickMedix makes providing quality healthcare easy and fast for doctors & patients, May 2012.
Link: http://clickmedix.com
[3] mhealth: New horizons for health through mobile technologies, World Health Organization (2011)
[4] Breslauer D.N., Maamari R.N. (2009) Mobile phone based clinical microscopy for global health
applications, PLoS ONE, 4, No. 7.

The 11
th
IN50 97
TELEMEDICINE FOR THE BENEFIT OF PATIENTS
M. SEIFULIN
Manas street, 34A, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan
Email: Mansur.seyfulin@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
The societal and economic benefits from wider use of telemedicine are potentially huge. Yet, at the
present moment, they are far from being fully appreciated or obtained. Now is the time for telemedicine
to enhance patients lives and to offer new tools to health professionals. Telemedicine includes all areas
where medical or social data is being sent or exchanged between at least two remote locations. The
migration of telemedicine from desktop platforms to mobile configurations may have a significant impact
on future health care. The new technologies can make the remote medical monitoring, consulting, and
health care more flexible and convenient. Kazakhstan citizens are getting older and are increasingly living
with chronic diseases. Their health condition often requires enhanced medical attention. Medical support
may not be available in remote areas and for certain specialties as easily or as frequently as their health
condition would require. Telemedicine can help improve the lives of Kazakhstan citizens, both patients
and health professionals, while tackling the challenges to healthcare systems. Some special sensor for
mobile device will be applying. With this sensor can measure the blood sugar, heartbeat pulse, blood
pressure and etc.

GENERAL
The goals and objectives of this research are:
Analysis of telemedicine
Review existing sensors for mobile devices, see compatibility and features.
Applying sensor for mobile devices.
Principles of work of sensors and see differences
Create model of the system with priorities
With sensor can measure the blood sugar, heartbeat pulse and blood pressure.
Data analysis (input and output)

In this research an analysis of sensors for mobile devices is made. Discuss the advantages and
disadvantages of sensors. Analysis of existing sensors for socially significant diseases in Kazakhstan.
Problems for future research are: Create model of the system with priorities, analysis of the data including
intellectual. Standards of interaction between subsystems of telemedicine system for the selection of the
appropriate standard of Kazakhstan.

REFERENCES
[1] 6 Big HealthTech Ideas That Will Change Medicine In 2012, Josh Constine (2012)
[2] Telemedicine for the healthcare system and society, com (2008) 689 Final.

The 11
th
IN51 98
OUTLINE OF A NEW APPROACH TO ESTIMATION OF THE OIL WELL
PROFITABILITY BASED ON FUZZY SETS AND LOGIC
P. SHAMOI, A. AKZHALOVA, A. KADYROVA
Department of Computer Science
Tole bi, 59, Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: pakita883@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
In this paper we present a novel approach to estimate the relative well operational efficiency based on
fuzzy mathematics. It is employed in order to overcome the problem of uncertain information associated
with well drilling parameters, like temperature, gas formation, flow rate and pressure, which are modeled
as fuzzy sets in our system. Moreover, we designed a software which enables us to easily define the
necessary sets and selectively retrieve information about wells from database by using queries in natural
language. Natural queries can be very efficient there, since they are much closer to the way humans
(experts) express their knowledge. Our methodology makes it possible for experts to select information
via fuzzy query, like Output all wells which are more-or-less effective in the sense of flow rate and use
not very high temperature, or Find wells which are highly operationally effective, which cannot be
done using a conventional query mechanism.
[Keywords: fuzzy logic, profitability, well engineering, Zadeh, natural language interface, well
operational efficiency]

GENERAL
Nowadays, oil and gas industry transforms to absolutely different stage of development. It is
important to note that the majority of fundamental reserves, which can be used, are already opened and
are in intensive use. Therefore, instead of discovering new deposits, it is becoming more and more
relevant to accurately determinate the cost value of oil for each particular well and take measures aimed at
improving its efficiency.
This real-world problem requires the handling of imprecision, which can be done in various ways [2].
One of them is to use fuzzy mathematics that manipulates imprecision by assuming fuzzy boundaries of a
set (that are not clearly defined), so that the transition from membership to non-membership is gradual
rather than abrupt [1].
Method we recommend can be used to determine the operational efficiency of oil wells, geological
objects and deposits, and serve as an indicator of a necessity to conduct deeper analysis of a certain well
and possibly put it out of service. It also allows to query a well database using a natural language.
Currently, the system allows to process natural queries of single English sentences (in case they are
grammatically correct) and retrieve the corresponding well records. It is obvious that such type of
interface is much more convenient for experts, because they can be free of using exotic crisp phrases and
symbols that all major querying/searching systems provide [6].
There is a number of approaches used to evaluate the efficiency of operating wells. Generally, almost
all of them employ a comparison of the volume of sales and the actual cost of production with subsequent
determination of the profit. It is clear that the cost of production influences the profit generated by an
industry [3]. In turn, cost of production is mainly influenced by drilling parameters, like temperature, flow
rate, depth, etc., which are used in generating a model using fuzzy logic. More detailed information about
fuzzy variables in a system along with their domains, universal sets, and a,b,c parameters needed to
define triangular and trapezoidal membership functions can be found in Table 1:

The 11
th
IN51 99
TABLE 1. FUZZY VARIABLES USED IN THE SYSTEM

Lets look at a primitive example of natural query that might be used by an engineer: Find the wells
which are more-or-less effective in the sense of flow rate but use very high temperature. Statements like
More-or-less effective, very high temperature are vague, imprecise, although temperature, for
example, is completely determined. The cause of all is that in real life, we operate and argue using
uncertain, imprecise categories [1].
Our methodology addresses the following issues involved in FQ processing: constructing the
membership functions (MFs) and defining fuzzy sets (FSs) for table fields and defining hedges
(Fuzzification), creating precise query from the given FQ (Constraints Explicitation), executing a query
and displaying the result table (Results).
So, we have a huge database that stores typical information about oil wells, like name of the well,
location, time, and the most important parameters mentioned above. Our aim is to intelligently retrieve
the records corresponding to tuples most satisfying the query expressed in natural language. For example,
Print the list of all wells which are more-or-less effective in the sense of flow rate and use not very high
temperature, or Find wells which are highly operationally effective. As we see, such type of queries
involve uncertain parameters, like high, effective, not very, etc.
A computationally efficient way to represent a fuzzy number is to use the approach based on
parameters of its membership function [5]. We use linear trapezoidal or triangular membership functions
are good enough to catch the ambiguity of the linguistic assessments [6].
Most influential and important parameters impacting on well operational efficiency are flow rate and
formation pressure. As it is well known, flow rate Q - one of the drilling parameters. In most cases, its
range of change is determined based on the well drilling technology. An increase in flow rate leads to a
rise in braking torque, pressure, power, torque, speed in extreme mode [4]. In addition, with an increase in
flow rate and the hydraulic losses in the engine are also rising. So, the more flow rate the more expenses
are. Concerning temperature and gas factor, they do not play a pivotal role, however, under certain
circumstances, they can become crucial ones. In particular, high temperature more than 180 C in general
wells are considered to be problematic and thus leads to additional expenses. Meanwhile, temperatures
below 150 C are supposed to be equivalent. Gas factor indicated the proportion of gas in the well oil.
Sometimes it can reach values up to several thousands sq. meters of gas per tone of oil. High gas factor
significantly influences on the hydraulic losses, so, for bigger gas factor it costs more to produce oil [3].
All of these factors are taken into account when expert queries the system for efficiency. Particularly, we
consider efficient well to be the wells with low or normal temperature and flow rate, and low gas factor.
The effectiveness and simplicity of fuzzy logic as a tool to assess advanced processes has been
illustrated through the evaluation of the uncertainties linked to the well operational and maintenance
costs. They are mainly influenced by parameters like formation pressure, gas factor, depth, temperature
and flow rate. System provides experts with a way to easily identify all the inefficient wells and pay more
attention to them, and conduct a deeper analysis. Furthermore they will be able to determine whether
these wells can be exploited in the future, or should be closed immediately. What is more, user can query
well database via natural language. Experiments done show promising results. We plan to extend the
Fuzzy
Variable
Pressure, bar-g flow_rate, kg/s Temperature, C Depth, m GF, m
3
/t
Domain [0, 250] [0, 100] [0, 250] [0, 2300] [0, 1200]
Universal
Set
{0,1,,250} {0,1,,100} {0,1,,250}
{0,1,,
2300}
{0,1,,1200}
Term Set
{"Low",
"Normal,
High}
{"Low",
"Normal,
High}
{"Low",
"Normal,
High}
{"Low",
"Normal,
High}
{"Low",
"Normal,
High}
a, b, c
parameters
a = 10,
b = 50,
c = 200
a = 6,
b = 18,
c = 70
a = 50,
b = 140,
c = 200
a = 500,
b = 1000,
c = 2000
a = 150,
b = 300,
c = 1000

The 11
th
IN51 100
application in order to simplify the interpretation of the results. Although the results we got are quite
plausible, an important factor we missed is oil quality itself - in some cases it becomes the crucial one.
The ability to analyze the performance and forecast the production of gas wells is important in gas
reservoir engineering [4]. Prediction and estimation always involve imprecision, and fuzzification can be
a powerful tool in our hands to model it [9].

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This paper was written as a part of the grant project Development of intelligent technologies based
on self-adaptive systems to control oil-extraction process (within research program funded by Ministry
of Education of Kazakhstan, 2011-2013).

REFERENCES
[1] Zadeh L.A. (1996) Fuzzy Logic and Computing with Words. KUT
[2] Ponce-Cruz P., Ramirez-Figueroa F.D. (2010) Intelligent ControlSystems with LabVIEW 9,
Springer.
[3] Ambastha A.K, Gudmundsson J.S. (1986) Collection and evaluation of flowing pressure and
temperature. Data from geothermal wells. Stanford University, August
[4] Li Z. (2006) Gas flow during well testing. Report submitted to the department of petroleum of
Stanford University. June
[5] Wang F.G. (2000) A fuzzy grammar and possibility theorybased natural language user interface for
spatial queries. Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 113, 147 159.
[6] Shamoi P., Inoue A. (2012) Computing with Words for Direct Marketing Support System. 23th
MAICSs proc-gs, 19-26.

The 11
th
IN52 101
FUSION OF OBJECT-ORIENTED AND FUNCTIONAL PROGRAMMING:
MYTH OR REALITY?
P. SHAMOI
Department of Computer Science
Tole bi, 59, Almaty, Kazakhstan,
e-mail: pakita883@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
In an ideal world, software ought to be assembled from libraries of prewritten components, just in the
same way as hardware is assembled from prefabricated chips. However, in reality, the majority of
applications are written from scratch. Therefore, we concentrate on various mechanisms for abstraction,
composition, and encapsulation which might be useful for components at all levels of scale. In particular,
we consider in details the issues discussed above on the example of Scala programming language (PL),
which stems from a research effort to develop better language support for component software [3]. It is
designed to be SCALAble in the sense that the same concepts can describe small as well as large parts.
Moreover, in order to ease its adoption, the new language needs to integrate well with existing platforms,
since the majority of components that can be reused are based on those platforms. Scala fits this bill, since
it has been designed to work well with Java and C#. It adopts a large part of the syntax and type systems
of these languages.
This work aims to prove that scalable support for components can be provided by a PL which fuses
and generalizes object-oriented and functional programming. For statically typed languages (e.g. Scala,
Java) these two paradigms were up to now strongly separate.
[Keywords: Scala language, functional programming, object-oriented programming, component
software, System F with subtyping]

GENERAL
Nowadays it is admitted that the lack of progress in component software results from shortcomings in
the programming languages used to define and integrate components. Particularly, most existing
languages provide only limited support for component abstraction and composition [3]. This holds in
particular for statically typed languages such as Java and C# in which much of today's component
software is written. Nevertheless, the necessity of creating the large projects demanded programming
abstractions that allow components of a project to be reused. The key enabler for that is encapsulation that
allows to hide the implementation details, which can be exploited by abstracts classes and abstract data
types. Mitchell and Plotkins discovery allowed the concept of abstraction to be adopted by functional
PLs. Polymorphism and abstract data types together provide powerful data abstractions.
The vast majority of modern PLs nowadays are polymorphic. Polymorphism was revealed by using an
extension of the -calculus called System F, which refines the -calculus with variables for types and
quantifiers over type variables. The polymorphic type system of Scala relies on an extension of System F
that allows sub-typing called System F<. System F or -calculus with polymorphic types is a striking
real-life illustration of the Curry-Howard isomorphism, which relates logic and PLs [1]. In F< subtyping
is reflected in the syntax of types by a new type constant Top (the supertype of all types, maximal type),
and by a subtype bound on second-order quantifiers: V(X<:A)A' (bounded quantifier).
Furthermore, as it can be easily guessed from the fact that Scala is based on System F, it supports
parametric polymorphism, known as generics in the object-oriented world [4]. First-order parametric
polymorphism is now a standard feature of statically typed PLs [2]. Starting with System F and functional
PLs, the constructs have found their way into object-oriented languages such as Java, C#, and many more.

The 11
th
IN52 102
Scala, similar to Java, supports the generics, or parameterized types. In essence, it works more or less
like in Java, with a slightly different syntax and a more concise means of use, thanks to Scalas type
inference. The beauty of that is that the user of these abstractions need not worry about their inner
workings. It is of interest to note that besides having a common ancestor - Top, Scala also introduces
Nothing type, which is the subtype of all types.
As it was stated in the introduction, encapsulation can be considered as a key enabler for components
packaging and reuse. The crucial idea about encapsulation is that it allows to hide implementation details.
Particularly, abstract data types provide a general type signature for a data type without providing exact
implementation details. Therefore, the expert programmer can encapsulate domain knowledge so that the
mainstream programmer, as the user of these abstractions, may soundly instantiate them [2]. Scala has a
notion of abstract types, which provide a flexible way to abstract over concrete types used inside a class
or trait declaration.
In Scala, components are classes, which can be combined using nesting and mixin composition. In
addition, classes can contain abstract types which may be later instantiated in subclasses. The advantage
of this approach is that a relatively small set of language constructs is sufficient for core programming as
well as the definition of components and their composition. This provides a middle ground between the
worlds of object-oriented programming and functional module systems [4].
In contrast to object-oriented languages that only support single inheritance, Scala has a more general
notion of class reuse. Scala makes it possible to reuse the delta (all new definitions that are not inherited)
of a class definition. This is done through a mixin-class composition- a restricted form of multiple
inheritance [6]. So, in Scala, a class can inherit from another class and one or more traits. The main
difference between an abstract class and a trait is that the latter can be composed using mixins.
One of the design goals for Scala lies in interoperability with languages like Java and C#, making
their libraries readily available to Scala programmers. It shares with these languages most of the basic
operators, data types, and control structures. Obviously, this requires Scalas type system compatibility.
In addition, Scala adopts most of Java's control structures and constructions like classes, abstract classes,
subtyping and inheritance. Yet some features are missed, others are reinterpreted in order to provide
better standardization of concepts. For example, in Scala, constructor parameters follow the class name,
so there is no separate class constructor definition within the body. Finally, certain types are spelled
differently for Java and Scala: Object becomes Any, Unit is a regular type that corresponds to the void
keyword in Java, and Nothing is the subtype of all types, which cannot be expressed in Java. However,
Scala syntax is relatively familiar for Java programmers. In general, you can use Scala classes from Java
(and vice versa) without even knowing that they were defined within another language. The key enabler
for that is that both Scala and Java programs produce identical bytecode upon compilation.
As a result, we can conclude that Scala has uniform and powerful abstraction concepts. Moreover, it
has flexible symmetric mixin-composition constructs for composing classes and traits. Finally, Scala
programs resemble Java programs in many ways and it is highly useful that they can interact with code
written in Java.
After conduction of this small research, we can say that this relatively recent language provides a
smooth integration of the functional and object-oriented paradigms. Not only does Scala offers
equivalents of all the necessary functional programming features, like folding, higher-order functions,
parametric polymorphism and type- and constructor-classes, but it also provides the most useful features
of object-oriented languages, such as overriding and overloading, subtyping, traditional single and
multiple inheritance. Therefore, some people claim that Scala is object-oriented language that has some
functional features. Yet others put forward the view that Scala is a functional language that happens to
have object-oriented features. Indeed, it offers the best of both worlds. This makes it extremely useful for
the construction of component systems. So, answering the question put in this paper fusion of functional
and object-oriented programming is not a myth. It is the reality which is reflected in Scala.

The 11
th
IN52 103

REFERENCES
[1] Cardelli L., Martini S., Mitchell J.C., Scedrov A. (1991) An extension of system f with subtyping.
Theoretical Aspects of Computer Software, volume 526 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 750
770. Springer Berlin Heidelberg
[2] Prof. Dr.ir. Joosen W., Prof. Dr.ir. Piessens F. (2009) Type Constructor Polymorphism for Scala:
Theory and Practice. Katholieke universiteit Leuven.
[3] Odersky M. and al. (2004) An overview of the Scala programming language. Technical Report
IC/2004/64, EPFL Lausanne, Switzerland
[4] Cremet V., Garillot F., Lenglet S., Odersky M., A Core Calculus for Scala Type Checking. Ecole
Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne INR Ecublens, 1015 Lausanne, Switzerland

The 11
th
IN53 104
APPLICATION OF EMBEDDED CLUSTER MODEL FOR CALCULATION OF
ELECTRIC PROPERTIES OF NANODEVICES
E.K. SHIDLOVSKAYA
Lomonosova iela 1, k-6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia
e-mail:shidlovska@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
Applicability of cluster embedding method with non-orthogonal wave functions for theoretical study
of processes in nanodevices is studied. Processes in nanodevices are treated in the frameworks of time-
dependent DFT. We demonstrate that our cluster embedding method is compatible with DFT Kohn-Sham
method and quantum transport theory based on time-dependent DFT. We conclude that approach for
electric current calculation developed for orthogonal wave functions may be applied for non-orthogonal
wave functions if we transform initial equations assuming that overlaps are small.
[Keywords: embedded molecular cluster model, non-orthogonal wave functions, time-dependent DFT,
quantum transport theory, current in nanodevices]

GENERAL
When we theoretically describe nanodevice we have to treat the whole quantum system as two
subsystems: small finite fragment of the system containing nanodevice (cluster) and the rest of the system
containing electrodes. Problem cluster in the field of the rest of system is successfully solved in the
frameworks of embedded molecular cluster (EMC) model [1] with orthogonal wave functions. We have
proposed modified EMC model [2] treating cluster embedding problem in the frameworks of one-electron
approximation with non-orthogonal wave functions.
Our present aim is application of our cluster embedding method for quantum-chemical modeling of
processes in nanodevices and calculation of electrical properties of the nanodevices. One of approaches
for theoretical description of nanodevices is quantum transport theory developed by Gross with co-
workers [3]. We study possibility to combine our approach with approach of Gross et all [3] based on
time-dependent DFT. For this purpose we generalize our cluster embedding equations on the case of DFT
Kohn-Sham method.
Method of Gross implies that wave functions of nanodevice central part are orthogonal to the wave
functions of the electrodes. We show [4] that approach for electric current calculation developed for
orthogonal wave functions may be applied for non-orthogonal wave functions if we transform initial
equations assuming that overlaps between wave functions are small (S
2
<<S). Using this assumption we
may combine our cluster embedding method with approach of Gross et all. It gives us possibility to
calculate electric current in nanodevices. Therefore, EMC model with non-orthogonal wave functions
becomes applicable for theoretical modeling of nanodevices.

REFERENCES
[1] Kantorovich L.N. (1988) An embedded-molecular-cluster method for calculating the electronic structure
of point defects in non-metallic crystals. I. General theory. J. Phys. C: Solid State Phys. 21, 5041-5056
[2] Shidlovskaya E.K. (2002) Improved embedded molecular cluster model. Int. J. Quantum Chem. 89, 349-
370
[3] Kurth S., Stefanucci G., Almbladh C.-O., Rubio A., and Gross E.K.U. (2005) Time-dependent quantum
transport: A practical scheme using density functional theory. Phys. Rev. B doi:
10.1103/PhysRevB.72.035308
[4] Shidlovskaya, E.K. (2012) Cluster embedding method with non-orthogonal wave functions for simulation
of nanodevices. Nanodevices and Nanomaterials for Ecological Security, NATO Science for Peace and
Security Series B: Physics and Biophysics, eds. Y.N. Shunin and A.E. Kiv, Springer, 191-202

The 11
th
IN54 105
APPLICATION OF VIBRATIONAL MICROSPECTROSCOPY FOR CHEMICAL
COMPOSITION STUDIES OF URINARY SEDIMENTS
S. TAMOAITYT, M. PUETAIT, V. ABLINSKAS
e-mail: sandra.tamosaityte@ff.stud.vu.lt

ABSTRACT
Investigation of chemical composition of urinary sediments plays an important role in taking early
preventive measures to stop kidney stones forming or growing processes in human organism [1].
Nevertheless, the only method to investigate urinary sediments which is implemented in medical practice
nowadays is optical microscopy [2]. However, visual inspection of urinary sediments is subjective and
can not be used in the cases of atypical morphological structure or multicomponent urinary sediments.
[Keywords: urinary sediments, Vibrational spectroscopy.]

GENERAL
Vibrational spectroscopy could be used to investigate chemical composition of urinary sediments.
Urinary sediments of kidney stones patients were investigated in the experiments. (Fig. 1a). FT -
Raman and FTIR microspectroscopy methods were employed to examine 16 samples. Spontaneous
Raman scattering spectra of urinary sediments were first time recorded with the help of Raman
microspectroscopy.
Most common kidney stones forming materials were identified: struvite, brushite, calcium oxalate,
uric acid. For exciting different chemical structure urinary sediments to record their Raman spectra,
optimal power values of 1064 nm laser radiation were determined. It was found that both vibrational
spectroscopy methods should be used when investigating rather similar chemical structure or
multicomponent urinary sediments (Fig. 1b).

FIGURE 1A. LIGHT MICROSCOPY IMAGE OF MULTICOMPONENT URINARY SEDIMENT
SHOWS NO MORPHOLOGY RELATED CHEMICAL INFORMATION.

The main drawback in FT - Raman spectroscopy seems to be thermal effects in the sample caused by
the influence of laser radiation. An appropriate sample preparation is the main limiting factor for FT - IR
microspectroscopy.

The 11
th
IN54 106
Urinary sediment
Calcium Oxalate Monohydrate
Calcite
Hydroxyapatite
2
0
7
1
9
5
1
6
2
9
1
4
8
9
1
4
6
3
8
9
6
5
2
05
0
3
2
0
7
1
9
5
1
4
1
960
7
1
22
8
0
1
5
4
1
4
8
9
1
4
6
3
1085
2
8
0
1
5
4
5
0
3
5
2
0
1
6
2
9
8
9
6
7
1
2
1
4
1
9
6
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Raman shift , cm
-1
R
a
m
a
n

s
c
a
t
t
e
r
i
n
g
i
n
t
e
n
s
i
t
y
Urinary sediment
Calcium Oxalate Monohydrate
Calcite
Hydroxyapatite
2
0
7
1
9
5
1
6
2
9
1
4
8
9
1
4
6
3
8
9
6
5
2
05
0
3
2
0
7
1
9
5
1
4
1
960
7
1
22
8
0
1
5
4
1
4
8
9
1
4
6
3
1085
2
8
0
1
5
4
5
0
3
5
2
0
1
6
2
9
8
9
6
7
1
2
1
4
1
9
6
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
Raman shift , cm
-1
R
a
m
a
n

s
c
a
t
t
e
r
i
n
g
i
n
t
e
n
s
i
t
y

FIGURE 1B. RAMAN SPECTRUM OF THE SAME SEDIMENT SHOWS CALCIUM OXALATE MONOHYDRATE,
CALCITE AND HYDROXYAPATITE CONSTITUTING THIS SEDIMENT.

REFERENCES
[1] Parks J.H., et. al. (1997) Correspondence between stone composition and urine supersaturation in
nephrolithiasis, Kid. Int., 51, 894 900
[2] Thomas M. (2006) Clinical diagnosis of kidney stones, J. Nephrol. 12, 1-3

The 11
th
IN55 107
DATA SECURITY IMPLEMENTATION ISSUES WITHIN TRANSCOM
WORLDWIDE LATVIA COMPANY
J. FIRSOVS, A. MROCHKO
Lomonosov1, B6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: antiservice@inbox.lv
e-mail: aleksandrs.mrocko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Considering the various areas of business, it can be stated that information security solutions ensure
not only the security of existing business, but also provide opportunities for the involvement of new
market segments in it.
Not only hackers or thieves are the potential risk for the company, which provides up to 400 working
places and employs up to 500 employees. The physical security conditions, procedures, process
management, equipment technical status, and of course, the employees themselves are getting into the
scope of the implementation of the data security standard.
Where there is the processing of at least one single credit card, there should be Payment Card Industry
Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) implemented, which, of course, is built to maximally secure the
possible options of illegal usage of data. The introduction of the Standard not only creates trouble,
problems and inconveniences, but also, most important, provides access to the new segments of business.
[Keywords: information security, data security standard, payment card industry, PCI DSS]

GENERAL
The term information security is very subjective and the degree of the security itself is determined
by business needs. In case of Transcom Worldwide Latvia, there is a direct contact with cardholders data
as per payment operations processing for Western Union Scandinavian projects. The existing various
sources of threats to the security of electronic payment transactions defines various approaches to security
in the sphere of payment card industry (PCI). The first approach to the protection of card data is reduced
to the standardisation of the list of specific measures (rules) of information security, the second approach
is based on the regular assessment of current threats and the identification of the vulnerability of
information system.
As people become more and more educated in the field of IT, the faster is the evolution of payment
card thefts/crimes tendencies. As it is seen from Figure 1, thieves become more technically advanced,
wise and more shameless. And of course, their targets nowadays are not only the walls of separate
persons, but multiple bank accounts [1].
Not only outsiders can potentially threaten the systems and steel the data, nowadays there are more
and more concerns about the employees themselves being a part of the small well-organized thief group
that can gain access or give instructions to the thief, or even be a thief.
High-level security products for domain services, network, internet access and telephony ensure stable
control over most of items, but, of course, there are things that should be secured and locked manually.

The 11
th
IN55 108
FIGURE 1. FRAUD TENDENCIES IN PAYMENT CARD INDUSTRY OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS

Not only the security systems and procedures of break-down prevention are important, but, of course
Intrusion Detection systems are more than needed. Those systems can be configured in many ways, such
as inbound/outbound traffic sniffing for specific things (such as card holders data in various formats, or
any traditional security threat presets).
At the same time, international payment systems impose greater responsibility for the data security in
the payment card industry on the companies which provide service, most often in the field of information
technologies, contributing to the realisation of payment transactions.
In the case of Transcom Worldwide Latvia, the problem can be solved by the implementation of
Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard in the most effective and cost-less way for the company,
and, of course, with minimal employee dissatisfaction with the new conditions.
As PCI DSS is the unified standard developed with the participation of all major operators of
international payment systems, its introduction should take into account the legislation on personal data
protection and the use of cryptography of the country of presence.

REFERENCES
[1] Paiders V. (2008) Ievads Maksjumu karu nozares Datu drobas standart, First Data Latvia, 13
Year
Fraudsters
portrait
Fraudsters
target
Fraud methods
Fraudsters
favourite card types
Needed for fraud
1980
Separate
individuals
Card holders
Deals with
stolen/lost/intercepted
cards
Travel &
Entertainment cards
(e.g. American
Express)
A chance
1990
Small
groups
Separate
small
retailers
Local card spoofing
and illegal card data
reading
Gold, Platinum etc. Minimal knowledge
2000
Local
organized
gangs
Small
retailers
Steeling data from
systems, phishing
Any credit cards
Technical knowledge
about systems
Now
International
organized
fraud gangs
Banks, card
data
processing
centers, big
retailers
Global data theft,
stolen card data usage
for internet purchases
and services, money
take-out from ATMs
Any cards
Shamelessness,
courage, very deep
technical details,
internal information
(insiders information),
global connections

The 11
th
IN56 109
CLOUD AND XML TECHNOLOGIES FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF AN
EXCHANGE BY SCORING DATA BETWEEN BANKS
A. RAHIMZHANOVA, B. UMURZAKOV, A. KAMYSBAYEV, U.KOPENOV
e-mail: bnu0907@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Scoring model, model of rating of borrowers is a key and integral part of each system of credit scoring
and is used for the solution of assessment of the borrower at issuance of credit, including identification of
probable fraud. Credit managers of banks quite often face a lack of statistical data for an assessment of
solvency of borrowers. For increasing of the size of scoring database the problems of combination of
different banks statistical information were put.
[Key words: cloud and XML technologies, scoring database, scoring data, bank]

GENERAL
The main goal of the present work is the development of methods for application of cloud and XML
technologies for the solution of a problem of combination and exchange of scoring data. Also the risk,
security and confidentiality of data are presented. Safety and confidentiality are considered for private
cloud provider taking into account concepts and levels given in work [1]. Infrastructure and technologies
of the distributed calculations are considered in a context of combination of diverse bank data.

REFERENCES
[1] Gonzalez N., Miers Ch., Redgolo F., Simplcio M., Carvalho T., Nslund M., Pourzandi M. (2012)
Journal of Cloud Computing: Advances, Systems and Applications, published 12 July

The 11
th
IN57 110
BN NANOTUBES DOPED BY AL, P, GA, AS, IN, AND SB: PREDICTIONS
FROM FIRST PRINCIPLES
S. PISKUNOV AND YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia,
Kengaraga Street 8, LV-1010 Riga, Latvia
e-mail: piskunov@lu.lv

ABSTRACT
The interest to BN nanotubes (NTs) and related structures is permanently growing, due to the fact that
the BN tubular structures are always insulators with a band gaps ranging from 4 to 5.5 eV., irrespectively
of tube chirality and morphology, in contrast to carbon nanotubes which can be metallic or
semiconducting [1]. The electronic properties of BN nanotubes, e.g., their band gaps can be controlled
through a regular mechanism, their ranges of application would be greatly extended, particularly in
sensors and nanoelectronics. In fact, the tailoring of the BN NTs electronic properties can be achieved by
doping the nanotube as predicted in recent calculations and found in experimental studies [2].
[Keywords: CRYSTAL code, ab initio modeling, BN nanotubes, impurity defects]

In this study, we have performed large-scale first-principles calculations on an electronic structure of
(5,5) zig-zag type boron nitride nanotube containing the following substitutional impurity defects: Al, P,
Ga, As, In, and Sb using linear combination of atomic orbitals in the form of the atomic centered
Gaussian-type functions as a basis set as well as the PBE-DFT exchange-correlation functional (Exc) [3].
We predict low formation energy and, thus, relative stability of point defects that are associated with
the atom substitutions in the BN NT layers (Fig. 1). Along with this, formation energies of a single
substitutional point defect onto relaxed BN NT have been found increasing along with a growth of atomic
mass of substitutional defect. Analysis of equilibrium distances between substitutional defect and host
atoms demonstrates that bond length between the impurity defect and closest host atoms of BN NT tends
to be elongated with respect to BN bond length of pristine boron nitride nanotube. Such a relaxation is
accompanied by slightly increased covalency along with extra charge redistribution between the defect
and the nanotube. Calculated density of states shows the formation of mid-gap states in the BN NT
electronic band structure leading to the narrowing of a band gap. On the basis of our quantum-chemical
calculations, we, therefore, conclude that the presence of isoelectronic impurities significantly affects the
band structure of BN nanotubes, which must be taken into account when constructing nanoelectronic
devices based on these nanotubes. All the mentioned effects can be observed by optical and photoelectron
spectroscopy methods, as well as by measuring electrochemical properties of the BN nanotubes.

The 11
th
IN57 111
(a)

(b)

FIGURE 1. SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF MONOPERIODICALLY REPEATED UNIT CELL OF THE SUBSTITUTIONAL DEFECT
CONTAINING (5,5) BN NT WITH AN EXTERNAL DIAMETER OF 0.69 NM: (A) HOST B SUBSTITUTES FOR IMPURITY DEFECT ATOM (A
B
)
AND (B) HOST N SUBSTITUTES FOR IMPURITY DEFECT ATOM (A
N
). B AND N ATOMS ARE SHOWN AS BLUE (DARK GRAY) AND PINK
(LIGHT GRAY) BALLS. HOST ATOMS NEAREST TO DEFECT NEIGHBOR ARE SHOWN IN DIMMED COLORS.

REFERENCES
[1] Golberg D., Bando A.V., Huang Y, et al. (2010) ACS Nano 4, 2979.
[2] Zhi C., Bando Y., Tang C., et al. (2010) Mat. Sci. Engineering R 70, 92.
[3] Dovesi R., Saunders V.R., Roetti C., et al. (2010) CRYSTAL-2009 User Manual: University of
Turin, Italy.

The 11
th
IN58 112
FIRST PRINCIPLE MODELING OF INTERACTIONS BETWEEN Y, O AND
VACANCIES IN FCC-FE LATTICE
A. GOPEJENKO
1
, YU.F. ZHUKOVSKII
1
, P.V. VLADIMIROV
2
,
E.A. KOTOMIN
1
, YU. MASTRIKOV
1
,
A. MSLANG
2

1
Institute of Solid State Physics, University of Latvia, Riga, Latvia
2
Karlsruhe Institut fr Technologie, Institut fr Angewandte Materialen, Karlsruhe, Germany
e-mail: agopejen@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
The understanding of the mechanism and kinetics of the yttria nanoparticle formation in the steel
matrix is required for the development of the oxide dispersed strengthened (ODS) steels for future fission
and fusion reactors. That is the reason to perform large-scale theoretical modelling of the yttria particles
formation.
[Keywords: VASP, Ab initio modeling, ODS steels, Fe lattice]

GENERAL
Reduced activation ferritic-martensitic steels (RAFM) strengthened by yttria precipitates are
promising structure materials for future fusion and fission reactors. Implementation of these materials
allows increasing the operation temperature of the reactors by ~100C. The understanding of the
mechanism and kinetics of the yttria nanoparticle formation in the steel matrix (Fig. 1) is required for the
development of the oxide dispersed strengthened (ODS) steels.
FIGURE 1. HRTEM MICROGRAPH OF Y
2
O
3
NANOPARTICLE EMBEDDED INTO FERRITE MATRIX.

To simulate the process of ODS nanoparticle formation, the two-stage procedure has been proposed.
During the first stage the large-scale first principle simulations of the interactions between impurity
defects in fcc-Fe matrix have been performed. This includes the interactions between different pair- and
triple-wise defects. More complicated configurations of defects have been simulated too, e.g., complexes
of impurity defects with lattice vacancies since the latter might play a major role in the ODS nanoparticle
formation.

The 11
th
IN58 113
Y Fe O

The first principles calculations have been performed using the VASP computer code [1] successfully
used earlier for O-, Y- and Fe vacancy-containing systems in the -Fe and Fe matrices. We have
employed the Density Functional Theory (DFT) approach, a plane-wave basis set with the Perdew-Burke-
Ernzerhof Generalized Gradient Approximation (PBE-GGA) non-local exchange-correlation functional.
The core electrons are described using the Ultra-Soft Pseudopotentials (USPP) combined with the
Projector-Augmented Wave (PAW) method applied. The pseudopotentials include the core electrons of
Fe (4s
1
3d
7
outer shell), O (2s
2
2p
4
) and Y (4s
2
4p
6
5s
1
4d
2
) atoms with 8, 6 and 11 external electrons,
respectively.
A series of preliminary calculations has been performed to define the computational parameters
necessary to reproduce the basic experimental data for Fe (lattice constant, bulk modulus and cohesive
energy per atom). This includes an analysis how the convergence of both the wave functions and the
parameters of structure depends on the supercell size, the cut-off energy and the k-point set in the
corresponding Brillouin zone. Based on the structure of -Fe, we have chosen the 444 structural unit
containing 64 atoms. The model of this supercell containing two Y atoms in substitute positions and
interstitial O atom as well as the charge redistribution caused by defects are shown in Fig. 2.
.

FIGURE 2. MODEL OF TWO Y ATOMS AT 1-NN POSITIONS AND O ATOM IN THE OCTAHEDRAL INTERSTITIAL POSITION AND THE
CORRESPONDING ELECTRON CHARGE DENSITY.

The test calculations for -Fe showed a good convergence with the cut-off energies of at least 800 eV.
For the k-point set in the Brillouin zone, at least 161616-mesh for UC and 999-mesh for SC are
necessary to obtain plausible results. The choice of the reference state for -Fe is complicated due to the
fact that paramagnetic -Fe is not stable at zero temperature, however, since the formation of Y
2
O
3

clusters occurs at temperatures ~1373 K, where -Fe is paramagnetic, the model describing the non-
magnetic fcc iron lattice could be applied in our calculations. The previous calculations have been
performed by us using maximum amount of computational resources available to us [2, 3]. Taking into
account these limitations, it would be rather problematic to improve the model by including spin-
polarization in the calculations with the aim to perform averaging over various spin orientations.
Moreover, such approach would probably give only a small correction to the non-magnetic calculations
implemented in this work.
O Y Fe

The 11
th
IN58 114
The results of these calculations are foreseen to be used for atomistic kinetic Monte Carlo simulations
of ytrria nanoparticle growth, which is a second stage of multi-scale modeling.

CONCLUSION
The results of our calculations prove that Fe-vacancies play a major role in binding between defects in
the fcc iron lattice. Performed calculations showed significant increase of the binding energy between
vacancies in the case of four vacancies as compared to the configurations with two or three vacancies.
The largest binding energies have been found for the configurations containing yttrium atom and several
vacancies. In the case of the configurations with two Y atoms and vacancy the increase of the binding
energies has been observed with the increase of the distance between yttrium atoms. When Y atoms are
positioned as 4-NN neighbors the attraction has been observed between them.

REFERENCES
[1]
Kresse G., Furthmller J. (2009) VASP the Guide, University of Vienna.
http://www.cms.mpi.univie.ac.at/vasp/
[2] Gopejenko A., Zhukovskii Yu.F., Vladimirov P.V., Kotomin E.A., Mslang A. (2010) Ab initio
simulation of yttrium oxide nanocluster formation on fcc Fe lattice. - J. Nucl. Mater., 406, 345350
[3] Gopejenko A., Zhukovskii Yu.F., Vladimirov P.V., Kotomin E.A. (2011) A. Mslang, Modeling of
yttrium, oxygen atoms and vacancies in -iron lattice. - J. Nucl. Mater., 416, 40-44

ECONOMICS
AND
MANAGEMENT

The 11
th
EM01 117
THE GOOD PRACTICE ON THE RECRUITMENT AND EMPLOYMENT OF
PEOPLE WITH DISABILITY IN LATVIA
M. IVITERE, Z. OBORENKO
Department of Economy and Management
1 Lomonosova Str., B6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: marga@isma.lv; zaigaob@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
The recruitment of people with disability in Latvia can be based on different practices, correlating
with varying institutional environments and entrepreneurships organizational cultures. The compendium
of description of the cases, used by two Latvian firms, to compile their practice on the recruitment and
employment on people with disability has been prepared by Information systems Management Institute in
Leonardo da Vinci project Personal learning Environment for the Efficient Recruitment of People with
Disability. Therefore the research of the cases of good practice on the recruitment and employment
people with disability in the companies in Latvia is the theoretical implication in order for to discusses
and develop a future interpretation and practical implications to general management of recruitment and
employment people with disability.
[Keywords: employer, employee, people with disability, recruitment, good practice, Latvia]

GENERAL
Latvia is one of those countries, in which the predominant approach is the mainstreaming model. In
regard to the anti-discrimination issues on recruitment and employment the protections of the equal rights
for every human being within the State, the Republic of Latvia still has not one single comprehensive law.
Anti-discrimination issues are still fragmented within different laws, for example the Labour Law, in
Latvia. According to the authors viewpoint, the legal framework, policies and strategies of the Republic
of Latvia are demonstrated in the figure 1.

FIGURE 1. THE LATVIAN LEGISLATION OVERVIEW

The Latvian approach involves prohibition not just special employment services to people with
disabilities but also employment-enhancing measures in all policy areas. At the same time some targeted
active labour market policies have been implemented through financial incentives for employers hiring
people with disabilities (e.g., subsidized working places) and through vocational rehabilitation programs.

The 11
th
EM01 118
Therefore the recruitment of people with disabilities can be based on different practices, correlating
with varying institutional environments and organizational cultures.
In the selected two examples on the recruitment of people with disabilities are the positive effects. The
first case in this paper is as a result of support services and financing - State Employment Agency of
Latvia, and constant training by the responsible persons. The second case is very important and mean full
for long-term. There recruitment process is regulated only by the employer after his honorary mind and
morality principles. In addition, there are no alternative ways of skills testing for people with disabilities.
In this case on the effective recruitment people with disabilities is correspond with to Germany, where the
main parameters for the recruitment of persons with disabilities are set by social partnerships,

CONCLUSION
If the legislation of the Latvian Republic restricted the implementation of a good practice of any
quotas for the requirement of disabled people and the positive impact of legal regulations in regard to
obligatory employment matters of disabled people, for all that are many good examples in Latvia and our
Projects partner countries. Nevertheless to allow for a comparability of good practices in different
national environments certain criteria were applied, initial and very limited, but able to give a good
impression of the type of recruitment approach that enterprises are willing to reach.
The authors consider that the good practice of the efficient recruitment of people with disabilities may
be only result as the interaction between employers/ employers organizations, creators of policy and
employees: people with disabilities (associations, organizations).

REFERENCES
[1] Labor Law as of 20.06.2001 of the Republic of Latvia
http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/UNTC/UNPAN018399.pdf
[2] LR MK noteikumi Nr. 309. Aktvo nodarbintbas paskumu organizana un finansanas krtba
un aktvo nodarbintbas paskumu realizcijas izvles principi
[3] The Ministry of Economics (Ekonomikas ministrija). Report on Progress in Implementation of the
National Lisbon Program of Latvia for 2005-2008, Riga, October 2007 http://sf.lm.gov.lv/
[4] The Ministry of Welfare of the Republic of Latvia (2008). Veselbas un Darbaspju Valsts
Komisijas 2007.gada publiskais prskats. (Public Report 2007 of The State Medical Examination
Commission of Health and Capacity for Work). LM, VDEAVK, Rga, 2008. http://vdeavk.gov.lv
[5] State Labour Inspectorate (Valsts Darba Inspekcija) Information on State policy in the field of
labour legal relations, labour protection and the technical supervision of dangerous equipment.
Frequency monthly. Language Latvian, limited information available in English www.vdi.gov.lv
[6] NVA noteikumi. Par invaldu bezdarbnieku darb iekrtoanu. State Employment Agency//
http://www.nva.lv
[7] Statistics Central Statistical Bureau of Latvia (Latvijas Statistikas Birojs) Regular updates on
statistics for Latvia, online statistical database. Frequency monthly. Language Latvian, English
Publishers: the Ministry of Economics www.csb gov.lv
[8] Zhivitere, M. (2010). Report on Good Practices on the Recruitment of PwD: Latvian version.
Personal learning Environment for the Efficient Recruitment of People with Disabilities. Project
promoter Associaci Balear dEsclerosi Mltiple, participant, coordinator in Latvia - ISMA
(M.ivitere). ES/08/LLP/LdV-TOI-149101.
Interviewees:
[9] Sushkins A. (2009). Service company SEOR Ltd. Manager: company Seor owner and general
manager, President of Businessmen Club of Cesis, Latvian Employers Confederation - member of
council, Cesis region Entrepreneurs Club President
[10] Turuta L. (2009). Trade, Supermarket DILANDIS T Ltd. Company Dilanis-T owner and
general manager

The 11
th
EM02 119
THE IMPROVEMENT OF MANAGING A CAREERS COMPETENCES
M. IVITERE
Lomonosova 1-6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: marga@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
The paper presents the results of a Leonardo da Vinci project aiming to optimize improvement of a
practice-oriented, interactive online tool that helps to any person managing their careers competences
themselves. In the strategic context it means that the careers competences should ideally support people
of all ages in their decisions about changes in their lives, above all regarding jobs, career, education and
participation in social life.
[Keywords: careers competence, counseling system, individual skills, labour market instrument,
Latvia]

GENERAL
Competence means the proven ability to use knowledge, skills and personal, social and/or
methodological abilities in work or study situations and in professional and personal development [4].
Latvia is one of those transition countries, in which the management of a careers counselling is still
infancy [1, 6]. The main elements of the career development Support System are the following:
Information, Career education, Career counselling. In the vision of the conception of the Latvia Career
development System is stated that there must be career counsellors in compulsory and vocational schools,
universities, State Employment agency, local communities and private advisory centre as well. The
strategies of the Republic of Latvia are demonstrated in the figure 1.

FIGURE 1. CAREER GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING SYSTEM

To develop competences, the main emphasis is on self-evaluation. The first step: self assessment and
personal development skills: understand them, be self-aware, have a flexible outlook and realistically high

The 11
th
EM02 120
expectations, develop key skills for planning and managing ones own career development and
employability. The second step career exploration: understanding, investigating the world of work in
close connection with further education and training options, know where and how to access appropriate
information, resources, assistance and guidance. The third step career management: make and
implement career plans; decide on and take steps in career development using appropriate techniques:
action planning, reviewing, recording achievements; manage transition. Selfassessment tools for
checking competences and skills and identifying deficits (available on www.mevoc.net)

CONCLUSION
The careers counseling tools will help to solve any person careers competences problems themselves
of all ages in their life.
Employment development is needed to develop career counseling as an effective labour market
instrument in the country. The combination of market dynamism, social cohesion and environmental
responsibility is a unique mix.
An improvement of required careers competences is very necessary especially in Latvia.

REFERENCES
[1] E-manual for education and vocational counseling (2009). In: The material is designed within the
frame of Leonardo da Vinci project E-manual for education and vocational counseling (Project :
LLP-LdV/TOI/2007/LV/004). Riga, ISMA, Printed by SIA Landmark
[2] Ministru kabinets. Koncepciju Karjeras attstbas atbalsta sistmas pilnveidoana". 2006.gada
29.mart
[3] Karjeras zias Nr.2/2012
[4] Draft Resolution of the Council and of the representatives of the Member States meeting within the
Council on Strengthening Policies, Systems and Practices in the field of Guidance thoughtout life in
Europe, May 2004, 9286/04. http://ec.europa.eu/education/policies/2010/doc/resolution2004 en.pdf
(2.09.2008).
[5] Joma A. (2006). Guidance and Counselling system in Latvia. Innovations/ Un published work
paper. In: Guidance Information Division, State Education Development Agency, NRCVG of Latvia.
[6] Nugent F.A., Jones K.D. (2008) An Introduction to the Profession of Counselling, 5, Place: Prentice
Hall.
[7] Global Career Development Facilitator. Available at The Center for Credentialing & Education
website: http://www.cce-global.org.

The 11
th
EM03 121
EMPLOYERS INVOLVEMENT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF PROFESSIONAL
HIGHER EDUCATION: LATVIAN EXPERIENCE AND CHALLENGES
A.STANKEVICS
Vice-rector for Administrative Affairs
Lomonosova street 1 k.6, Riga, LV - 1019, Latvia
e-mail: aivars.stankevics@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Nowadays national system of higher education should be considered as an indicator of a nation's
identity and sustainability, which significantly influences the development of the economy, culture and
social sector. Doubtless, higher education system is the integrating forge of traditional academic
knowledge and learning tradition, innovative and creative ideas and approaches, which at the same time is
an enhancing factor of the development of a person and future specialist. This is why receiving higher
education is often considered to be the gauge of professional career, allows a person to acquire a certain
status and/or social recognition being important social and cultural capital.
Nowadays, qualitative and effective development of modern higher education is with good reason
featured on the list of development priorities of almost every democratic state, including the Republic of
Latvia.
1

GENERAL
In the last 20 years, since the restoration of independence, Latvian educational system has changed
significantly. However, current globalisation economic processes as well as European economic crisis
processes create new demands and challenges for national education systems.
In some European Union states, especially in the new member states, a number of social problems are
observed: high level of unemployment in remote territories, insufficient employment of women and
elderly people, uneven development of territories and the lack of qualified specialists. This is due to the
migration of the working force to the economically developed countries of the EU, the insufficient
compliance of educational system with the demands of the labour market and limited competitiveness on
the global market.
One of the objectives of the EU strategy Europe 2020 is to not only increase the significance of
education but also to adapt it to the demands of the labour market. In time of economic turmoil and crisis
it is significant to prepare specialists in the shortest terms and at the lowest cost at the same time ensuring
sufficiently high quality of education.
2

CONCLUSION
Latvia is not rich in raw materials and energy resources, therefore the transition should be made from
the manufacturing of low value-added products to the science-based economy in order to ensure its
further development. That is why the development of Latvian higher education policy should focus on the
development of qualitative working force, which is the base of the development of Latvian economy. At
the same time this policy of higher education development shall identify and satisfy the demands of
employers to the maximum extent possible.
1
E.g. Latvijas Stratisks attstbas plns 2010. 2013. gadam // http://www.likumi.lv/doc.php?id=208079
2
Komisijas paziojums. Eiropa 2020: Stratija gudrai, ilgtspjgai un integrjoai izaugsmei. Brisele, (2010) //
http://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/1_LV_ACT_part1_v1.pdf

The 11
th
EM03 122
The employers are actively involved in the development of professional higher education in Latvia,
thus trying to the maximum extent to solve the problems of human resources availability and employment
in all the branches of the economy. In general, this creates conditions for the achievement of the aim of
the EU strategy "Europe 2020" to raise the importance of education and to correspond to the demands of
the labour market in Latvia.

REFERENCES
[1] Latvijas Stratisks attstbas plns 2010. 2013. gadam //
http://www.likumi.lv/doc.php?id=208079
[2] Komisijas paziojums. Eiropa 2020: Stratija gudrai, ilgtspjgai un integrjoai izaugsmei.
Brisele, (2010) // http://ec.europa.eu/eu2020/pdf/1_LV_ACT_part1_v1.pdf
[3] Valsts stratiskais ietvardokuments 2007.2013. gada periodam. - Latvijas Republikas Finanu
ministrija: Rga, (2007) // http://www.esfondi.lv/upload/04-
kohezijas_politikas_nakotne/VSID_2009.pdf
[4] Darba tirgus ptjums Profesionls un augstks izgltbas programmu atbilstba darba tirgus
prasbm. LU: Rga, (2007), XII + 232 lpp //
http://www.lm.gov.lv/upload/darba_tirgus/darba_tirgus/petijumi/profesionala_augstaka_izglitiba.pdf
[5] Ekspertze par darbinieku atbilstbu darba tirgum pc izgltbas valst. LBAS: Rga, (2011) //
http://www.lbas.lv/upload/stuff/201109/par_darbinieku_atbilstibu_darba_tirgum_pec_izglitibas_val
sti.pdf
[6] Kas ir Nacionl trspusj sadarbbas padome? Latvijas Vstnesis: (2011) //
http://www.lvportals.lv/skaidrojumi.php?id=241496
[7] Nacionl trspusj sadarbbas padome (2013) // http://www.mk.gov.lv/mp/vaditas-padomes/ntsp/
[8] Profesionls izgltbas un nodarbintbas trspusjs sadarbbas apakpadomes nolikums (2008) //
http://www.mk.gov.lv/mp/vaditas-padomes/ntsp/
[9] VIAA veido Latvijas nozaru kvalifikcijas sistmu (2013) //
http://www.viaa.gov.lv/lat/strukturfondi/12111/
[10] Nozaru un darba devju loma profesionls izgltbas attstb. VIAA: Rga, specilizlaidums
(2012) // http://www.viaa.gov.lv/files/free/62/12562/viaa_zinas_web_2.pdf
[11] Nozaru izpte profesionlajai izgltbai. Nozares izptes process un pirmie rezultti. Ernst &
Young: Rga, (2012) //
http://www.viaa.gov.lv/files/free/87/13387/prezentacija_konference_petijums_ey_19012012_preciz.
pdf
[12] Nozaru ekspertu padomes (NEP) (2013) //
http://www.viaa.gov.lv/lat/strukturfondi/12111/?tl_id=12561&tls_id=533
[13] NEP funkcijas un uzdevumi (2013) //
http://www.viaa.gov.lv/lat/strukturfondi/12111/?tl_id=12561&tls_id=533
[14] Augstskolu likums // http://www.likumi.lv/doc.php?id=37967

The 11
th
EM04 123
AN APPROACH TO PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF THE DATACENTER
PROJECT EFFECTIVENESS
L. BAYDALINA, V. GREKUL
National Research University Higher School of Economic,
Myasnitskaya, 20, Moscow, Russia, www.hse.ru
e-mail: grekoul@hse.ru, phone:+7 916 59 00 779

ABSTRACT
The article is devoted to the problem of early estimation of the expedience of investments in the
datacenter creation project. Our approach is based on the analysis of statistical data about datacenter build
up projects and main characteristics of the datacenter services market.
The datacenter creation is complicated and very expensive project. Thereby it is vitally important to
estimate the expedience of the project before it will be launched. The report represents main features of
the developed method of the preliminary assessment of the datacenter project effectiveness.
[Keywords: datacenter, CAPEX, investments, Revenues, benchmarking, Lifetime Operation Costs]

GENERAL
Datacenters is a relatively new business activity implying building large, complex and expensive
facilities. So the understanding of the terms of investment payback makes the methodology of measuring
of datacenter project economic efficiency highly important. Moreover, the methodology is highly
demanded in Russia where datacenter industry is relatively underdeveloped. The article focuses on the
choice of typical datacenter creation project parameters (investments and expected cash flows) allowing
to assess possible return (NPV, IRR) for investor.
This article assumes that datacenter efficiency is determined by its profitability. So the key issues of
measuring efficiency are calculating expected investments (1) and making cash flow forecasts for future
periods (2). Given the IT terminology, the profitability may be also roughly measured by comparing
Lifetime Operation Costs and expected Revenues.
1. Though each datacenter facility is an individual project, indicative capital expenditure (CAPEX)
may be calculated using benchmarking method:
Measuring of investments in our analysis was based on a set of inputs describing datacenter
size (space, number of racks, electric capacity), quality (expected Tier level) and other
parameters (cooling systems type, etc.). Having all the parameters above provided we can
assess total CAPEX using benchmarking results (CAPEX per square meter for selected
facility type, region and Tier level particularly, Tier III in Russia).
We have also constructed multiple regression models with response variables of two types:
total cost per sq meter and total cost per rack. These models show straight-line relationship
between response variables and the set of controlled variables including:
o datacenter total area,
o data of construction,
o TIER level,
o TIER certificate availability.
But inaccuracy of these models makes them useable only for rough estimation.
2. Another significant aspect of measuring datacenter profitability analyzed in the article is a
forecast of expected Revenues and Operational Costs:
Measuring of future Revenues includes a forecast of viable price for key datacenter
services: collocation, dedicated server, cloud services, etc.

The 11
th
EM04 124
o In developed markets with stable revenue structure all prices can be forecasted as
growing with inflation
o But as Russia is an emerging market the prices in our method over performed inflation
for 3-5 years for 2-5% as the market is unbalanced
Measuring of future Costs (include payment for electricity, payrolls, water, leasing costs,
repairs and maintenance, etc).
o On the high level costs structure and there share in Revenue was derived from financial
reports of Russian datacenter companies
o Electricity costs, Repairs and Services was forecasted using long term forecasts of
Ministry of Economic Development (MED)
o Other costs (including payrolls, conditioning facilities services, leasing and other) were
assumed as growing with MED all-Russian inflation index

The main results of our work are as follows:
1. Key parameters defining datacenter project payback are: construction costs, construction period,
Tier level and Revenue structure.
2. To check our model we estimated typical project: 1000 m2 datacenter in Moscow is expected to
be a profitable project with 5-7 years payback period and 15-20% IRR. The obtained result
correlates well with real situation.

The 11
th
EM05 125
MARKETING MANAGEMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN LATVIA
I. SPICA
1
, E. SPICS
2
, B. BERZINA
2

1)
ISMA University of Applied Sciences & Business Competence Center
Ludzas 91-1, LV-1003, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: inese.spica@gmail.com, phone: +371 29110889
2)
Business Competence Center
Ludzas 91-1, LV-1003, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: ernests.spics@gmail.com, phone: +371 29110220
e-mail: baiba.berzina@tvnet.lv, phone: +371 22160256

ABSTRACT
Marketing management is a perspective area in Latvia. The object of the research is marketing during
the period from command economy to market economy. The subject of the research is analysis of
marketing management opportunities in different markets of Latvia. The objective of the research is to
study marketing management opportunities in Latvia. The tasks advanced in order to reach the objective
are to identify the concept of marketing management, to carry out analysis of the business environment
factors influencing marketing management in Latvia, to carry out analysis of indicators characterizing
marketing management effectiveness in Latvia.
[Keywords: Marketing, management, business environment, market, effectiveness]

1. THEORETICAL ASPECTS OF MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Research basis of marketing management are marketing, business environment, management,
consumer, market, marketing strategies, customer satisfaction, marketing information systems, marketing
research, target markets, marketing metrics. The main characteristics of marketing management of the
Republic of Latvia.

2. ANALYSIS OF THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT FACTORS
Modern business environment is changing more rapidly than before. In this way success in marketing
management to a great extent depend on the fact how marketing managers understand the business
environment and how successful they can accommodate to changes in this environment. Besides one
should have a good understanding of the main characteristics of the business environment in Latvia.
Business environment is a set of objective and subjective facts defining and measuring the situation in
business during a certain period of time and the factors influencing it. Business environment conditionally
can be divided into two levels: microenvironment and macroenvironment.

3. MARKETING MANAGEMENT EFFECTIVENESS IN LATVIA
Marketing management takes place when at least one party to a potential exchange gives thought to
objectives and means of achieving desired responses from other parties. Marketing management is the
process of planning and executing the coception, pricing, promotion, and distribution of goods, services,
and ideas to create exchanges with target groups that satisfy customer and organizational objectives.
Marketing management is essentially demand management (1).

REFERENCES
[1] Kotler P. (1994) Marketing Management:analysis. planning, implementation, and control. 8th ed.
Prentice-Hall International, London, Ch. 1, 13-14.

The 11
th
EM06 126
THE ASSESSMENT OF STATE SUPERVISION OF TRADE ENTERPRISES
M.GRINPUKALE
Department of Management and Economics
1 Lomonosova str., k.6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: monika.grinpukale@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Competition is recognized to be the mechanism of market economy, ensuring efficiency and
development, which are the main conditions for welfare society. Under the influence of competition
prices decline, quality of goods and services improves, opportunities of consumer choice increase. The
role of state supervision system grows in conditions of global economic crisis. The integral part of state
supervision system is the creation of an enabling environment for the development of competition on the
market of goods and services. Namely, the state plays the leading role as the guarantor of competitive
relationships.
In Latvia, the same as in other European countries with the developed market economy, small and
medium enterprises constitute a significant part of economy and play an important role in the creation of
gross domestic product and in the ensuring of employment, as well as strengthen the competitiveness of
Latvian economy.
[Key words: competition, competitiveness, competitive relationships]

GENERAL
Ensuring the efficient supervision of trade is one of the topical issues of small and medium enterprises
development and consumer rights protection. About 10 institutions perform trade supervision in Latvia.
The research made in the field of trade supervision reveals certain inconsistency and voluntarism in
the activities of the supervising institutions, as well as discrepancy between the work being performed
and the requirements of the EU. The functions of some supervisory organizations duplicate. Preventive
measures are not provided by the legal regulations, which determine the powers of supervising
institutions. It was stated that some enterprises were discriminated by supervising institutions: rather often
trade enterprises were supervised several times a month; the violation of the procedure of imposition of
administrative fines also took place, which indicates on the vast opportunities of state institutions and
municipal agencies to influence entrepreneurship becoming the deterrent of enterprises development and
competitiveness.

CONCLUSION
Latvian economy, including the scope of trade, is in need of optimally balanced elements of state and
market regulatory mechanism. The necessity of the abovementioned is determined by the specific features
of Latvian economy: the significant share of monopolistic structures, low efficiency of small and medium
enterprises, and absence of an enabling environment for fair competition.

REFERENCES
[1] Administratvo prkpumu kodekss.
[2] Patrtju tiesbu aizsardzbas likums
[3] .. (2001) ., , 446c

The 11
th
EM07 127
LOGISTICAL PANEL FOR SECLUDED MARKETS
D. KLYUKIN
Department of Management and Marketing
e-mail: deniss.klukins@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
The performance of the countrys logistical system can be assessed by the use of the adequate
indicators. Currently the most widely spread is Logistics Performance Index by the World Bank, but this
indicator isnt flawless. LPI doesnt correlate with the most important macroeconomic indexes and is
vastly tied to bureaucratic procedures and their biased evaluation. While this approach is useful for the
larger economies it is doubtful that it is good for the countries with GDP lower than 50 billion USD.
Scalability of the factors applied to the smaller secluded markets is the main issue which should be
assessed when introducing universal performance indicator. In case of smaller economies such as Latvia,
Lithuania and Estonia factors which do not correlate with overall GDP or population usually show
imprecise results, and in case of LPI gather those countries on the similar rating positions. On the other
hand Finland is among the worlds leaders while having severe logistical flaws on Baltic Sea region
delivery market.
[Keywords: Logistics Performance Index (LPI), indicators, factor scalability, logistics, Baltic Sea
region]

GENERAL
The main goal of this study is the development of the relevant indicators for the continuous panel
research in the field of logistics applicable for smaller markets. Both qualitative and quantitative data
should be used. Another compulsory requirement is the strong emphasis on the local small and medium
enterprises in the researched field. The study should be performed on the yearly basis.

REFERENCES
[1] Arvis J.F., Mustra M.A., Ojala L., Shepherd B., Saslavsky D. (2012) Connecting to Compete 2012 -
Trade Logistics in the Global Economy. The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development/The World Bank

The 11
th
EM08 128
CONCEPT OF SERVICE CULTURE
I.KULISHA, D.SMIRNOV
Department of Marketing and Management
e-mail: irena.kulisa@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Service culture is a relatively independent part of culture, which represents the character of
relationships between the hospitality sector employees and the guests, representatives of the multicultural
society during the process of developing and adopting material and spiritual values.
[Keywords: service culture, hospitality sector, multicultural society]

GENERAL
Service culture is determined by the policy of the particular hospitality sector enterprise. In this
respect, service culture can be described as organizational culture which stands for servicing guests on the
bases of certain developed rules, procedures, practical skills and abilities: C.Michon, P.Stern (1985),
G.Morgan (1986), A.M.Pettigrew (1979), . (2002).
The concept of service culture implies both spiritual and material side of life of the society, as well as
socially typical and individual manifestations of human personality. It is a combination consisting of
technological servicing and hospitality within the process of dialogue between the guest and hospitality
manager (Meyer, 2006). The specificity of hospitality sector service culture in a multicultural society
involves the meeting of subjects of the servicing process with guests, representatives of different cultures,
face to face. Service culture in a multicultural society can be defined as an emotional interaction with
guests of different nations. It is based on the understanding of the needs and wishes of the guests (Meyer,
2006). In most cases provision of services and consumption is ensured by means of direct contact
between the servicing personnel and the guests. Due to this reason service culture of the hospitality sector
contains potential of the social, psychological and spiritual origin. Largely hospitality depends upon the
spiritual development if compared to servicing skills (Telfer, 1996). Success in servicing is largely
dependent on the relationships between the manager and the guest, formed during the process of
provision of services. Aim of service culture in the XXI
st
century is not only excellent servicing but also
understanding of guests, being able to provide service in the way they prefer, surprising the guests and
obtaining their confidence (Gitomer, 2004).

REFERENCES
[1] Gitomer J.H. (2004) Customer Satisfaction is Worthless Customer Loyalty is
Priceless= -, -. , 45.
[2] Meyer D. (2006) Setting the table: The transforming power of hospitality in business. New York :
Harper, 336
[3] Michon C., Stern, P. (1985) La Dynamisation sociale. Paris: Ed. dorganisation, 18.
[4] Morgan G. (1986) Images of Organization. Beverly Hills, CA.: Sage, 92.
[5] Pettigrew A.M. (1979) On studying organizational cultures. Administrative Science Quarterly, 24,
570-581.
[6] Telfer E. (1996) Food for Thought: philosophy and food. London: Routledge, 132
[7] . (2002) . , 24.

The 11
th
EM09 129
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF PERSONALITY
I.KULISHA
Information Systems Management Institute
Department of Marketing and Management
e-mail: irena.kulisa@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Professional development is a process in which an individual acquires the professional culture of the
society, integrates into the professional system by the help of acquiring professional values, traditions and
norms of professional conduct. Professional knowledge, skills and attitudes form the professional
potential of the personality. Transformation and change of types of implementation are observed during
the professional activity depending on the self-confidence development dynamics that promotes
personality development.
[Keywords: higher professional education, professional development, personality development]

GENERAL
Personality professional development is a result of active interaction of personality and the
professional environment. J.Povarenkov (, 2002) considers individual (subjective) and social
(objective) factor convergence to be a system forming factor of personality professional development.
Conflicts constantly arise between the requirements for activity and development level of education of
certain people, as well as the professionally oriented structures of the psyche within the process of
acquiring certain activity, when subjects are assigned new tasks, in professional situations and in
nonstandard circumstances. These conflicts are the major driving force of the professional activity
development of the subject. The subject, within certain activities, creative independent activity, can not
only be identified andexpressed, but also arise and develop: I.Jurgena (2002), .. (1981),
.. (2002), . (1997). Student as a prospective professional at higher education
institution develops within different environments (see, Fig. 1):

FIGURE 1. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF PERSONALITY IN HIGH SCHOOL SOURCE: AUTHORS ELABORATION

Professional development during studies, as in the education environment of the higher
education institution of a specialist, when the student cooperates with other subjects of the
professional education process (lecturers, larger or smaller groups of course mates);

The 11
th
EM09 130
Professional development during practice within the professional activity environment in
enterprises, when the student as the prospective specilist interacts with colleagues, guests;
Professional development within the social environment, in communication with other persons
as an extracurricular activity(course mates and students of the higher education institution);
Professional development within the cultural environment, in communication with
representatives of the multicultural society.

REFERENCES
[1] Jurgena I. (2002) Visprg pedagoija. 2.papild. izd. Rga: Izgltbas soi, 11.-65. lpp.
[2] .. (1997) . -- : , 75.
[3] .. (1981) .
, 1, 57-66.
[4] .. (2002)
. : - , 159
[5] .. (2002) . - : , 720.

The 11
th
EM10 131
CURRENT APPROACHES TO THE PROCESS OF MOTIVATION
V.RIASHCHENKO
Department of Management and Economics
e-mail: viktoriia.rjashchenko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Being aware of motivation basic concepts means that you know the total combinations of all reasons,
having psychological character can explain the persons behavior, his start and goal in the direction of his
activity, revealing the reasons of leaders optimal choice of identical tactic of his behavior in deciding
management tasks. This knowledge gives us clear understanding why one leader prefers moral stimuli in
his management and the other one promotes his stuff by rewarding, encouraging personnel to constructive
work.
The aim of this research is the development of motivational process inside the company with setting
up firm ground for creation the possibilities to inspire the subordinates and the management stuff as well
to take the effective actions under hard economic conditions.
[Keywords: motivational process, management, self-development, leader]

GENERAL
Economic crisis has stipulated the changes in monetary relations of both levels, macro and micro one
so the former methods of motivation are not so effective as they have been before.
Therefore, the priority should be given to searching perfect forms, approaches new technology of
management training, formation and managerial personnel development.
This factor, being neglected in former conditions, is becoming one of the best motivational impact for
creative, mental and physical activities. As for the leaders, they should involve their subordinates in
sharing ideas and goals of their plans.
Leaders needs dictate the character of managerial influence on the personnel.
The main features of this influence are
indicator of their success and authority,
understanding and feeling that you are a distinguished person in the society ,
feeling of significance,
ability of taking part in the discussions,
of the important problems and making decisions,
understanding and proving your iron significance,
self-conformation through reaching success,
possibility for your constant growth and self-development.

The need for self-development is one of the most important demand for the leaders. It is important to
understand that the leaders interests in managerial activity are the great motivational tools of realization
plans and goals.
Providing adaptable competences such as self-confidence, self-control, emotional authority and the
ability to hear the subordinates. The leaders confidence and the integrity of management give the model
that is being imitated by the command. Meeting this need can enrich the leaders work and be a starting
point of constructing system of motivation as well, exactly saying not only instructing the motivation.
In creating this model it is necessary to take into account the fact that unsatisfied requirements of the
managerial activity with the combination of high self estimation give a positive effect itd also enrich
work, forming the demand in the leader development. But this demand is being influenced by a number of
factors such as mutual interests of a company and an employee requirements of the surroundings.

The 11
th
EM10 132
The individual features of the personality determine the links of the leaders needs and his demands.
The leaders experience in management, his age and the way of satisfaction of his needs are also taken into
consideration.
The further direction of our research is building approach is a multilevel spiral of motivational
mechanism company. The parallel spirals are referred to the needs and motivating factors of owners the
management personnel and the general stuff.
The development of motivating needs will depend on reaching basic point after which there comes
further development transfer to the next bend of the spiral.

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
Greenberg J., Baron A.R. (2003) Behaviour in Organisations, Prentice Hall, 8, 188-215
Sekaran Uma (2002) Research Methods for Business, 4, 197-199.

The 11
th
EM11 133
BODY ART AND GESTATIONAL PAINTING AS A BUSINESS INNOVATION
A. LEVINA, V.CHLAIDZE
Business Administration student
e-mail: a.levina@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
Body art is a sub-category of performance art, in which artists use or abuse their own body to make
their particular statements.
In more recent times, the body has become a subject of much broader discussion and treatment than
can be reduced to body art in its common understanding. Body painting is a form of body art. Unlike
tattoo and other forms of body art, body painting is temporary, painted onto the human skin, and lasts for
only several hours.
[Keywords: body art, photo session, virtual values, gestational painting, baby bump painting]

GENERAL
Baby bump painting (or gestational art) is fast becoming a popular trend in the last trimester of
pregnancy. It is an amazing opportunity to capture this special time and have photos to look back on and
cherish.
Baby bump painting is an ideal gift for baby showers, and gives mum to be the chance to take some
time for herself and relax whilst being painted. Each picture is created with non-toxic paint that is
completely safe for pregnant women to use and lasts all day before it can be removed with baby wipes or
soapy water.

CONCLUSION
For today's society virtual values have become very important. Everyone has an account on social
networks. Majority, regardless from they sex, profession and age are registered on entertainment sites,
read various blogs. Virtual communication has become familiar and common place .A Marketing research
and a survey was performed in social networks. After data analysis, the conclusion was made that this
service will be a success to young and active people. Main clients of the service are women. But the most
popular niche is gestational painting (body-art for pregnant women). Practically all the surveyed people
were female gender, who is going to become a mother or who is planning to become in the non-nearest
future, with a great pleasure would use this service and they are comfortable with the price.

REFERENCES
[1] Article Sociology Silaeva V. 2004 Changeling reality as a social and cultural community of
virtualization, chapter 2.4 Virtual Leisure
[2] Nenashev A. The development of social virtual space on the Internet in 2008

The 11
th
EM12 134
IMPROVEMENT OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES EFFICIENCY OF TRANSPORT
AGENCY IRBE LNK BY CREATING A NEW TOURISM PRODUCT
V. VOLOSOVSKA, L. BABICH
e-mail: babica@inbox.lv, werabsp@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Financial analysis of business activities of the company IRBE LNK is performed in the paper. The
marketing research was conducted in order to find out consumers' needs. On the basis of the acquired data
of the marketing research, was developed a new tourism product which will allow to satisfy needs of a
certain part of consumers, attract new customers and, as a result, increase business activities of the
company [1].
[Keywords: financial analysis, marketing research, tourism product]

GENERAL
The current period is the time after the global financial and economic crisis which affected the tourist
industry as well. This is the time when consumers still continue to cut costs and change their preferences,
and during this period it is important to monitor changes and take appropriate measures to manage the
range of proposed goods and services.
Visa-free regime with Canada for Latvian citizens entered into effect on 31 October 2007, which
contributed to increased demand for tours to Canada. However, Latvian travel agencies do not satisfy the
consumers' demand for these tours.
The world is full of different opportunities, large and small [2]. Consequently, at present in the current
economic situation companies should determine and study consumers, find out their preferences and
wishes regarding proposed goods and services and make corrections of the current range of products
which may involve abandonment of a certain kind of product, product upgrade or creation of a new
product.
Therefore a company needs to get and analyse the information in order to improve product portfolio
policy in the company which corresponds to the aims and tasks of the company in the context of
postcrisis situation, helping to carry out efficient business activities, due to reduction of profits over the
last years which was caused by erosion of consumers' purchasing power, increase of expenses and
decrease of income.
The issue studied in the bachelor's paper is unsatisfied demand of a part of Latvian inhabitants.
Therefore, the aim of the paper is to create a tourism product which would allow increasing efficiency of
business activities of the company IRBE LNK by keeping loyal customers and attracting new ones by
satisfying their needs.

CONCLUSION
In the present, ever-changing conditions and in the current situation in tourism market the company
should constantly reconsider the range of offered goods and services, monitor the changes in consumers'
preferences, consequently, the company should constantly improve the product portfolio policy in order
to increase efficiency of its business activities, i.e. maximize profit.

The 11
th
EM12 135
Marketing studies proved that the need for creation of a new tourism product is determined by
unsatisfied consumers' needs. Therefore, preservation and development of a company is only possible by
means of constant adaptation to changes in consumers' preferences, i.e., by offering to consumers the
tourism product they want and can get nowadays.

REFERENCES
[1] ., .. (2013) : 200
. .: , 192
[2] . (2010) : 80 ,
. .: , 210

The 11
th
EM13 136
THE SMALL BUSINESS CONSULTING
N. V. BAKALO
Poltava National Technical Yurii Kondratyuk University
e-mail: bakalo1@yandex.ua

ABSTRACT
Current global trends in the functioning of small, medium and large businesses aimed at enhancing the
dynamism of the external environment, the acceleration of scientific and technological progress,
increased competition and more. To sum it up - a sharp increase in interest in the careful management of
costs, general intensification of life, which led to a substantial increase in demands for mobility
management.

GENERAL
Note that there are several types of consulting services. For example, the services rendered in the field
of general management, administration, financial management, marketing, human resource management,
and specialized services.
Let us consider the example of consulting services to small businesses. At the counseling process of
private business is affected by several factors. For example, the sources from which financed by the
company, if the manager is working closely with the staff of the enterprise, there is the geographical
limitations of the company.
Invited consultant usually faced with such problems:
new employees offered a low salary, but the level of employment is not guaranteed;
manager of a small business used to solve their problems;
manager often limited in many activities, as the company is protected from bad economic risks;
in the process of major changes, the manager can be engaged the current problems and affairs;
limited in its formation, the manager may not always correctly understand laws, regulations and other
documents for the benefit of the company.
For example, the head of a small business cannot solve the issue of information security. In this issue
the better is to invite a consultant who advises companies where you can buy the best antivirus for
reliable protection of databases.
Therefore, to advise small business needs a specialist who owns different approaches to
entrepreneurship, to ensure synergy management tasks. The consultant will be able to see the situation in
which the company and its purpose should be the desire to find practical solutions to any problems.
Choosing ways of consulting for small businesses is extremely diverse.
Note that consulting for small business counseling differs from large enterprises. Large companies use
consultants for the organization of management accounting for business process automation. Small
company a high level of formalization may just destroy it. Most often require assistance from consultants
in the development of proper vision.
Therefore, consulting for small businesses helps to confidently and successfully create your own
business and not only survive, but also to actively develop in a dynamic and challenging environment.

The 11
th
EM14 137
COMMUNICATION IN THE MUSEUM: PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
J.A. BARYBINA
Higher education institution Poltava University of Economics and Trade
barybinaya@ukr.net

In the formation of the tourism product additional services occupy a special place in addition to basic
services (accommodation, food and transportation). Accordingly, the cultural institutions, in particular
museums, are an important element in the structure of the tourist product. Given the decline in demand
for travel services in museums, the question arises what is the future of museums without visitors?
Expanding the activities in an extremely competitive environment, being part of the entertainment
industry, whether museums survive if the public considers them boring, confusing and inconsistent with
their lives? Can museums develop and become viable if people do not take them to account properly and
do not visit them, and therefore are not involved in their activities?
Competitive and actual museum - is first of all effective management, the result of all those who
selflessly worked in it: from the director, who directs and make important decisions, to an employee who
sells tickets and first greets visitors. Accordingly, in the current circumstances it is necessary to create
favorable conditions for the transformation of museums in the post-Soviet transition model museum and
educational institution on a dynamic model of the modern Western model.
Danae model should allow expansion of the public art space communications and the ability to
develop and implement an innovative experimental platform to promote a life of innovation, partnership
projects. Besides it is necessary to strengthen the role and importance of museums in the formation and
development of tourist infrastructure, it is necessary for the museum to become interesting, dynamic,
sustainable, innovative and necessary condition - focused on the visitor.
Problem of museums is outdated by the philosophy of their employees, it severely limits their
development. Therefore, the relevance for today - is on training and retraining of the museum staff and
professional development. Since knowledge is necessary in the ownership of communications tools to
create a robust, effective and realistic strategies that can be adapted to the needs of any organization,
enabling museums to offer better services and, thus, to fulfill its mission and to build a more stable,
sustainable future.
Cultural participation plays an important role: motivations and needs, cultural communication,
physical and intellectual accessibility, social media, research, and other visitors. The project
ProMuseum is designed for two years (2013-2014) and is carried out with the financial support
UTSRMD Open Society Institute (USA), MF Revival and ICF Ukraine 3000. The main mission of
the project ProMuseum - museum staff training, development and support professional museum
network in Ukraine. The project provides for the implementation of the educational program (lectures and
seminars), a small grants program to create museum projects, publishing, market research for the
development of museums and the legal and regulatory framework and its lobbying in the government, as
well as the development of the resource center as a base for the development strong and influential
network of museum professionals.
Thus, higher educational institutions, which are studying students in the areas of training such as
Tourism must adapt the curriculum according to the above mentioned problems and ways to solve
them.

The 11
th
EM15 138
THE PROCESS OF DIAGNOSTICS OF CRISIS AS BASIS OF COMPANY
RECOVERY AND DEVELOPMENT
R. BILOVOL
Poltava National Technical Yurii Kondratuyk University
Management and Administration Chair
Pershotravneviy ave., 24,Poltava,Ukraine
-mail: bilovolri@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
The article identified the successive stages of the crisis in the diagnostics of business, which provide a
comprehensive study of the situation of bankruptcy and enable the management of the company to ensure
its subsequent development.
[Keywords: crisis, bankruptcy, diagnosis, stages of diagnosis, recovery from the crisis]

GENERAL
Market conditions are forcing farming of domestic enterprises, most of which are in a state of crisis, to
diagnose the internal potential of the company in order to prevent bankruptcy and removal company out
of crisis. Diagnosis of the crisis of the enterprise is a complex economic research that has a sequence of
research procedures and includes the following steps:
Stage 1. Creation of a database of research. Servicing the crisis needs to use a certain set of
information, internal and external to the results and prospects of the economic activities of the enterprise,
its financial and property status. [1]
Stage 2. Diagnosis of the Economic Crisis and the threat of bankruptcy. Determination of the depth of
the crisis condition of the company is carried out in the order described below: identifying the signs of
crisis and rapid diagnosis of the threat of bankruptcy, the fundamental (in-depth) analysis of the crisis and
the threat of bankruptcy, the definition of the basic reasons for the deepening of the crisis and the state of
the enterprise.
Stage 3. Predicting the consequences of a situation of bankruptcy. The tasks of the diagnostic phase of
the study is to assess the reliability and the possible consequences of the deepening crisis in the last phase
(economic insolvency), which generates the threat of bankruptcy at the initiative of its creditors.
Stage 4. Research and evaluation capacity of the survival of the enterprise. Assessment of the
resumption of normal functioning of the economic and financial activities of the enterprise and ensure its
subsequent successful development is one of the most challenging and creative (creator) diagnostic tasks
crisis.
Stage 5. The generalization of the results of diagnosing the crisis of the enterprise.
Servicing completed the formation of the overall findings (the report), summarizing the results of the
work [2].Thus, the process of diagnosis of the crisis of the enterprise development provides an
opportunity to clearly structure the research process, to provide a complete enterprise management
information for the development and validation of the program of anti-crisis measures required.

REFERENCES
[1] : / . .. . .: - (2000), 432
[2] . . (2007) []: / . .
i. . : . . .- . -, 824

The 11
th
EM16 139
APPLICATION OF LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT IN UKRAINE BY BREWING
COMPANIES VIGOROUS COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT
L. BOLDYREVA
e-mail: Boldyrewaljuda@rambler.ru, phone: +380502175118

ABSTRACT
The primary purpose of logistic management in brewing companies in Ukraine in a highly
competitive environment is to improve their overall performance and development. The main problems
are that hinder the development of sales activity of breweries in Ukraine.
[Keywords: logistics management, breweries, distribution, price, quality, Ukrainian market, the
industrial potential]

GENERAL
Today Ukrainian breweries use the most effective strategies iinovatsy, such as new techniques for
governance, human resource development, introduction of new varieties of beer or a new quality of
products (over a period of conservation, so-called "living beer" or methods of application).
Logistics management is the main criterion for breweries in Ukraine, as characterizes the state of the
brewing industry manufacturers, support systemic stability of the company in the market in today's
conditions, smooths out the contradiction between marketing, production, finance and optimize cross-
functional in-house solutions.
Between Ukrainian and foreign producers of beer competition takes place in two main areas: price and
quality. The increase in average retail prices for beer, in general, is proportional to the increase in
producer prices and revenues breweries. Due to increased production revenue increased Ukrainian beer
producers.
Application of the principles of logistics in production management allows you to directly implement
quality management principles such as the mutually beneficial relationships with suppliers, process
approach, system approach and focus on the customer. The quality of production the Ukrainian integral
indicator of the level of industrial potential of Ukraine, modern technology, maintaining the image of
Ukraine as an exporter and an influential player in international trade and economic relations. A positive
note is that the segmentation of the market by packaging does not undergo significant changes.
The main problems that hinder the development of sales activities breweries in Ukraine:
1. The high level of competition. In Ukraine, more than 50 breweries are four companies that make
the weather in the Ukrainian market: two multinational (San Interbrew and Baltic Beverages
Holding) and two domestic - "Obolon" and "Sarmatian" (sold in 2009, multinational Submiller).
The bulk of beer supplied to the Ukrainian consumer market, releasing "Obolon" (Kiev),
"Rogan" (Kharkov), "Slavutich" (Zaporozhye), "Desna" (Chernigov), Donetsk brewery and IN
"Yantar" (Nikolaev). This is the so-called "big manufacturers", they produced 85.6% of the
volume of Ukrainian beer. Part of the mid-sized manufacturers of 7.75%, small (with a capacity
of less than 500 thous / year) 6.65% breweries.
2. Krizys raw materials: malt shortage, lack of high-quality malting barley, hops extract and
granulated due to cessation of domestic breeding stations, as culture became unprofitable, and
the area under it declined. As a result, most of the hops imported from Germany to Ukraine, the
Czech Republic, Slovakia, lack of sources of water long brewing in some regions of the country.

The 11
th
EM16 140
3. Seasonality of the industry, that is, the volume of sales of beer reach high levels in the summer,
and all profits made during that time to properly allocate the whole year. Sometimes this will not
be enough, and businesses are forced to take out loans;
4. Heightening aktsyzov beer affect the retail price. Increase of excise duties, outpacing the rate of
inflation - the very real prospect, as the government of Ukraine is looking for sources of revenue
for the budget.
5. Hanging prices ATL - advertising, regrouping of forces in the advertising market.
6. Consolidation of small brewers, the development of the local private brewing.
7. Restricting the use of beer with commercials.

Thus, even for an indefinite amount of time left on import Ukrainian brewing, and annually leading
companies will offer to set quotas for preferential import hops.The key areas for improving the work of
Ukrainian breweries.
-The construction of the country's more than one company, which would deal with the complex
processing of hops, making the pellets and extract. By investing money in the granulator, each of the
leading companies could permanently solve all the problems with raw materials and gain an edge over the
competition;
- Construction of new Solodilov (group San Interbrew is actively working on the problem of
shortage of malt with the building of a new malting capacity);
- Incessant development of a unique assortment of beer product through its differentiation, namely,
production of malt, kvass or exclusive and registered brands of beer for retail chains to establish sales
throughout the year Ukrainian producers;
- The continuation of the implementation of the program of growing hops imported seeds. On this
program funds are allocated the largest breweries;
- The application of the system of organization and management of product development, production,
relationships with suppliers and customers when products are manufactured in strict accordance with the
needs of consumers and lower losses compared to the mass production of large batches, called Lean
(Lean). Lean manufacturing - is a breakthrough approach and quality management, which ensures long-
term competitiveness without significant capital investment.- Strengthening of the brewers on the basis of
an aggressive marketing policy through the introduction to the market of the original beers - unfiltered,
ice, soft drinks, fruit (even a group of scientists decided to create a new kind of beer containing
component of red wine, resveratrol, which reduces the risk of cancer and heart vascular diseases);
- The production of malting barley Ukrainian agrarians is secure and stable market for grain, high
profitability of grain production (subject to the requirements of technology) and the possibility of
obtaining a "first (fast) money" for grown barley; Thus, in the presence of opportunities and resources
Ukrainian breweries proposed strategy of "market development" and "aggressive breakthrough." At lower
resource for businesses suitable strategy will be the "personalization buyer" when businesses cater to
specific customer and perform imen6no his order.

The 11
th
EM17 141
MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS EDUCATION UNDER MARKET CONDITIONS
I. BORTNIK
Management and Administration Department
Pershotravneviy avenue, 24, Poltava, Ukraine
e-mail:iriska7@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
The need to update skills and qualification is very important especially under market conditions.
Traditionally, providers of these services are training institutes, which provides training, retraining and
skills development for management of public enterprises and institutions. Institute for Advanced
qualifications fully satisfy the need to train managers and government officials for ministries and
enterprises.
Traditionally, the concept of "business education" is understood as the program of further education,
which is the top MBA programs. Classical understanding of MBA means a specialized postgraduate
training managers of the highest qualifications in the field of business. Qualification of MBA provides the
ability to perform the job of manager of middle and senior managers.
To get an MBA are trying those whose aim is to learn how to manage personnel effectively.
[Keywords: business education, management, program, services]

GENERAL
Every year more than 200,000 students are enrolled to MBA programs in the world. Turnover of
business education market is about 200 billion dollars .Having an MBA degree provides a number of
advantages and opportunities:
Practical knowledge in different business areas: marketing, finance, entrepreneurship
management;
Valuable business contacts and partnerships;
Radical change of profession;
Profitable investment in personal development;
Expand their limits and a global vision of business;
The ability to make an international career and manage one of the giant corporations, etc.

Single and generally organizing MBA programs do not exist. There is no single standard of MBA.
However, you can isolate the most common forms of programs:
Full time MBA - traditional programs in the format of "full-time" learning, develop-calculated
on training "with a margin of production";
Part time MBA - Eye programs that provide for the combined study and work.

Distance MBA - programs that include the usage of remote teaching methods for greater flexibility of
the educational process; Executive MBA (EMBA) - programs focused on senior link. These programs are
substantially based on the presence of significant management and first experience;- Mini MBA - short-
term training programs most pressing issues-tai organization and business management.
Implementation of business applications includes work with conscious and motivated target audience.
Worldwide training of audience is based on dialogue. The teachers and business coaches of MBA
programmes should use reactive and effective training, simulation unusual situations, brainstorm, give
students opportunities to identify and realize its potential situations.

REFERENCE
[1] .. (2004) / .. //
. . . . 3, 5764.
[2] , (2006) MBA "" = The Complete MBA For Dummies.
.: , 352.

The 11
th
EM18 142
BACKGROUND OF STATE CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN THE TOURISM
BUSINESS CONCEPT
I.V. CHERNYSH
e-mail: irinachernysh@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
In the thesis the concept and characteristics and fundamental principles of state anti-crisis policy in the
tourism business are determined by the current pressing problems. The author summarizes and proved the
concept of anti-crisis policy in the tourism business and provides the main measures for its improvement.
Tourism industry is experiencing relatively rapid development, as evidenced by the fact that since the
1950s, the twentieth century, he is noted as one of the most influential economic activities. However,
global changes in the environment of a given business a significant influence on him as a positive and a
negative sense. That is why it is necessary to determine the factors that have an above trend and carry out
development programs of this kind of economic activity at the level of the individual entity, and on the
national level, including public crisis management in tourism business. Overall, significant importance is
the determination and justification of the concept of anti-crisis policy in the tourism business in particular
from the state. Providing of economic security involves the creation of a national innovation system,
innovation policy tools development, maintaining business innovation and commercialization of their
activities.
[Keywords: anti-crisis policy, government anti-crisis policy, government regulation, tourism, tourism
infrastructure, tourism potential]

GENERAL
The global financial and economic crisis has highlighted fairly important issue of supporting the
competitiveness of Ukrainian tourism product both foreign and domestically. It should be noted that in
this situation, striking factor is that in 2005 was eliminated separate state authority in this type of
business. Today, almost all professional associations actively lobby for the idea of playing a central
authority in the field of tourism and resorts and major expansion of its powers and scope, justifying
inherence success in tourism each organization that operates in the sector of forming an integrated
tourism offer country, especially under the crisis.
Giving this definition of complex concepts as state crisis management in the tourism business
primarily necessary to analyze each of its components. Thus, under the governance generally understand
the system of executive activity, the main direction of activity is performing, the introduction of
legislative and regulatory framework of the peculiarity that one of the essential features of the
government is his subordinate, secondary character in comparison with legislative activity. Crisis
management also includes a set of methods used in different functional subsystems management. Social
technologies, methods of economic analysis, forecasting, development of complex investment projects
and crisis programs, plans restructuring and reorganization, used in combination for early warning and
crisis resolution. Thus, the government crisis management in the tourism business is defined as executive
and administrative activities of government agencies in support of tourism as one of the priority sectors of
the economy, creating conditions for its development and increase the international prestige of the state
using combination of knowledge and practical experience of the analysis, aimed at optimizing
mechanisms regulating systems, detection of hidden resources development potential of a difficult stage

The 11
th
EM18 143
of development. Specificity of anti-crisis government tourism business is the need of complex decision-
making under conditions of limited financial resources, the high degree of uncertainty and risk.
During implementation of public crisis management requires a definition of crises, including some of
the economic, social, organizational, psychological, demographic and environmental, are distributed so
that the structure of relations in the socio-economic system, with the issues of development. It should be
noted that different types of crises can be represented as a string, which break one link, i.e. the appearance
of a factor of one type of crisis gives rise to factors other types. Economic crises reflect the sharp
contradictions in the economy in general and in particular in the tourism business and act as a crisis of
overproduction, falling sales, the contradictions in the relations between economic agents in the market,
payments crisis, loss of competitive advantage and ruin some businesses.

REFERENCE

[1] .., .. (2006)
: . : -, 93
[2] .., .., .. (2008) . . -
[3] .. (2005) : / ...
.: , 319
[4] .. (2007) : . . .: ,
288

The 11
th
EM19 144
CONCEPT OF GREEN GROWTH ECONOMY:
THE NEW ROADMAP FOR UKRAINE
O.S. CHMYR, Y.V. KHOMENKO
Scientific and Research Institute of Economics
at the Ministry of Economic Development and Trade of Ukraine, office 518,
28, boulevard Druzhby Narodov,
Kiev, 01103, Ukraine
E-mail: elena_NDEI@ukr.net, yana_homenko@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
A new concept of green growth economy now turns to be the Roadmap for further development of
Ukraine. Among other countries Europe is far ahead in Green growth fostering policy, so its experience
and best practices might be a good solution for Ukraine to identify how to move efficiently toward
greener growth.
[Keywords: Green growth; Greening growth Policy]

GENERAL
Strategic directions of world economy development, defined in the frame of European Strategy for
smart, sustainable and inclusive growth, OECD Declaration on Green Growth, Environmental Action
Programme for Central and Eastern Europe, show that the world society has now a strong concern about
what we do and how we do. A new concept of green growth economy, based on knowledge and
innovation, more resource efficient and less energy consuming production lines, advanced environmental
and climate-related technologies, social progress, now turns to be the Roadmap for further humanity
development. Among other countries Europe has a strong clear vision of its social market economy for
the 21
st
century and is far ahead in Green growth fostering policy. From this point of view proper
investigation of European experience and best practices related to sustainable development might be a
good solution for Ukraine to identify how to move efficiently toward greener growth.
The Government of Ukraine has already undertaken several steps towards greening growth policy
formation. Some strategically oriented key documents have been adopted recently, where the main
directions of environment protection, industrial energy intensity, innovation implementation, companies
environmental performance and eco-responsibility were defined. Ukraine fully supports the idea of world-
wide transition towards a green economy raised in "Rio+20". At the same time, investigation of the legal
base currently in force in Ukraine proves its insufficiency regarding successful implementation of Green
growth policy.
Considering the above-mentioned we can notice that the Ukrainian government is faced with the
problem of working out an appropriate Green growth fostering policy. Understanding the importance of
the issue the Scientific and Research Institute of Economics at the Ministry of Economic Development
and Trade of Ukraine came up with the initiative to develop the concept of this policy. The article looks
in depth at the strategic goals of government policy of greening growth in Ukraine, determines the
perspective mechanisms of its implementation and offers the new approach to policy results estimation.
EM20 145
INTERRELATION OF ELEMENTARY CYCLE OF EXPANSION AND
MANAGEMENT OF MARKETING ACTIVITY OF THE ENTERPRISE
N.. DROBITKO
e-mail: drobnt@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
In Ukraine, a system and a change in management practices associated with continuous scientific
search for the optimal solutions of complex economic, social and political issues, with a radical upgrade
of all levels of management, the style of management body of the country. The aim is to study the process
of marketing at the company. The task of marketing management is the impact on the level, the timing
and nature of demand in such a way as to help the organization achieve the goals due to improvements in
production, product improvement, intensification of commercial efforts, improve the social and ethical
marketing. Asked to create a system of marketing management company in the form of an extended and
elemental cycles, which provides for the comprehensive implementation of the resolution, which converts
the control and information management functions. As an extended cycle is considered the level of heads
of functional departments and divisions, elementary cycle is always the operative with respect to
advanced.
[Keywords: marketing activities, management system, management solutions, levels of management,
strategy, tactics, management techniques, elementary cycle, extended cycle management organization,
functional managers, enterprise, management, competition, information system]

GENERAL
In the operation of the enterprise market conditions are becoming increasingly important management
issues, as overdue objective necessity of natural factors in the development and creation of a management
tool. The transition from a command to the organizational and economic methods of management
requires managers at all levels not only perform its functions as an activity to lead people and achieve
their goals, using labor, intelligence and motives of others. In this regard, the mastery of the basics of
business management of organization is particular relevance.
The theoretical basis of the study was the work of such contemporary scholars as Vihansky OS,
Naumov A., Gajewski BA, Dmitrienko, GA, Doroshenko, EA, Kolpany VM, Nelson B., Palekh YI,
Kudin VA, Sladkevich VP, Cherniavskyi AD and others.
Analysis of the theoretical heritage experts suggests that the company should form a system of
marketing activities, which is the key to creating the revitalization of the collection of external and
internal analysis of the existing data [1]. Collect marketing information from books, trade publications,
conducting interviews with clients, intermediaries and other persons who are not permanent employees of
the firm, as well as exchange data with other executives and employees of the firm, you can borrow a leaf
from international companies.
The system of marketing management of the enterprise should be a multi-level hierarchy and [2]. She
has such features as a consistent vertical positioning subsystem, the priority of the right of action or
intervention subsystem of the upper level, the dependence of the top-level subsystems, the actual
performance of its functions by low levels. At each level of marketing management system should consist
of elementary and advanced cycles (Fig. 1).

EM20 146

FIGURE 1. RELATIONSHIP OF ELEMENTAL AND ENHANCED MANAGEMENT CYCLES

Elementary cycle is always the operative with respect to advanced, regardless of hierarchy in the
management structure. If the advanced management cycle corresponds to the level of top management,
the basic respect for him is the level of heads of functional departments and business units.
If the extended-cycle are considered heads of functional departments and units, the elementary cycle
in relation to it is the level of personnel departments, teams and cycles.
This system of marketing management will enable the company to gain a competitive advantage,
reduce financial risk and danger, to determine consumer attitudes to themselves, to analyze the external
environment, improve strategies, increase confidence in the markets, gain support in the decisions and
assess their work. [3]
Effective functioning of the marketing information system in the enterprise is an important factor for
success in the market, because the analysis of the organizational and functional maintenance of marketing
activities will be devoted to further research the author.

REFERENCES
[1] .., .., .. (2009) :
. . . . . . .: , 654
[2] .., .. (2005) : , , , :
. .: - , 416
[3] .. (2011) : . . .: , 112
ENTERPRISE
Department 1 Department 2 Department 3
Advanced cycle
elementary cycle
II. Advanced cycle
elementary cycle
Division 1 Division 2
Worker 1
Worker 2
Worker n

Advanced cycle
elementary cycle

The 11
th
EM21 147
FORMING OF EVALUATION
OF TOURIST INFORMATION POTENTIAL SYSTEM
D. DYACHKOV
e-mail: dmiraf@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
In today's world, the tourism industry is one of the most profitable and fastest growing industries. An
important factor in the development of tourism is the availability of tourist information capacity, good
governance, which is one of the main conditions for the formation and implementation of the tourism
product. The need for touristic information resources is critical and there is necessity of conductivity in
the scientific and methodological development of better methods to evaluate these resources.
[Key words: tourism resource, system of evaluation, information potential, the potential of touristic
information, informational technology, tourism product]

GENERAL
After reviewing approaches to the definition of "tourist information potential", we can say that it is a
multi-level information system, which involves the effective usage of time developing and implementing
scientific and methodological building algorithm and evaluation of the system themes.
For the effective usage of the information potential, the following conditions are important: the
presence of the structure of tourism management, technical equipment of the tourism industry and
management resources, from which can be carried out the transfer of information flows, availability of
information packages for record of professional travel products.
As an estimation of the information capacity of tourism resources of the proposed allocation of the six
groups of quantitative and qualitative indicators: technical conditions for the transfer of information, the
level of information technology, the level of staffing (specialists of engineering for transmission, experts
on oral transmission of information to meet the cognitive needs of tourists) , the number of information
packets and occupancy of tourist products, the number of used channels for disseminating information
about the tourist center, the quantity and quality of statistical and market research [1].
On the basis of the formation of the tourist information potential assessment should be based on the
principles of a system approach, openness and flexibility, taking into account regional differences and the
typology of the characteristics of the information and tourism development according to the international
standards and to provide opportunities for international, inter-regional and inter-organizational
comparisons of the level of development of information society.
Thus, the informational aspect of tourism can be expressed in an effective and qualitative information
support of tourism activity, which is characterized by deliberate and systematic development of
information resources and the provision of services in support of access to it, bringing the information to
the correct user. The proposed framework for assessing tourist information resources can be the basis for
further modeling of strategic management tourist information building.

REFERENCE
[1] .. (2010)
// 2 [ ],
http://cyberleninka.ru/article.
[2] .., .., .. (2008) -
: / .. , .. , .. //
. .: . 6, 56-62.

The 11
th
EM22 148
PROBLEMS OF ECONOMIC SECURITY UNIVERSITY
E. FILONYCH
Finance and Banking Department
e-mail: Lenycia@meta.ua

ABSTRACT
Investigated the main elements of the economic security of the university. The composition of
economic security. Formed factors influencing the economic security.
The problems of economic security Universities.
[Key words: economic security, economic security composition, university]

GENERAL
Ensuring economic security, protecting the sovereignty and territorial integrity are the most important
state functions, determined by the Constitution of Ukraine. In addition, the economic security protected is
warranty of the independence, stability and efficient conditions of society.
Most actual today is to identify important problems of economic security including the importance of
higher education in the present and the importance of economic security universities, covering a plane
managerial, financial, economic, legal relationship between the parties and the interests of educational
services.
Given the terms of academics, economic security subspecies universities include are:
Energy security;
Financial security;
Investment and innovative security;
Socio-economic security.

Three main elements of the universities economic security:
university development on the education market;
economic independence of universities which will provide an adequate level of logistics
institution, financial stability and further development, both at state and international level;
continued development of universities that provide the expansion areas of training specialists
with higher education,working closelywith universities,partners andexperiences exchange.

Factors influencing the formation of economic security are:
Positive and negative;
Internal and external;
Regional, national and international;
Financial, legal, social, resource.

Every manager universities, creating economic security of the institution, must take into account the
internal components of economic security, enabling to preserve the stability of internal threats and to
provide stable and dynamic development of the university:
Personnel policy institutions;
Financial and staffing discipline;
Educational discipline;
Corporate governance;

The 11
th
EM22 149
Information security and logistical base;
Internal audit of financial and economic activity;
System of the international cooperation universities.

University has a number of problematic issues that prevent the formation and ensure a sufficient level
of economic security:
Inconsistency in legislation;
Limited budget financing;
Unavailable single step by step detail the formation of economic security for universities,
methods of calculation and identify relationships between universities and educational activities
to create conditions to ensure its economic activity.

REFERENCE
[1] .., .. (2009) / .. , ..
. .: , 272
[2] .., .. (2009) / .. , ..
// . . 19.11. 287
[3] .. (2009)
/.. // , 1 (46). 301.

The 11
th
EM23 150
CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING, AS A METHOD OF INCREASING THE
INVESTMENT - INNOVATION POTENTIAL OF DOMESTIC ENTERPRISES
A. GLEBOVA
Poltava University of Economics and
Trade Department of Business Administration and Foreign Economic Activity
Str. Koval 3, Poltava, Ukraine
e-mail: al_la.com @ mail.ru

ABSTRACT
In a market economy, the important role is played by processes of corporatization and restructuring
which allow to provide them not only competitive position, but also to adapt to the new economic
conditions. Also improve their investment - innovative appeal.
[Keywords: restructuring, corporate restructuring, innovation and investment potential]

GENERAL
As the practice of farming shows joint-stock form of business organization in the context of high
variability of the environment and competition has opportunities to implement innovative - investment
activities. It is the foundation of modern multinationals that are shining examples of the role and
importance of innovation - investing activities, which makes it possible to compete not only
internationally, but also the global market. In Ukraine, as of today, there is the opposite situation.
Exploring the practice of corporate governance, we have determined that, for many corporations
characterized by a negative attitude of the management to attract investment by issuing shares on the
stock market and the reluctance to share control over financial flows of joint-stock company.
Unfortunately, this situation is characteristic for the societies that relate to public joint stock
companies. Therefore, we propose to increase the investment attractiveness of Ukrainian joint-stock
companies use to achieve global governance practices. Particular attention should be paid, in our opinion,
the process of corporate restructuring. In international practice, the process of farming became
widespread in the XX century. and showed their worth and importance to the management of public
companies and associations to build their system of competitive advantage [1, s.496]. Given that the level
of competition is growing, scientific - technical progress developing rapidly, consumer tastes are
constantly changing, growing demands on both the quality of the product and the production process
there is the need for innovation, which allows for the most efficient and sustainable use of all available
resources and maximizing profits. At the same time, innovation requires significant investments, namely
investments. Therefore, innovation - investing activities in competition has become an important focus of
the business entities that seek to work at both the national and international market.
One of the ways of investment - innovation level increasing is a corporate restructuring.
Special attention is paid to the processes of managers and financiers. Indeed, from the standpoint of
management, corporate restructuring serves as a method of preservation or distribution of corporate
control, that will increase the business value and shareholder wealth.
With the economic position, this process aims to maximize the usage of all available resources to
increase the amount of cash flows, optimization of tax policy and growth in shareholder wealth. Given
that the joint-stock form of business organization is new to the national management practices, we can
define the process of corporate restructuring as an innovation that is able to provide a new level of control
and create market-oriented management system that will facilitate the development of domestic
enterprises.
Indeed, in the early twentieth century, J. Schumpeter determined that the new technology, new
materials, new markets and reorganization [2, p.45], which is to change the organizational - legal status

The 11
th
EM23 151
contribute to the development of enterprises potential. In contrast to conventional reorganization
corporate restructuring:
Corporate restructuring, mainly used as a tool to achieve long-term competitive advantage in the
management of large economic entities for large-scale change and improve business value.
Whereas the usual restructuring carried out by enterprises of various organizational - legal forms
of ownership and size;
Corporate restructuring requires the presence of certain organizational - economic mechanism
and the appropriate market institutions. Whereas, normal reorganization can be conducted to
improve the organizational - economic management mechanism through the usual changes in the
organizational - legal status;
If the reorganization is to terminate or liquidate, corporate restructuring is complete or partial
change in ownership of the authorized fund of a legal entity, as well as a change in the
organizational - legal form of the business.
The purpose of these changes is to increase (decrease) the extent of corporate control. Thus, the
process of corporate restructuring and reorganization, we believe that the changes are different objects,
which makes a difference in the methodological basis for the implementation of these major changes.
At the same time, they are a management tool that can open up new opportunities, and address a
number of assignments in: strategic management, investment, innovation, finance, marketing, politics,
security, information security, accounting and management, personnel management, and the like.
Therefore, we can conclude that these structural changes in the management of domestic economic
actors at this stage include the potential for their development by increasing of investment - innovative
capacity and for competitive advantage, not only of products, but also of the control system.

REFERENCES
[1] . (2007) , . . .- 3-
.- .: , 741
[2] .. (2007) Ii . . i - .: , 400

The 11
th
EM24 152
PROSPECTS FOR USING OF OUTSOURCING
AT ENTERPRISE TOURIST INDUSTRY
O. GOLOBORODKO
e-mail: goloborodko@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
With the globalization of the economy and due to increasing competition level just those companies
are successful which do business more efficiently, reducing costs while maintaining high quality of
products and services. Insorsing enterprises become not economically profitable because they crowded
with complex business systems that are difficult to control. Especially for specific tourism, characterized
by a wide range of demands and needs of consumers.
In a competitive environment domestic organizations face the question of attracting external resources
to optimize and improve its performance. Outsourcing - is one of the most modern and successful
business models to achieve greater efficiency of tourism enterprises.
[Keywords: outsourcing, business process, tourism, insourcing, tourism, tourism industry]

GENERAL
In today's economy outsourcing becomes a successful tool for increasing competitiveness.
Outsourcing in tourism for a particular company - is an effective way to reduce costs by minimizing the
investment in non-core functions. Analysis of the literature and research on outsourcing in tourism
indicates the absence of complete and accurate information on determining the feasibility and
effectiveness of the implementation of outsourcing in the enterprises of the industry in the current
economic environment. This situation is explained by the specific nature and the peculiarities of each
company, but the growing interest in outsourcing in tourism requires theoretical and practical
recommendations.
Outsourcing is an essential feature of a modern approach to business, management, its capabilities can
be applied in all areas, in particular it is very promising for business tourism industry. After the formation
of tourist products, which includes transportation services, accommodation and others that are not
associated with the transportation and accommodation (visiting services for Culture, Leisure and
entertainment, the realization of souvenirs, etc.), there are long-term relationships between the various
enterprises and non-material production sphere.
Proceeding from the aforementioned, should pay attention to the possibility of the effective use of
outsourcing in the primary and secondary tourism. Thus, the enterprise of touristic industry can
effectively implement the following types of outsourcing: cooperation with the direct supplier of travel
services, implementation of tours through travel agencies, legal, transportation, accounting, information
technology services, auditing, market research outsourcing staff, outsourcing certain activities; access
location, the hotel and its security area; function tour, booking rooms, recreation, guide service, etc.
Outsourcing will cut costs and significantly reduce the complexity and costs, focus on core business,
is focused on support functions. On the positive side of outsourcing enterprises of tourism include: tax
savings on salary as a unit, the use of specialized knowledge, technology, reducing the risks associated
with the implementation of the business process, and increase the quality of the services: focus on a core
business (as the contracting and outsourcing).
It can be concluded that the outsourcing of business functions is becoming an increasingly popular
alternative for tourism enterprises that self organize and implement all the production and marketing
problems. A growing number of outsourcing partnerships all over the world lead to the development of
flexible organizations based on "core competencies" and mutually beneficial long-term business relations
with partners. This allows the company to concentrate on its core business. Outsourcing is one of the most
modern and most successful business models that can achieve real competitive advantage.

The 11
th
EM25 153
ANTI-CRISIS MANAGEMENT OF MACHINERY ENTERPRISE FEATURES
. GRIGORENKO
Poltava National Technical Yurii Kondratyuk University
Department of management and business
36011, Ukraine, Poltava, Pershotravneva Avenue 24.
e-mail: pira_malui@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
The problem of survival in a crisis at the moment is one of the most relevant for economic entities.
Crisis caused by financial, economic, technological and other factors, are more common in enterprises,
and the magnitude of their impact is increasing. That is why, companies must adapt to the conditions
which are factors of the environment, and internal control factors should determine the feasibility of anti-
crisis management in enterprises and adapt to change.
[Key words: management, crisis management, crisis, corporate governance]

GENERAL
Anti-crisis management engineering of enterprises can be considered as a single control system, which
is complex and systemic. The main purpose of which will be the prevention and elimination of
unfavorable financial and economic activities of the phenomena through the use of the full potential of
modern management, and the development and implementation of special programs, which are of
strategic direction and can eliminate the negative effects, preserve and enhance market position, based
mainly on its own resources. Anti-crisis management must be closely related to the basic subsystems of
corporate governance engineering companies, such as: strategic management, diagnosis, financial
management, innovation management, quality management, safety management and human resource
management, risk management, etc. Thus, crisis management should be a key element of corporate
governance, and machine-building enterprises include providing and functional aspects. The first
subsystem includes methodological, organizational, regulatory and legal support for enterprise
management. Combines the functions of the functional part of crisis management and a range of
economic and organizational methods that provide a solution to the problems of diagnostics of financial
and economic condition of the company, monitoring and timely crisis prevention, financial improvement.
[1] Thus, crisis management of engineering enterprises must ensure the continuous monitoring of the
crises, planning, organization and implementation of measures to preserve the basic characteristics of the
company, maintaining its effective functioning under the Risk conditions.

REFERENCE
[1] .. (2011) / .. , .. . .:
-, 781

The 11
th
EM26 154
THE CONCEPT OF ACCOUNTING RESPONSIBILITY IN CONTROLLING AND
THE CONCEPT OF RESPONSIBILITY CENTERS
M.V. GUNCHENKO
e-mail: Gunchenko_m@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
In the thesis the concept accounting responsibility in controlling determined by the current pressing
problems. The author summarizes and proved the concept of responsibility centers in the business and
provides the main measures for its improvement.
Each enterprise has its own organizational structure, which determines its division and order of
interaction between them. Subsection of an enterprise perform different functions and have different
names: workshops, offices, service departments, sections, departments, etc. These units are headed by
leaders (managers) who are responsible for their work.
[Keywords: controlling, responsibility, concept of accounting responsibility, responsibility centers]

GENERAL
Disadvantages of decentralization: complicated process coordination; the possibility of unhealthy
internal competition; increased costs for staff; the occurrence of danger of losing control. Getting the right
manager to take decisions independently and simultaneously means the responsibility for its
consequences. Therefore, unit, headed by the leader, who is responsible for the results of its operations,
called "responsibility center.
Accounting responsibility - accounting system, that provides control and evaluation of each
responsibility center. Effective accounting system for responsibility centers is based on the following
principles: managers are responsible only for the activity that is under their control; managers are
involved in determining the purpose for which assessed their activities; managers are trying to achieve
their goals and their units goals; a clear definite role of accounting in the promotion of employees; reports
on the implementation plans and budgets applying regularly and used practically to assess the activity of
responsibility centers. The base of formation of the centers of the responsibility is the organizational
structure of the management construction organization. Differences in the nature of the responsibility of
managers allow you to distinguish four types of responsibility centers: cost centers; income centers; profit
centers; investment Centers.
Thus, on the basis of economic considerations and the opportunities to distinguishing the respective
responsibilities can be given a reasonable characterization of any responsibility center.

REFERENCE
[1] .. (2003) . . . , 704
[2] .. (2006) - / .. , .. . .: -,
288

The 11
th
EM27 155
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF PETROLEUM INDUSTRY OF UKRAINE
E. KOSTENKO
Finance and BankingDepartment
e-mail: Evgeniy_kostenko@list.ru

ABSTRACT
The effective functioning of the fuel and energy complex is the basis for a stable development of the
economy of any country. A major component of the fuel and energy complex of Ukraine is the refining
industry. At the present stage of development, oil refining industry of Ukraine is characterized by energy
dependence on external energy supplies, low diversification of sources of raw materials, a significant
depreciation of fixed assets of refineries, poor performance of refining depth, etc.. It is updated by the
need to set priorities in the strategic management of the petroleum industry.
[Key words: strategic management, oil industry, Investment project, energy security, diversification]

GENERAL
After analyzing the data of the oil refining industry can say that with enough power on primary oil
refining industry due to poor software factories oil feedstock uses this power only by 25%. The technical
level of the Ukrainian oil refining industry in general is low.
As a result, oil processing is not efficient, and the quality of petroleum products in most cases inferior
to the global market. It should be noted that the depth of oil refining in Ukraine on average, about 70%,
and in the more developed countries, it is more than 90%. This indicates that the existing technology in
the industry do not make efficient use of its resources. [1]
In our opinion the main strategic direction of the exit from the crisis and further development of the
oil refining industry is finding available funds towards the renovation and expansion of production
facilities. The main instrument of solving problems concerning the above is the realization of investment
projects that require large-scale funding and provide for the creation of a new or upgrade existing
production.
The most important element of strategic management in the refining sector should be to support
programs to improve the depth of processing in the largest and most modern plants to enhance their
competitiveness in order to stimulate economic growth, increase energy security and ensuring a reliable
supply of petroleum products. Support should be based on a project basis with measures of indirect
financial incentives (with the support for specific projects). Implementation of the proposed strategic
actions will improve the functioning of the oil refining industry, and increase the level of energy security
of Ukraine.

REFERENCE
[1] epio 2030 (
Miicpi 15 2006 . [ ]. :
http:/mpe.kmu.gov.ua/.
[2] .. (2009) / .. . // . 2, 32
41.

The 11
th
EM28 156
SUBSTANTIATION OF ANTI-CRISIS MANAGEMENT
FOR TOURISM COMPANIES
V. MAHOVKA
e-mail: mahovkavika@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
In connection with the aggravation of the crisis on the global, national and regional levels are
constantly observed adverse changes and trends in the economic environment, increases the importance
of uncertainty and various risks. In turn, they cause a crisis situation at the enterprises of tourist industry,
which has a negative impact on the level of their development, as evidenced by a decrease in sales of
travel services, loss of competitive position in the markets, and in some cases, bankruptcy. The solution
of these problems is possible through the development of an effective tourism enterprises crisis
management system.
[Keywords: crisis management, tourism industry, tourism enterprises, crisis]

GENERAL
Based on the previous studies, it was determined that the tourism industry of Ukraine requires the
development of a system of measures aimed at helping companies, which are in a state of crisis. Also, it
will be usefull in prevention of the crisis, improving the financial and economic state of tourism
enterprises, and to identify new, competitive business models. Development and enforcing of
management activities data to provide the system of crisis management tourism enterprises. Since tourism
is a multisectoral complex management of tourism enterprises needs to consider many factors in the
economic activity, and the nature of the anti-crisis management ensure timely diagnosis of the crisis,
reducing their negative impacts, adaptation to the new conditions, its internal capabilities, the use of
factors and effects of the crisis business development.
The main goal of crisis management is to provide a socio-economic system, steady and stable
progressive development under the influence of adverse factors of the external and internal environment.
Indicators of stable functioning tourist enterprise can be: a large share of the company in the domestic,
regional and international tourism market, a high level of profitability, financial stability, high quality
tourism services, high performance management system, the presence of loyal customers and reliable
partners, high competitiveness, implemented on the market [1].
Thus, the system of crisis management of tourism enterprises should provide constant monitoring of
the crisis, to carry out the planning, organization and implementation of anti-crisis measures in order to
preserve the positive characteristics of the basic enterprise, as well as restoring its effective development.

REFERENCE
[1] Zhukova M.A. (2006) Management in travel business // M.A.Zhukova. M.:KNORUS, 192

The 11
th
EM29 157
COMMERCIALIZATION OF EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS SCIENTIFIC
DEVELOPMENTS AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT
I.A. MARKINA
e-mail: iriska7@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
Providing of economic security involves the creation of a national innovation system, innovation
policy tools development, maintaining business innovation and commercialization of their activities.
An educational institutions should play key role in this process, so that the modern economy, science,
technology has radically basic principles of its functioning, which in turn caused the emergence of these
scientific and educational problems: the "aging" of qualified personnel; disparity of educational programs
needs of the economy, inefficient mechanisms of intellectual property protection, low commercialization
of scientific and technological development of high school, lack of consensus about the nature and
innovation entrepreneurship policy of university. One of the urgent tasks of modern universities are
reaching and maintaining of a balance between its research and educational mission and the needs of
economic efficiency. The realization of this objective can be achieved through commercialization of
activities, including and the scientific and technical developments.
At the present stage of development of Ukrainian society commercialization of scientific and technical
activities is faced with many challenges. On the one hand, the University main activity is education and
science, on the other hand - the university significantly affected by the state of the domestic economy. In
particular, the unstable level of funding, which always played the role of priority; bahatokanalnist
financing in today's unstable market environment, competition for student skilled personnel, procurement
and more.
Progressive development of universities today is largely due to the commercialization of universities,
so that current economic conditions require new funding sourcesand new technologies of universities
management, updated features of educational and scientific process participants. Therefore, education and
research in the University supplemented organizational and technological, financial and commercial
aspects. In modern terms the commercialization of scientific and technological activities of the university
is not just a necessity, condition for successful development.
[Keywords: commercialization, educational institutions, scientific, development, business, intellectual,
property, protection]

GENERAL
Determined the main problem of the commercialization of scientific and theoretical developments in
higher education, which are as follows: insufficient attention to the parameters of their university
innovation development, including:
inadequate strategies for innovative actions and assess the impact of commercialization of
innovation;
inadequate legal mechanism in the design budget organizations patents and other results of
intellectual activity;
staffing scientific developments, including availability of professional staff, their motivation,
training the younger generation of scientists in the fiscal deficit, lack of opportunities of
creativity, youth reluctance to combine his life to science;

The 11
th
EM29 158
obsolescence of scientific citations funds, equipment, research and experimental base, it does not
meet international standards;
insufficient development of innovative information support structures in universities, inadequate
government support lending to attract potential investorsand new technologies and equipment;
imperfection of support system for innovative structures, including lack of business education,
consulting services, explanatory work to attract talented young people to scientific developments
and potential customers to cooperate;
lack of financial support and lack of real financial and credit mechanisms to ensure such
support;sometimes incorrect use of foreign experience in the practice of innovation national
universities in the absence of their participation in international projects;
insufficient attention to patent and market research, which leads to inefficient use of intellectual
and financial resources;
insufficient art of intellectual capital management by deficiencies application controls:
organizational structures, organizational forms, functions and management practices, etc.;
unresolved problem of intellectual property rights to obtain it from research institutes and
universities, lack of foreign patenting;
instability and irrational laws, a complex system of permits, the complexity of advocacy in
international instances, the lack of guarantees and insurance;
lack of state orders for innovative products and investment issues;
lack of common interest scientists and investors scientists focus on specifications of scientific
invention and regalia developers and businessmen - its demand in the market, competitiveness,
degree of protection of intellectual property;
inertia scientific cooperation, lack of qualified econometric managers who are able to bring
development to the market and sell it;
lack of a unified (Western and national) system effective econometric techniques necessary for
assessment of innovation and commercialization process level of commercialization of scientific
developments;
organizational and functional shortcomings of existing structures responsible for
commercializing scientific research in universities (at a high level of technical training - lack of
ownership of economic conditions);
the virtual absence of state and regional infrastructure to commercialize innovations that would
have included university in one of the fields is insufficient support of local authorities and
government.

It is proved that the commercialization of scientific and technological developments university should
have positive implications for universities and for the economy because it not only promotes the
development of university, but also increase the efficiency of management of the economy by ensuring its
rapid innovation.
Advantages that are offered by the development of scientific and technical developments in the
university:
solve the problem of employment of qualified scientists and especially youth;
additional source of funding;
implementation of innovative projects of their own scientific institutions;
a practical knowledge of students, ensuring their competitiveness in the labor market;
improving the image of the university;
effective mechanism to attract students and young scientists to business that contributes to the
intellectual elite of the country and modernize the economy;
promoting innovation potential of the region and the country as a whole.

As a result, it should be noted that the effective implementation of the commercialization of scientific
and technological development in universities is necessary to implement innovative strategies of

The 11
th
EM29 159
management and commercialization of intellectual property in the structure of the institution, which will
allow better use of the economic potential of universities.

REFERENCE
[1] Steward F. Et al. (1995.) Academic entrepreneurship in Central and Eastern Europe: a study of the
development of technology based firms from the public sector // In: SME development policy in
transition economies, Proceedings of the Conference in Wolverharmpton, UK, September 28-29.
[2] .. / .. :
. [ ],
http://smb.ru/analitics.
[3] .. (2011) / .. //
. :
: . 714, 448-458
[4] 2010-2020
/ .-.: .. , .. , .. , .. . :
- (2009) 632

The 11
th
EM30 160
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF REGIONAL INNOVATION DEVELOPMENT
V. ONYSHCHENKO, Y. DOVGAL
Finance and Banking Department
e-mail: yul.dov@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
In the paper considered the basic priorities of the strategic planning of region innovative development.
Identification of key parameters, which would increase the competitiveness and innovation capacity of
the region.
[Key words: innovation, strategic planning, innovative regional development, regional strategies]

GENERAL
Strategic planning of regional innovative development is relatively new concept. Objective its
necessity was the result of that in a volatile environment cyclic planning was not acceptable.
The role of strategic planning in innovative regional management has a large importance, since it is
realized within the main objective on formation a clear vision of the regional innovation future. The
image of the innovation future - a detailed understanding desired device innovative sphere of the region
and determining ways to increase regional innovation capacity. When moving to the image of the future
for the regional authorities sets specific goals, identifying priority directions and develop strategies to
achieve the objectives of innovation development. Therefore, the quality of the planning process is
largely depends on the effectiveness of all management activities.
Strategic planning of innovative development of regions Ukrainian abides at the stage solutions to
systemic problems. Absence of mutually beneficial relations between the state and the region, outdated
methods of state regulation of regional innovative development, the violation of the scientific and
technical relations between the regions to create the foundation for a new management techniques. That
will stimulate active self-development, management and innovative potential increase, creation of
innovative structures in the region.
In a market economy strategically innovative regional planning allows to: leverage the competitive
advantages of the region; to identify "points of growth", the development of which will yield the greatest
effect; to concentrate investment in priority areas recurs innovative development; to create a based basis
for the development of a rational scheme of innovative planning; demonstrate the commitment of the
regional authorities to use modern methods of management innovation.
Innovative planning strategies represents the kind of management activities aimed at achieving such
goals of innovation sphere of the region and the mechanisms to achieve them, the implementation of
which is designed to meet the needs of the target segments of the region.
Thus, study showed that regional innovation strategic planning is now a necessary condition
improving the efficiency of public administration region. Despite the developmental work of a number of
issues related to the theory and practice of strategic management of regional innovations, beyond the
scientific review, there remain many issues that will contribute to sustainable and regional innovative
development , and improve the level and quality of life.

REFERENCE
[1] .. (2010) //
1 (107), [ ]. - :
http://vestnik.osu.ru/2010_1/13.pdf.
[2]
. [ ]. - :
http://www.niss.gov.ua/articles/382.

The 11
th
EM31 161
PROJECT FINANCING AS A PROMISING FINANCIAL SCHEME FOR SUPPORT
OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS
V. ONISHENKO, S. PAVLUCHKOVA
Department of Financing and Banking
e-mail: s_sivitskaya@rambler.ru

ABSTRACT
Due to the rapid development of medium and large businesses in Ukraine appeared a need for a
flexible external fundraising. Especially with the opening a new projects or the development of new areas
in projects which was already exist. One way to attract sponsorship funds are project financing, if certain
financial structure provides entrepreneurial entity funds in order to provide initial financial support.
[Key words: investment, project financing, investment projects]

GENERAL
The process of financial globalization is accompanied by a broad spectrum of various forms of
international financing. These schemes promises financial support for the implementation of real
investment of project financing. This direction of funding could become great importance to stimulate
investment in Ukraine. This is due to the fact that the project financing involves a large-scale targeted
investments in strategic investment projects, combined with the ability to mobilize large volumes and for
different origin and geographical origin sources of financial resources. Today the amount and structure of
investments in Ukraine do not meet the needs of society, becomes an important issue involving the
external sources of capital to fund strategic programs in the business sector and the public sector.
Addressing this issue contributes to the implementation of project financing as a promising scheme to
finance investment projects.
Project finance is a form of financial and credit relations through public-private partnership on the
organization and execution of financing large investment projects, using various financial instruments,
provided that act as sources of debt generated by the project cash flows and debt collateral - assets
financing participants.
Major funding in the world: energy, transport and environment. Second place is occupied by
telecommunications, health and education, water and sanitation. For Ukraine, the promising areas of
project finance in the oil and gas industry, aviation, transport infrastructure (construction of roads,
airports, ports) and tourism.
For Ukraine, investment plays an important role due the limited own financial resources. In addition,
international markets have already gained some experience in the use of various schemes of project
financing in return for Ukraine and the lack of such experience is one of the main obstacles to the active
implementation of this method.
Project finance is a promising scheme for solving investment problems, allowing native Ukrainian
enterprises use advanced foreign experience with the peculiarities of the Ukrainian market and to achieve
the most effective way to resolve the financing of its business and help to reach a new level of
competitiveness.

REFERENCE
[1] .. (2009)
[
]/ .. // . 26.
.: http://www.nbuv.gov.ua/portal/soc_gum/pprbsu/texts/ 2009_26/26.1.24pdf
[2] . / . .
: www.iteam.ru/publications/projects/ section_36/article_3900/

The 11
th
EM32 162
BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT IN THE CONTEXT OF INCREASING OF
THE INVESTMENT SECURITY LEVEL
S.V. ONYSHCHENKO, A.A. PUGACH
The Department of Finance and Banking
Pershotravneviy ave., 24, Poltava, Ukraine
e-mail: ekbezpeka@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
In modern conditions, the main factor in increasing of investment level is to ensure the safety of the
investment attractiveness of the business through the implementation of effective management practices. To
minimize both material and labor costs, and time-consuming, modern management practice requires not separate
operations and business processes of companies that provide its investment attractiveness in the context of
increasing the level of investment security.
[Keywords: business process management, investment security, investment attractiveness]

GENERAL
An important factor for sustainable economic development is to ensure the needs of the economy with
investment resources and their effective usage to achieve the modernization of production and the quality
indexes of economic activity and improving the life quality. That is why the provision of investment security is
the main prerequisite for sustainable economic growth in the current conditions.
Investment security of the state presupposes that potential investors investments and real investment
intentions in a developed institutional environment for investment. In the presence of such factors can talk about
the possibility of providing investment security, which is characterized by the following parameters:
- Accumulating and maintaining the economic system of savings and investments at a level that ensures the
necessary rate of expanded reproduction and retooling of the economy;
- Effective use of investment resources, where investment growth in any industry involves a greater increase
in national income through the growth of employment, output, income, and hence the demand in other sectors
and activities;
- Ensuring the independence of the national economy.
In high uncertainty the key investment decisions favor the investment attractiveness of business, which in
turn is influenced by many components. It is now one of the key factors of its increase is effective management
of business processes at both the micro-and macro-level.
Under the business process in the broad sense means a structured sequence of actions for the implementation
of certain activities at all stages of the life cycle of the subject - from a conceptual idea through design to
implementation and achievement (commissioning of the facility, the delivery of products, services, end of a
certain phase activity), which is a definition of the system is a closed process. The purpose of each business
process is to offer customers products that meet its cost, durability, service and quality.
Development of business processes focused on integration, where several works are combined into one,
which reduces the interaction of workers, reduce the time gap between the works, waiting time and other
ineffective procedures.
Modern view of the management of the company lies in the fact that this work has largely focused just on
business processes. This involves the systematic identification and management processes, and especially - the
control of human interaction in a separate process and the organization as a whole. This approach, known as
Business Process Management (BPM), can significantly increase the level of transparency and business agility
and improve key performance indicators (cost, time, quality, customer satisfaction, cost, etc.).

The 11
th
EM32 163
The business model of any company consists of a collection of individual business processes, and how
effective they are, the success of the business. In an organization built on a functional basis, workers with a
responsibility for the work units, but none of them is responsible for ensuring that processes are quality and
timely execution in general.
Therefore, successful companies typically are those whose business processes are well thought out and
clearly defined (described), and methods of implementation of the processes are efficient and reliable. All of this
must be supported by the flexibility and highly motivated staff, the use of modern information technology and a
focus on customer needs. Optimization of business processes helps companies achieve greater business
efficiency by improving business processes and provides a number of the following benefits:
reduce costs and the number of errors in each of the analyzed processes;
formation of the company's employees and managers a clear understanding of how, when, who and
what should be done to achieve these goals;
integration with the company's strategy and key performance indicators (KPIs);
opportunity to prepare for a successful, orderly and effective implementation of information
technology;
increase manageability of the company;
improved interaction between employees and business units;
approach to certification standards ISO: 9000;
increase investment appeal.

The main task, which is focusing on the strategic decisions of companies in today's environment - is to
increase the attractiveness of their investment and strengthening financial results through the implementation of
business processes. This approach to management ensures a high level of investment attractiveness of the
company, which ultimately contributes to the country's credit rating as the main factor in the maintenance of
investment security in the modern world.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2001) : . / .. . : , -
, 448
[2] .. (2006) -: : . / ..
, .. ; . .: -. 318 (
(Master of Business Administration)).
[3] . (2003) -: / ,
; . . .. ; . .. . .: -, 222
[4] .. (2008) -: [] / ..
. : -1, 560
[5] . (2002) -: , , ,
/ . , .. , . ; [. .]. .: ;
.: ,. XXIV, 328.

The 11
th
EM33 164
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF PETROLEUM INDUSTRY OF UKRAINE
S. ONYSHCHENKO, E. KOSTENKO
e-mail: Evgeniy_kostenko@list.ru

ABSTRACT
The effective functioning of the fuel and energy complex is the basis for a stable economic
development of any country. A major component of the fuel and energy complex of Ukraine is the
refining industry. At the current stage of development, oil refining industry in Ukraine is characterized by
energy dependence on external energy supplies, low diversification of raw materials sources, a significant
depreciation of refineries fixed assets, poor performance of refining depth, etc. It is updated by the need
to identify priority areas in the strategic management of the petroleum industry.
[Key words: strategic management, oil industry, investment project, energy security, diversification]

GENERAL
Analyzing data of the oil refining industry can say that with enough power on primary oil refining
industry due to poor software factories oil feedstock uses this power only by 25%. The technical level of
the Ukrainian oil refining industry in general is low. As a result, oil processing is not efficient, and the
quality of petroleum products mostly inferior to the global market. It is worth mentioning that the depth
of oil refining in Ukraine on average, about 70%, and in the more developed countries, it is more than
90%. This indicates that the current technology in the industry do not allow efficient use of its resources
[1].
The main strategic the direction of escape from the crisis and further development of the oil refining
industry is finding free financial resources directed the renovation and expansion of production capacity.
The main instrument of solving problems concerning the above is the realization of investment projects
that require massive funding and provide for the establishment of a new or upgrade existing production.
The most important element of strategic management in the refining sector should be to support
improvement programs the depth of processing in the largest and most modern factories. That will give an
opportunity to improve their competitiveness in order to stimulate economic growth, increase energy
security and ensuring a reliable supply of petroleum products. The support should be based on a project
basis using measures of indirect financial incentives (with the support for specific projects). Realization
of the offered strategic actions will significantly improve the functioning of the oil refining industry, and
increase the level of energy security of Ukraine.

REFERENCE
[1] epio 2030 (
Miicpi 15 2006 . [ ]. :
http:/mpe.kmu.gov.ua/.
[2] .. (2009) / .. . // . 2, 32
41.

The 11
th
EM34 165
LEGAL REGULATION OF MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
N.I. SOMYCH
Poltava City Employment Center
Lenin Str., 91, Poltava, Ukraine
e-mail: cz1650@cz.poltava.ua

ABSTRACT
Priority of Regulation of a management activities of state and local government in the economic
development and welfare of the region is defined. The ways of improvement of legal regulation of
regional development and the efficacy of their application was proposed.
[Keywords: legal regulation, governmental incentives, economic development, social security
mechanism, regional policy]

GENERAL
Legal regulation of regional development is based on the formation of legislation that regulates the
economic and social development of regional policy. Therefore, to treat high standards for the
development and adoption of laws that govern the conditions of this important process.
Legal Regulation of Regional Development is proposed to improve in such ways:
Improve strategic regional planning that ensured the effectiveness of long-term and ongoing
activities on priority areas of regional development at the national and the regional and local
levels, and consider them when developing projects relevant sections of national economic and
social development of Ukraine, regional and local programs and plans;
improve the mechanism of state support of regional development, the concentration of public
resources to solve its main problems. For this purpose the authorized central executive agency
shall annually, including development of strategic regional planning, comprehensively analyze
the supply main funds of the state budget, local governments and local authorities in the regions
of the needs and possible allocation of public investments across regions and provide the most
efficient and appropriate usage of allocated funds. Scheme of funding needs, including, if
necessary, to provide co-financing in a certain proportion of the state budget and local budgets
create facilities approved and supervised by the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine. Implementation
of these measures implies the need to strengthen the accountability of the executive authorities
and local self-government with full and timely funding of joint coordinated action on regional
development, promotion of regional economic relations based on integration, the creation of
appropriate financial and industrial groups and other modern forms of management; legislation
to empower local authorities and local governments for the development of regional economic
cooperation and improvement of such cooperation;
implementation of measures for regional infrastructure development, including food markets,
land, labor and capital, including commodity exchanges, wholesale markets, auctions, fairs,
company proprietary trading, etc., as well as regional development agencies with a view to
improving the use of advanced innovative technologies, increase the investment attractiveness of
regions, expansion of attracting domestic and foreign investments for regional development,
improve the training and retraining of specialists in the relevant fields, coordinate technical
assistance programs aimed at supporting regional development;
stimulation of regions or parts there of, within which indicators of economic development and
social welfare of citizens on the criteria defined by law, significantly lower than the
corresponding average in the country by introducing special mechanisms for budgetary, taxation,
pricing, monetary, innovation and investment policy on these areas, establish clear selection

The 11
th
EM34 166
criteria and agreed to encourage more efficient use of domestic natural, economic, scientific,
employment potential of these areas, accelerating socio-economic development, maintain social
activism and mobility, the creation of favorable economic, legal and institutional conditions
within them to accelerate the formation and effective functioning of new businesses, providing
adequate social protection and welfare; shape public policy to support the development of such
areas shall be secured legal requirements of the state on the basis of evidence-based
comprehensive assessment of their economic, financial, environmental, social status.

Rights of regional economic development should ensure that:
formation of highly optimal structure of the region, which would facilitate their development
through integrated natural resource, industrial, economic, scientific, technological and human
potential, existing infrastructure, historical and cultural heritage and traditions of using the
benefits and opportunities of the geopolitical situation of the region;
introduction of strategic budgeting and financial equalization using objective criteria, state-
guaranteed social standards, minimum standards of budgetary provision, the law approved list of
local problems;
application of contractual principles in determining joint action by central and local executive
bodies and local authorities in promoting regional development, addressing common regional
and inter-regional development problems by combining the financial resources of local
authorities and local governments;
complex development of territories with special economic status (priority development areas and
special (free) economic zones) through investment in priority areas for conservation of existing
and creation of new jobs, to overcome the effects of environmental and man-made disasters, new
technologies, enhance external communication bonds, increasing the production of quality goods
and services, and modern production, transport and market infrastructure;
the role of regions in the foreign economic cooperation, active regions joining international
organizations and groups, activation of regional cooperation;
improvement of the state of strategic programming regional development strategy study of
individual regions;
decentralization, division of functions and powers of central and local executive authorities and
local self-empowerment of local authorities and local governments;
formation infrastructure to support regional development through the establishment of special
institutions, including regional development agencies, which would become effective leaders of
regional policy and its policy of separate regions;
the role of the regions in the implementation of environmental policy, adaptation of national
legislation on regional policy to that of the EU.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2005) /
.. // : . . . .: -
, 1 (23). 274 282.
[2] : , , : [] / .. ,
.. , .. .; . . . .. . .: -
, (2004) 216
[3] 3. .. : ,
, : [] / .. . : , (2007) 340

The 11
th
EM35 167
ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES IN REAL ESTATE
DEVELOPMENT COMPANIES
L. SVISTUN, K. SHTEPENKO, V. TOPOL
Department of Financing and Banking
e-mail: milapoltava@rambler.ru

ABSTRACT
The real estate development is observed as one of the most important ways of efficiency increase of
investment management activity in a sphere of real estate. The most effective organizational structures of
management in real estate development companies for today are proposed
[Key words: development, investment projects in real estate, organizational structure of management]

GENERAL
The developers are the key link in a process of real estate investment projects realization. They unite
the participants of investment process in order to achieve common purpose the effective usage of real
estate objects. In addition, real estate developers represent themselves as authors of projects idea, land
plot buyers, organization of project designing process, financial agent.
Real Estate Development Company provides its activity through the project-oriented structures, which
represents itself as a system of united companies for joint activities in a process of project realization.
Organizational structure of development companies usually includes the following groups: Marketing,
Financial management, Project management, Project preparing, Real estate management and
Common monitoring. Every group consists of specialized departments, which ensure appropriate
sphere of activity.
Depending on the character of links there can be used few main types of management organizational
structures. In linear management structure, every manager administrates all submitted departments of
appropriate activity field. Functional structure provides tight correlation between administrative
management and functional management realization. The principle of single administrator is ignored in
this type of structure, so that causes more complicated cooperation as result such type of structure is not
used practically. Linear-organizational structure is multistage hierarchical. Here linear managers are the
single administrators, supported by functional bodies. Linear managers of lower administrative stage are
not submitted to higher stage functional managers. This type of structure is the most often used.
Divisional structure determines divisions (filiations) according to activity field or geographical position.
Divisional management structures are based on a formation of large productive and commercial
departments, which empowered by productive and commercial autonomy and responsibility for a profit.
This process accompanied by formation of appropriate stages of management structure. Matrix structure
is characterized by presence of several administrators per executant, what means that there can be two or
more administrators (one linear, other one administrator of program or field). This type of structure is
well spread in companies, which provide activity in many fields. The multiple structure unites different
structures on a different stages of management. For example, divisional management structure can be
used by central office of company and at the same time filiations can use linear-functional or matrix type.
The main purposes for all real estate development companies is considered to be complex
management of investment project realization on national and foreign real estate in order to provide the
increase of profit and growth of company market value.

REFERENCE
[1] Peiser R. ., Frej A.. (2003) Professional Real Estate Development: The ULI Guide to the Business Second
Edition. Washington, D.C.: ULI-the Urban Land Institute
[2] Muller G. (2002) Legg Mason Real Estate/ Glen Muller. .: Baltimore, 349

The 11
th
EM36 168
STATE SUPPORT OF THE TOURISM BUSINESS IN UKRAINE
O. VASYLENKO
Poltava National Technical Yuri Kondratyuk University
Department of management and business
36011, Ukraine, Poltava, Pershotravneva Avenue 24.
e-mail: was_oxana@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
The strategic goal of the tourism industry development in Ukraine is to create a competitive national
tourism product, based on satisfying the cognitive and health needs of the Ukrainians and foreign tourists
maximally. Achieving this goal requires a significant strengthening of the state's role in the system of
tourism development with the simultaneous formation of an effective model of the public private
partnership and providing the sustainable tourism development, based on that.
[Keywords: tourism industry, public private partnership, state support, tourism business]

GENERAL
In current circumstances, the government is unable to provide the effective functioning of the tourism
business due to lack of the required budget. In such circumstances it is very useful to access to strategic
partnerships with the private sector to form a system of relations, which would provide the efficient
association of free competition, based on state regulation measures, to ensure public needs.
The effective and efficient way of providing the quality functioning of the public property is to
promote state partnership market and tourism business, namely the development of public-private
partnerships.
Applying of the public-private partnerships model in the tourism business will provide higher technical and
economic indicators of effective activity than the implementation of such activity by the government partner
without involving the private partner, long-term relationships (from 5 to 50 years); transmission to the private
partner the risks in the implementation process of the public private partnership, investing by the private partner
to the partnership objects from sources not prohibited by law. [1]
State support implementation of the public-private partnerships can be given in the tourism industry
by:
providing government guarantees, warranties of Crimea and local governments;
funding due to state or local budgets and other sources according to the national and local programs.
The implementation of tourism projects of public-private partnerships can be a way that will allow to:
increase the effectiveness of public policy in tourism significantly, to enforce the state functions of
coordination, planning, regulation and incitement to protect the interests of tourists, the national
tourist product development;
improve existing and implement new effective cooperation mechanisms of central and local
executive bodies, local authorities, associations of tourist activities and non-profit organizations in
tourism and resorts of tourist activities, scientific and educational institutions in the tourism industry
in the implement of the sustainable tourism development;
achieve general economic effect due to the complex, systematic development of tourism and related
industries of the production of basic tourism products and services;
create conditions for sustainable social economic development of regions due to the development of
tourism business;
improve the tourism image of the state and its separate territories.

As follows, the formation of a single, institutional, social and informative interaction between state
authorities, associations of tourism and non-profit organizations in the tourism and small and medium
enterprises will provide the synchronized development of tourism.

REFERENCE
[1] 01.07.2010 2404-VI -

The 11
th
EM37 169
MARKET APPROACH TO CAREER MANAGEMENT
O.O. MYKHAILOV

ABSTRACT
In the second wave of the global financial crisis, the economy of Ukraine with a new urgency arises
the problem of sustainable development. Falling profits for companies, stagnant market, other negative
effects of the crisis demonstrate the need to intensify efforts to overcome the shortcomings of system
development sectors of the domestic economy.
In recent years the topic of career gained wide popularity in circles of Ukrainian scientists and
practitioners due to the reform of the main areas of our society, the emergence of a market economy. It
should be noted that today the problem was a career professional understanding of the concepts of self-
determination, personal development, psychology of maturity, psychology, success, achievement
motivation D.Syupera, D.Tidmana, D.Holla, E.Sheyna, McClelland, professyonalnoy maturity labors in
DE Syupera. In keeping with the psychological approach akmeologic career problems considered in
studies A.A.Ahapova etc. Combination of these aspects led to changing attitudes to many processes and
phenomena, which had remained unnoticed by the negative perception or low relevance.
[Key words: personell, carier, economy, combination]

GENERAL
That was once considered a deviation from the norm, a product bourgeois society, capitalism
identified with careerism, which was a minor manifestation career - now supplied to rank important
indicator of human development in the social structure, the significant factors and conditions improve
socio-psychological climate, increase productivity in the organization of its competitiveness.
A large number of scientists from different disciplines and practitioners are turning their sights on the
definition of "career" and dealing effectively implementing it in practice organizations of various kinds.
That is why there are many definitions of "career."In studies to date have identified two main components
of personality in professional terms: increasing competence, professional status in a particular field of
activity and movement management system, to achieve official status. The relationship of these
components does not exclude the possibility of their self-study, the definition of the characteristics of
these two states in the professional and life path.
To achieve the status of strategies include career development as a process of successful movement to
a higher socio-professional status (administrative, economic).Thus, career management is a science-based
management training positions determine the terms of the wishes and capabilities of employees and
management is the development of personnel needed direction.

REFERENCE
[1] Strenger C. (2008) The Existential Necessity of Midlife Change. Harvard Business Review. February,
8290

The 11
th
EM38 170
MODEL OF COMMERCIALIZATION OF INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGIES:
THE THEORETICAL BASIS OF THE FORMATION
. KOMELINA
Poltava National Technical Yuri Kondratuyk University
e-mail: omelina@meta.ua

ABSTRACT
Commercialization of innovative technologies in terms of market transformation is a new activity.
Content, forms, methods and ways of commercializing innovative technologies related to the level of
formation of institutions of innovation infrastructure and formed of markets, news, capital innovation,
product innovation and market support services and support innovation.
[Key words: commercialization, mechanism, innovation infrastructure, market, national model of
commercialization]

GENERAL
Commercialization of the results of innovation activity in terms of market transformation is a new
activity for the using of intellectual capital, not just the realization of research and technology and one of
the stages of the innovation process. An important component of the mechanism of commercialization of
innovation in terms of market transformation is the level of formation of institutions of innovation
infrastructure. Effectiveness of the innovation system depends on the level of market news; innovative
capital markets innovative products and support and maintenance of innovative activity.
An important issue is to ensure the desired structural changes in the economy, due to the peculiarities
of the mechanism of the commercialization of new technologies and its impact on the development of
high-tech sectors of the economy. This mechanism should lay the high mobility of technical, managerial
and financial resources and therefore encourage desirable directions of structural change, long-term
competitiveness, to influence the extent of economic growth.
Experience of other countries shows that national characteristics of technology transfer mechanisms
can influence patterns of structural change and thus determine the development model: a model to
stimulate the development of traditional industries (their continuous improvement, modernization) or
model focus on breakthrough technologies. Given the high level of research and innovation sector of the
country continuous improvement of traditional activities shall not prevent the formation of new ones. In
another situation, the implementation of a model supporting the traditional "old" industries could lead to
the consolidation of the country and its low-tech manufacturers in markets or raw materials.
Among the participants in the process of commercialization of innovation arise various relationships:
financial and economic, technical, social and legal. Entities that enter into these relationships may have
conflicting interests, potential conflicts of interest of individual actors in innovation. Adjust the interests
of all stakeholders is the consumer market innovative products (services). It should be noted that an
important organization in the technology commercialization process is the level of innovation
environment, innovation infrastructure that are external conditions of speed and efficiency of technology
commercialization.
Ukraine has not yet established an effective mechanism for providing the necessary technological
changes and its own technological base for further development in the global innovation economy.
Solving these problems involves the transformation of approaches to developing innovative systems and
governance processes through innovative focus on creating a favorable economic environment for
business innovation and new economic activities. This will ensure effective, long-lasting and reliable
interaction of innovation aimed at permanent move new knowledge and technology research fields in
production.

The 11
th
EM39 171
STRATEGY OF UKRAINE ECONOMIC SECURITY IN THE SOCIAL SPHERE
O. KOMELINA
Poltava National Technical Yuri Kondratuyk University
e-mail: omelina@meta.ua

ABSTRACT
The content and forms of risks and threats to national economic security in developing of countries are
very different. In Ukraine, important challenges remain economic security in the social sphere. There is a
serious problem of the formation of the "middle class", the reproduction and development of the social
sphere. The solution of these problems demands development and realization national and regional
strategy of ensuring economic efficiency and social stability of development of Ukraine.
[Key words: economic security, social security, national strategy, social stability, risks, threats, and
the mechanism]

GENERAL
The problems of economic security of the national economy are relevant to all types of countries,
although their content and forms are very different. Under the economic security we understand a state of
the national economy, which maintains its resistance to internal and external threats and the needs of the
individual, family, society and state in general. Traditional objects of economic security serves as an
economic system, taken as a whole and its components: financial, social, resource, military, economic,
technological, foreign trade, and related to the shadow economy.
Social aspects of economic security manifestation related to the efficiency of the state policy in the
field of income, which involves reducing the gap in the differentiation of money income and poverty
reduction. With increased mobility of the population and the level of openness of the labor market of the
world leading countries requires reforming the national system of remuneration. Unfortunately, the
pension reform in Ukraine has not withdrawn acute social problems in this area. There is a serious
problem of the formation of the "middle class", the reproduction and development of the social sphere.
In such circumstances, the important tasks of the state are to develop and implement national and
regional strategies for economic, efficiency and social stability of Ukraine. This will create conditions to
minimize the negative impact of new threats to the economic security of Ukraine; more competitive on a
global scale in the growing influence of the factors is the globalization of information. Timely detection
of new social risks and threats to the economic security of the state, regions, industries, business entities
allows defining strategic goals of social and economic development and appropriate implementation
mechanisms. Timeliness of identification new social risks and threats of economic security of the state,
regions industries, business entities gives the chance to define strategically important purposes of social
and economic development and adequate mechanisms of their realization. In this context, modern
mechanisms is important for implementing social innovation involving the population, businesses,
academic institutions, state and regional government, local government, which can ensure social stability
and economic efficiency of reforms in Ukraine.

The 11
th
EM40 172
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES
IN MODERN OPERATIONS OF TOURISM INDUSTRY
J.DEHTJARE
e-mail:jevgenija.dehtjare@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
The development of modern information technologies has dual impact to the industry of tourism. On
the one hand it leads to the invention of many useful tools, devices and software with certain positive
influence to the industry. On the other hand, modern technologies make usage of tourism technologies
available also to the particular traveler and this leads to exclusion of tourism operators and agents of the
selling chain.
[Keywords: tour operating, tourism, information technologies, search engines, low cost, device]

GENERAL
The main goal of this study is to investigate modern approaches of application of information
technologies in the area of the international tour operating. As it is well known, nowadays tourism
industry consists of the cross country cooperation between tour operators, distributors of their products,
service providers and direct customers. These close relations within certain business area form a network
of modern tourism operations. Thanks to the development of the information technologies it become
possible to proceed nowadays operations within this network much faster comparing to former tourism
technologies. Faster cooperation between all network participants leads to better satisfaction of the needs
of the final customer, this is particular tourist.
To achieve this primary goal, different means of information technologies are used in the area of
tourism industry:
Hotel industry - guest reservation and control software, such as Fidelio etc.
HoReCa industry food consumption control software, such as R-Keeper etc.
Ticketing and car rental global reservation systems, such as Amadeus etc.
Tour operations and agent distribution tourism flow managing systems, such as Samo Tour etc.

Although those means are used to establish immediate interaction between industry stakeholders
which theoretically should let operators and agents increase their audience there is an existence of a
potential danger to destroy achieved success of the interaction caused by the raise of information
technologies.
Paradoxically the danger to decrease influence of the operators and agents to the tourism industry is
connected to the fast raising development of the information technologies within this area. Increased
coverage of the information technologies gives an excellent opportunity to the providers of services
(hoteliers, renting companies etc) to promote their products to the customer directly (by the use of their
own website) or indirectly (with the help of online databases, such as Booking.com or other search
engines).
On the one hand search engines help to increase coverage area to the operators and agents; on the
other hand this tool makes booking procedure simple and cheap for the direct customer, it also helps to
avoid influence of the intermediates.

The 11
th
EM40 173

FIGURE 1. MODEL OF MODERN TOURISM INDUSTRY

We would like to emphasize that evaluation of search engines thanks to the development of
information technologies is a huge but not the only one reason of putting the industry of tour operating
into the danger. During the last 20 years world known phenomenon of low cost travelling had helped to
the tourists to discover many new destinations as well as had raised significant drop down of the regular
flight industry important satellite part of tourism industry as a whole. Low cost air companies, such as
Ryanair and others had changed the psychology of tourism by itself.
The ideology of tourism intended a destination as a primary goal of the trip and the routes of its
achievement were secondary. Nowadays psychology of a low cost traveler takes into consideration the
destination by itself as a secondary goal of the journey. The price tourist sees among the other offers is
primary and dictates the choice of the destination. Low cost flight also dictates low priced
accommodation in the hotel which is possible to choice on the website of the same flight company with
the help of the following click or two. Several standard functions of the industry stakeholders, such as
travel agents who usually help the customers to choice the destination or tour operators whose aim is to
ensure a person with the package of services, are terminated by a single click done on the website of the
low cost provider.
To increase the pessimistic sound of the abstract we can mention the invention of many gadgets or
other devices whose aim is to simplify the motion of the individual traveler. The key factors of the
necessity of existence of tourism agents and tour operators are based on satisfaction of basic needs of the
particular tourists: safety, understanding of other languages, need in a provider of motion means to get to
the certain destination and, last but not least, affordable price for the kit consisting of those services. Not
so long time ago, travel agents and operators were the only providers of those services with the capacity
to ensure mentioned basic needs. Nowadays thanks to the development of the related gadgets, travelers
perception has noticeably changed. Invention of GPS, its presence as an ordinary software in the
according device or in the smartphone, translation software and other modern tools had helped to the
particular tourist to feel safe and secure in the regions far from his origin. Realizing the fact the industry
of information technologies is one of the fast growing in the world we can expect within the next five
years invention of other tools and gadgets, which will make tourists motion even more simple and
secure.
Despite the fact standard tourism procedures are under attack of modern technologies, there are still
many opportunities of grow in this sector of world economy. To develop successful business company in
the field of tourism, entrepreneurs should base their strategies of expansions on following assumptions:
most likely individual travelling will break away from the regular services offered by the tour operators.
This action will happen thanks to the possibility of satisfaction of all needs of particular individual tourist
(safety, understanding and motion) by himself using online available websites of final providers and
modern gadgets.

The 11
th
EM40 174
Second assumption is much more positive and based on factor of globalization of world economy. To
establish corporative cooperation through out the world there should be held continuous meetings,
workshops, conferences and MICE events. Future tour operators will concentrate their efforts on sector of
corporate events as it will give a possibility to transfer big flow of people within the same time, to rent
giant premises for holding the event, to use catering and transportation services etc. All those services
give significant funds turnover and lead to potential profit, much higher than other services, provided by
tourism industry.

CONCLUSION
In the conclusion we may say that tourism as an industry still has great perspectives both despite
the fact of invention of many devices, affordable for single tourist and thanks to the development of
information technologies which make reservation process fast, simple and secure. Overlooking modern
situation and upcoming tendencies several assumptions are made to find opportunities of the business
development in the industry. Despite the fact processes within the industry are changed rapidly, there are
still many opportunities of grow for the entrepreneurs able to modernize their approaches.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2004) . , - - , 264

The 11
th
EM41 175
AIRBRUSHING ON THE CAR AS A BUSINESS INNOVATION
J.LITKINA, V.CHLAIDZE
e-mail: j.litkina@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
Airbrushing is one of the fine art painting techniques. Airbrush is used as a tool for applying liquid
paint with compressed air at the surface of the car.
Drawing is developed by artists-designers specifically for the consumer. It will symbolize his style,
character and outlook. It can be applied on any part of the car, in any color, any scale and any image.
Airbrushing is highly developed on the world market over 30 years. Airbrushing is slowly but steadily
enters the Latvian market.
[Keywords: airbrushing, airbrush, spray gun, painting, art style, car paint]

GENERAL
Research of airbrushing and its possibilities is the main goal of this article.
Airbrush drawing on car makes it unique and exclusive. Drawing can emphasize design and model of
the car, as well as character and style of the owner, to demonstrate his own taste. Airbrushing can
simulate external tuning car and be an anti-theft tool.
Drawing can be applied to any surface, from the bonnet to the internal handles of the car. Drawing
direction has a large variety - geometric abstraction, people, wildlife, nature and any other images.

CONCLUSION
The main goal of the modern person is the allocation out from the crowd by any way. Airbrushing is a
great opportunity to show others their wellbeing, personality and style.
After the questioning, the data showed that the main consumers of airbrushing are people between the
ages of 18-40 years. The most popular segment of the machine is the hood, trunk and doors. When
consumer picks drawing he is guided only by his idea or previously seen picture. Peoples cannot allow
themselves to paint completely all car because of their monetary assets. From 100% of respondents only
60% plan to do airbrushing on the car.

REFERENCES
[1] Smith R. (2004) Handbook of the artist, Moscow
[2] Leek M.E. (2007) The Encyclopedia of airbrush techniques
[3] Airbrush for artists, Moscow (2001)
[4] Airbrush, Art teachers Publisher, Moscow (2006)
[5] Air Painting, World Book Publishing (2006)
[6] www.google.com.

The 11
th
EM42 176
MARKETING OF EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
K. KANTS
e-mail: kalevs.kants@isma.lv
fax: +371 67241591, phone: +371 29226293

ABSTRACTS
In the article the features of the knowledge economy are presented; the development of the knowledge
market in Latvia is analysed; the problem of marketing of educational services is raised; the subjects and
objects of marketing of educational services are characterized; the features and functions of marketing of
educational services in business schools are formulated.
[Keywords: Business school, knowledge economy, knowledge market, marketing, education
services]

GENERAL
Such research methods as an abstraction, analysis, and synthesis, induction and deduction, as well as
methods of comparison and statistical analysis were used in the process of writing this article.
The knowledge market of Latvia and other developed countries is analysed to achieve the aim of the
article. Today in developed countries 25% of the labour force is engaged in the field of science and high
technology. In the U.S. 8% of the population create more than 20% of GDP, and the country spends about
40% of global costs on research and development activities, about 66% of workers have higher or
incomplete higher education (the administration intends to bring this figure up to 90% during one
generations lifetime).
Respectively, the role of the knowledge market becomes more and more important. This is confirmed
by the concept of continuous education in Europe, which provides the prospects for the development of
educational systems on the global scale and declares the idea that Europe is the knowledge-based society,
and the transition to civil society must be accompanied by the process of life-long learning. We can say
that the key words that characterize todays European educational space are the following: quality,
mobility, diversity and openness.
In this connection the problems of the marketing of educational services become topical. Educational
institutions have tremendous impact on the marketing of educational services as intermediary
organizations may not significantly affect the market of business education, but their opinion is
considered also.
The state has a significant impact on the marketing of educational services. Since all accredited
educational institutions shall issue state diplomas, the state is responsible for licensing and accreditation
both of higher educational institutions and study programmes, forms the lists of specializations,
professions and the system of education, and it is responsible for the quality of educational services.
In Latvia, the educational services in the field of higher education can offer the following kinds of
educational institutions: universities, academies, institutes, colleges.
The excellent quality of education, prospective study programme (marketing of goods), the rating of a
higher educational institution (marketing of educational institutions) and its location (marketing areas) are
important for future students and their parent while choosing the university to study at. It should be noted
that a major role is played by marketing of goods (study programs) in the marketing of educational
services.

The 11
th
EM42 177

REFERENCES
[1] Makarov V.L. (2009) Formation of a knowledge economy: concepts and problems / Ch. One in the
book Innovative development: economy, intellectual resources, knowledge management / ed.
B.Z.Milnera. - Moscow: INFRA-M, 11-26
[2] Makarov V.L. (2007) Problems of formation and development of the knowledge economy: the
microeconomic aspects. / Chapter in the book Russia in a globalizing world. Modernization of the
Russian economy - Moscow: Nauka
[3] Makarov V.L. (2008) Becoming a knowledge economy in Russia and abroad. / Chapter in the
textbook "knowledge economy", Moscow, INFRA-M
[4] Moryzhenkov V.A. The downside of patronage. http://www.e-xecutive.ru.
[5] Kants K.K. (2011) Knowledge economy and the quality of the business - education. Magazine
Aktualni problemu ekonomiki 9(123), Kiev, str.331-343, ISSN 1993-6788 (Scopus un Thompson
Reiters).
[6] Pankruhin A.P. (1995) Marketing of educational services in higher and further education. M.
Interpraks. 240
[7] LU research: the project "Student numbers, composition and modeling of motivation in higher
education" (2009) Authors: K.Zaksa, Z.Cunska, A.Brika
[8] Tuzova A.A. (2010) Marketing for educational services. MIEMP

The 11
th
EM43 178
FINANCIALS RISK MANAGEMENT MODELS FOR INVESTMENT PROJECTS
A. MARUSYAKA, T.D. LOBANOVA-SHUNINA, YU.N. SHUNIN
Lomonosov 1, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: tamara.lobanova@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Any effective financial reporting system needs to be a coherent one, in other words, a framework in
which all the pieces fit together according to underlying logic. Such framework has several
characteristics: transparency, comprehensiveness and consistency. Although effective frameworks share
all the aforementioned characteristics, there are some conflicts that create limitations in any financial
framework. Therefore, it is important to foresee the potential risks connected with investments of any
kind.
K. A. Hassett emphasizes that investment has different meanings in finance and economics [1].
In economic theory or in macroeconomics, investment is the amount purchased per unit time of goods,
which are not consumed but are to be used for future production (i.e. capital). In finance, investment is
the application of funds to hold assets over a longer term in the hope of achieving gains and/or receiving
income from those assets. It generally does not include deposits with a bank or similar institution.
Investment usually involves diversification of assets in order to avoid unnecessary and unproductive risk
[2].
There are two types of countries. First, developed countries, which are known as donors, with their
strong economy and their own funds that could be allocated and invested according to their interests and
financial assumptions. Then, there are Emerging countries or recipient countries with the Emerging
market economies, (countries that have an emerging stock market as defined by Standard& Poors - a
financial services company (S&P), and countries or markets with low-to-middle-income economies as
defined by the World Bank, or countries with similar characteristics). As usual, this type of countries does
not have their own investments or they are too low to be profitable. Therefore, they have to use foreign
investments and funds for creating their own profitable economic structures.
[Key words: Investment, financial risks, emerging market economies, banking services, monetary
policy, economic structures, management models.]

1. MODEL BUILDING AND FORECASTING
Analysis is often needed to forecast future financial performance. Analysis uses data about the
economy, industry, and companies creating values. The results of the financial analysis, including
common-size and ratio analysis, are integral to this process, along with the judgement of the analysts.
Based upon forecasts of growth and expected relationships among the financial statement data, it is
possible to build a model (sometimes referred to as an earnings model) to forecast future performance.
In addition to budgets, pro forma financial statements are widely used in financial forecasting.
Forecasts are not limited to a single point estimate but should involve a range of possibilities. This can
involve several techniques:
Sensitivity analysis: Also known as what if analysis, which shows the range of possible
outcomes as specific assumptions are changed; this could, in turn, influence financing needs or
investment in fixed assets.
Scenario analysis: It shows the changes in key financial quantities that result from given
(economic) events, such as the loss of customers, the loss of a supply source, or a catastrophic
event.

The 11
th
EM43 179
Simulation: This is computer- generated sensitivity or scenario analysis based on probability
models for the factors that drive outcomes. Each event or possible outcome is assigned a
probability. Multiple scenarios are then run using the probability factors assigned to the possible
values of a variable.

2. INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
Latvia is referred to as a recipient country. The central institution of Latvias financial environment is
the Bank of Latvia Latvias Central bank. Latvias largest banks represent foreign investors from
different countries. Only a few of the largest Latvian banks operate as universal credit institutions
providing the full range of banking services to private individuals and corporate entities, with extensive
networks of local branches and ATM terminals. Most banks provide a limited range of services to specific
customer groups.
The main factors fostering foreign direct investments (FDI) include new market opportunities for
foreign investors, stable monetary policy in Latvia, Latvias advantageous geographical location between
the EU and CIS countries and its well-developed infrastructure. Historically, most of Latvias FDI inflow
has come from neighbouring countries in the Baltic Sea region and other EU Member States. The largest
amounts of investment in 2011 are from Sweden, the Netherlands and Estonia. The largest share of
Foreign Direct Investment stock is attributable to services: FDI split by sectors shows that most
investment is attracted by real estate operations (24%) and financial intermediation (23%). FDI in
wholesale/retail trade and manufacturing makes up accordingly 13% and 12% of total FDI stock [3].
The best result of any investment is the ability to provide independent development of economical and
business structures. For a tiny country with very few resources and small population, attracting investors
can dramatically increase economic activities. The foreign direct investment has helped the economies of
the recipient countries to obtain a launching pad from where they can make further improvements.
Investment not only drives jobs and innovation, but it also increasingly drives trade. For example, Latvia
does not have its own investment. In this case, Latvia has to attract foreign investors with good conditions
and incentives to arise an investors interest to invest money in Latvias economy.
It is essential that foreign investments can give the expected returns not only to the potential
shareholders but also to the operated country as Latvia as well.
In this context, it is relevant the ability of the recipient country to transform operating foreign
investments and returns into their own resources, and make a profit from them.

REFERENCES
[1] Auerbach A.J., Hassett K.A., eds. (2009) Toward Fundamental Tax Reform. AEI Press,
Washington
[2] Hassett K.A. (2005) Bubbleology: The New Science of Stock Market Winners and Losers. Crown
Business, New York
[3] LIAA: Investment and Development Agency of Latvia (2012) Foreign Direct Investment.
www.liaa.gov.lv (accessed 26.02.2013)

The 11
th
EM44 180
THE IMPROVEMENT OF THE OPERATING PERFORMANCE
OF ALIDA TURS ENTERPRISE
K. PARA, L. BABICA
e-mail: babica@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
The paper deals with the one of the three most competitive tourism enterprises in Latvia, the internal
and external environment of the enterprise. To enhance the profitability and efficiency of the enterprise, a
new tour has been developed. The costs for a new tour and cultural and recreational activities
development have been determined, as well as the expected effect of the proposed new tour and cultural
and recreational activities have been calculated.
[Keywords: tourism, assortment policy, tour, costs, efficiency]

GENERAL
Modern tourism enterprise marketing means more than the development of good services, attractive
pricing fixation and approaching target market customers. Tourism enterprise should have a continuous
communication link with existing and potential customers.
Consumers are tired of the identical offers from tourism enterprises, they want new proposals, more
interesting and off standard. However, as long as the enterprises will not know exactly what the consumer
needs, they wouldnt be able to attract tourists and meet their needs.
Taking into consideration the fact that over the last years the external environment of Latvia has been
badly influenced by the social and economic crisis, the enterprises should dramatically adjust the range of
the offered services and carefully consider all the needs of the consumer.
The problem addressed to the bachelors thesis is the low operating performance of the tourism
enterprises. As relevant, the purpose of the thesis is the development of range of the activities to improve
the operating performance of the enterprise.

CONCLUSION
Marketing researches [1] proved that the enterprise needs to reconsider its assortment policy. New
tours should be offered in Latvia because consumers are tired of the identical offers from tourism
enterprises. Latvian market is not offered a wide range of destinations. The needs and interests of the
potential and regular customers as well as competitors offers have to be evaluated and monitored
constantly. All this will help to develop tourism industry in Latvia. This thesis presents a new tour
creation plan as well as a variety of cultural and recreational activities for the cluster of potential
customers, which was identified by the use of market researches.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2001) , , , ,
396

The 11
th
EM45 181
RESEARCH OF RIGHTS OF STAFF CHAREHOLDERS:
CONTRADICTIONS BETWEEN THEORY AND PRACTICE
O.V.LUKASHINA
1
, A.M.BAIKOV
2

1
e-mail: o.luka@inbox.lv;
2
Daugavpils University
Vienibas, 13, LV-5400, Daugavpils, Latvia
e-mail: aleks_baikov@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
The investment securities, especially widely used in the practice of commercial activities in recent
years, should include equity investments shares. In the totality of shares, the most "problematic" in
Latvia in 2013 became staff shares, free or privileged acquisition of which was considered to be taxable
income of the acquirer an employee or member of the board of a commercial company [1]. Under
certain conditions, income from the alienation of these shares is also subject to tax [2]. The aim of this
research is to prove, that an acquisition of a share and associated corporate right to receive income does
not create and cannot create a taxable income of shareholder.
[Keywords: securities, corporate right, right in personam, staff shares, yields of shares, a shareholders
taxable income, dividends]

GENERAL
The concept of the securities is one of the most pressing and controversial issues in science and
practice of civil law. Disputes on the attributes, legal nature and essence of the securities do not go away
over a hundred years. In this context, still relevant are the words of G.F. Shershenevich that "... the
concept of the securities has not had time so far to be clarified either in life or in science or in law" [3].
The investment securities include equity investments shares. Shares of staff, usually issued by the
employees of the company free of charge, must be analyzed with special care.
In Latvia in 2013, new norm was included in the law on personal income. Free or privileged
acquisition of staff shares was considered to be taxable income of the acquirer an employee or member
of the board of a commercial company. In addition, the possible real yields of such shares- dividends and
income from the alienation of these shares is also subject to tax. As it is known, the staff shares give no
voting rights to their holders [4], which therefore have no guarantee of receiving dividends of them. This
fact makes particularly relevant the theoretical understanding and statutory execution of the process of
turnover of the staff shares.
Legal and economic analysis of the staff shares shows that the process of their issue lacks, first, a
number of attributes of the securities as the object of civil law, and, second, an attribute of taxable object
for an individual.
Within the classical legal concept, a security has the following legal attributes: (1) strict formal
definiteness, (2) precise fixation of legal right, as a rule, demand for payment or disposal of property, (3)
legitimation of the subject of law, (4) abstractness of the vested right of demand, (5) presentation of the
security as an exercise of its vested interests, (6) public accuracy, that is, autonomy of the security, (7)
ability to turnover (transitivity).
In this regard, we note that the content of the share does not include the proprietary elements as
property of a stock company belongs only to it, but not the shareholders who do not have property rights
against the stock company. Staff share holders are potential beneficiaries rather than real investors and
owners of a commercial company. After all, share is an investment, and shareholder is actually an
investor. However, staff shares are issued from net profit of a stock company and transferred to the said

The 11
th
EM45 182
persons for free in accordance with the Commercial Law of the Republic of Latvia [5], so the legal
investment relations do not arise upon their acquisition. This brings the transfer of such shares close to the
donation in terms of remuneration, and not for services already rendered (Article 1933 of the Civil Law of
the Republic of Latvia) [6], but for those that will be rendered in the future.
The rights of share holders should be considered from two sides from the perspective of the
corporate right (commercial law) or right in personam (law of obligation) .The first one arises from the
establishment of stock relationship and means the potential for getting a part of the company's profit.
From this perspective, share indicates the presence of the costs of purchasing the corporate right. Neither
incomes nor the right to demand the exercise of the first (corporate) right can be forced. The second, right
in personam, arises with the legal fact of making a decision on payment of dividends. It only creates the
opportunity to demand the execution in the court. Lomakin D.V. writes the same thing: "... creditor's right
to receive a dividend is derived from corporate right to receive a dividend" [7].
So, the acquisition of a share and associated corporate right to receive income does not create and
cannot create a shareholders taxable income. This also applies to the right of staff to receive dividends
and the right to receive profit from the alienation of shares. The last position, by the way, is easily
cancelled by the appropriate line in the companys articles of association (Commercial Law Article 255
Part 7), which cannot be changed by the staff shareholders.

CONCLUSIONS
The analysis suggests several conclusions, which could be important for business practice:
1. The acquisition of shares in general and staff shares in particular, does not automatically
generates property rights characteristic for the owner, and therefore should be considered
separately from the other civil, commercial, and public (tax) transactions.
2. Commercial legislation of Latvia in respect of the staff shares is inconsistent and misleading for
its potential users, since both provides and cancels the spur of staff shares.
3. The acquisition of shares does not indicate the presence of any income for its holder, or of
getting the real right (right in personam) to such income. It only indicates the acquisition of
potential corporate right to that income in the future.
4. Tax legislation of Latvia requires unreasonably charging a tax on the market value of the staff
shares acquired by the employees, because these shares can never bring any actually receivable
income to their holders.
5. To eliminate the differences between legal theory and practice of its implementation in
legislation, we consider it expedient to return to the tax legislation of Latvia the rules on taxation
only of real incomes (yields) of holding shares, abolished in 2010.

REFERENCES
[1] Republic of Latvia Law "On Personal Income Tax" Article 8 Part 2.5 //
http://www.likumi.lv/doc.php?id=56880
[2] Ibidem, Article 11.9 Part 4.1 //http://www.likumi.lv/doc.php?id=56880
[3] Shershenevich, G.F. (1908) The Trade Law Course. Vol. II. Publishing Brothers Bashmakovy, St.
Petersburg, 63
[4] 13.04.2000 Commercial Law Article 255 Part 1 // Latvijas Vstnesis, 158/160 (2069/2071),
04.05.2000. Ziotjs, 11, 01.06.2000 [effective of 01.01.2002] as amended until 29.11.2012.
[5] 13.04.2000 Commercial Law // Latvijas Vstnesis, 158/160 (2069/2071), 04.05.2000, Ziotjs, 11,
01.06. 2000 [effective of 01.01.2002] as amended until 29.11.2012
[6] 28.01.1937 Civil Law. Part Four. Law of obligation." // Latvijas Vstnesis, 46, 26.02.1937) [effective
of 01.03.1993] as amended until 29.11.2012
[7] Lomakin D.V. (1997) Joint-stock legal relationships, Publishing office Spark, Moskow, 103 105

The 11
th
EM46 183
CLUSTER AS HARMONIOUS COOPERATION OF WELLNESS TOURISM
MEMBERS BUSINESS MODELS
R. KINDERIS
Kaunas University of Technology, Faculty of Social Science,
Department of Strategic Management
K. Donelaicio str.73, LT-44029, Kaunas, Lithuania,
e-mail: r.kinderis@gmail.com, phone: +370 61483532

ABSTRACT
The article presents the theoretical analysis of the cluster and tourism cluster definition, as well as
analysis of cluster members; and furthermore, the particular features of cluster have been highlighted. The
cluster concepts have been revealed indicating their characteristics and relationship between them.
Presumptions for the cluster formation and benefit for business are emphasized. The article focuses on the
analysis of the cluster structure in the tourism industry highlighting the basic components and indicating
the tourism cluster forms. At the end of the article the model of wellness tourism cluster possible to
implement in Western Lithuanian region is presented as well as the theoretical insights acquired using
systemic analysis for the formation of tourism cluster using cooperation of business models.
[key words: tourism cluster, business model, interorganizational formations, wellness tourism]

INTRODUCTION
Tourism influence on regional economy rises gradually and at the same time the rise of the global
economical value is implicated. Regional economical system, its enhancement and increasing is based on
the cluster principle where the essence is the creating of higher value in the network of unified
enterprises. Formation of the tourism clusters in the particular region provides the competitive advantage
for the enterprises in that region against the enterprises that do not belong to cluster (Porter M., 2000;
Rocha O., 2004; Engelstoft S., ir kt. 2006) and this situation is a very important goal for enterprises,
government and other organizations. Initiative of cluster formation indicates new guidelines for
economical policy that are based on macro economical stabilization, privatization and markets
liberalization in the modern countries. Cluster phenomena became the research object for various
scientists in production, services and other sectors. (Dwyer L. ir kt., 2000; Jackson J. ir Murphy P., 2002;
Breda Z. ir kt., 2004; Capone F., 2004; Juceviius R., 2006, 2009; Flowers J. ir Easterling K., 2006; Hunt
M. ir Crompton J., 2008; Fereira J. ir Estevo C., 2009). Cluster formation and development have been
analyzed widely in scientific literature but occurrence of business models complementarities and their
influence on tourism are not analyzed so widely. There is no detail definition of clusters and tourism
clusters, explanation of characteristics, analysis of structure, in-depth analysis of tourism clusters as
business models complementarities. Research object tourism cluster. Research aim to reveal the
aspects of cluster formation as harmonious cooperation of the business models of wellness tourism
members.
Research goals:
1. to present explanation of cluster and tourism cluster definitions: features and margins;
2. to reveal forms of the tourism cluster, formation presumptions and benefit for business;
3. to discuss the structure and models of cluster;
4. to evaluate opportunities for wellness tourism cluster formation in the Lithuanian seaside
region.

Methods: systemic analysis of the scientific literature, comparison and generalization.

The 11
th
EM46 184

CONCLUSIONS, PROPOSALS, RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Universal and complete perception of the cluster concept is not provided by any author. The
analysis of cluster concept shows that cluster always includes geographical unit, relationships among
enterprises, institutions and organizations and that reflects their interaction and highlights importance of
competitiveness and cooperation; moreover, that indicates importance and benefit of specialization,
uniqueness and innovation.
Elements that forms cluster have been extracted: core with supporting activities and infrastructure
important for its existing; utility activities; soft infrastructure, hard infrastructure.
Clusters might be characterized by particular features: geographical concentration, unifying of
different enterprises, each cluster is unique and it increases competitiveness and stimulates cooperation;
clusters might be difficult to classify and they are considered as self-regulating business formations.
Actually, the following cluster members are distinguished: enterprises that include suppliers, business
services and final product; science and education, which are oriented to preparation of the specialists;
financial institutions and national and local government.
2. Tourism cluster is referred to as a group of enterprises and institutions that influence development
of a tourism product. Such enterprises and institutions are concentrated in the particular geographical
territory and they are related by vertical (chain of tourism product production) and horizontal (involving
factors, jurisdiction and information exchange) relationships.
It is possible to distinguish presumptions for the tourism cluster development: competitiveness of
tourism enterprises; convenient geographical location; natural and cultural resources; hospitality;
concentration of the basic partners and their variety; existing of formal and non-formal relationships
among cluster partners.
The tourism cluster appears in the forms typical for a cluster: geo cluster, horizontal cluster, vertical
cluster, side cluster, technological cluster and concentrated cluster.
3. The tourism cluster structure comprises of the following components: static elements
(accommodation and catering); mobile elements (services of tour operators: carriage of passengers; car
rent and etc.); dynamic elements (leisure organization services, cultural and sport events). The structure of
the tourism cluster models maintain the basic cluster margins and include the basic members, but it
highlights elements typical for that sector: tourism, recreational resources, tourism enterprises and
tourists.
4. Clustering processes ensure more harmonious development of the wellness tourism sector,
matching quality of new activities with lower price and innovation. Successful example of wellness
tourism cluster could help evaluate benefit of that cooperation and form guidelines of wellness market
members business models and create a chain of the Lithuanian seaside tourism product production and
distribution attracting foreign tourists.

REFERENCES
[1] Breda Z., Costa R., Costa C. (2006) Do Clusters and Networks Make Small Places Beautiful? The
Case of Caramulo (Portugal) In L. Lazzeretti and C. Petrillo (Eds.) Tourism Local Systems and
Networking, The Netherlands: Elsevier.
[2] Capone F. (2004) Regional competitiveness in tourist local systems. 44th European Congress of the
European Regional Science Association (ERSA) Regions and fiscal federalism. University of Porto,
Portugal.
[3] Dwyer L., Forsyth P., Rao, R. (2000) The price competitiveness of travel and tourism: comparison of
19 destinations. Tourism Management, 21, No.1, 9-22
[4] Engelstof S., Jensen-Butler C., Smith I., Winther L. (2006) Industrial Clusters in Denmark: theory and
empirical evidence. Papers in Regional Science, 85, No.1, 73-97

The 11
th
EM46 185
[5] Fereira J., Estevo C. (2009) Regional Competitiveness of Tourism Cluster: A Conceptual Model
Proposal. MPRA Paper 14853. Retrieved: http://mpra.ub.uni-uenchen.de/14853. Access: 16.10.2012.
[6] Flowers J., Easterling K. (2006) Growing South Carolinas Tourism Cluster. Business and Economic
Review, 52, No.3, 15-20
[7] Hunt M., Crompton J. (2008) Investigating attraction compatibility in an East Texas City.
International Journal of Tourism Research, 10, 237246
[8] Jackson J., Murphy P. (2002) Tourism destinations as clusters: analytic experiences from the New
World. Tourism and Hospitality Research, 4, No.1, 36-52
[9] Juceviius R. (2006) Klasterizacijos procesai ir Lietuva. Retrieved:
http://www.infobalt.lt/docs/JUCEVICI.pdf. Access: 16.10.2012
[10] Juceviius R. (2009) Klasteri vadovas. Vilnius.
[11] Porter M. (2000) Location, competition, and economic development: local clusters in a global
economy. Economic Development Quarterly, 14, No.1, 110
[12] Rocha O. (2004) Entrepreneurship and development: the role of clusters. Small Business Economics,
23, 363-400

The 11
th
EM47 186
RESEARCH OF RECREATIONAL NEEDS OF THE TOURISM MARKET IN RIGA
E. IVANOVA, L. FEDORENKO, V.CHLAIDZE
Department of Managements and Marketing
e-mail: katerinka9@inbox.lv; larisa7fedorenko@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Main problems of this research are changed requirements for the tourism product. Also changed
recreational needs in tourism. We do not know science-based requirements for the tourism product.
Object for study- tourists, consumers of tourism service.
Subject of study- attitude to tourism product.
Objective of study- find regularities of requirements changes for tourism product, depending on the
conditions of life, way of life and work activity.
If we found regularities, we can produce those tourism products, which will be demanded and
implemented.
[Key words: Recreation, Recreational time, Recreational space, The recreational needs of the
individual]

GENERAL
The main objective of this work - reveal regularities between time of rest (recreation time) and the
factors that influence. Therefore, studied the factors, can make a conclusion:
1. The more person works, the more rest he needs.
2. The more hard work, the more rest person needs.
3. The worse working condition, the more needs rest.
The more person works, the more rest he needs. With long-term work, there is less time for rest,
therefore person needs more recreate on day off and on vacation.
The more hard work, the more person needs to recreate. For everybody burden of labor are
ambiguous, that is why if for person labor appear hard, then him needs more recreate.
The worse working condition, the more necessary recreate. The more person not satisfying their
workplace as morally and physically the more him necessary to recreate [1].
Climate renders a significant impact of the people life and people economic activity. Person adapts to
adverse natural condition. As a matter of fact, him to help in this the trendy development of production,
mechanism, improving methods of protection from adverse natural condition [2].
Districts most favorable for person health with climatic condition used for wellness goals, there are
making climatic resorts.
Therefore, because of unfavorable way of life, nature condition, tiredness at work person needs more
frequents and interesting rest condition, for revitalization.

CONCLUSION
Recreational resources are considered as one of the factors in the development of tourism and the
basis for production planning of tourism product.
Based on the research, can be summed up that gender, age and occupation of the person do not matter,
because the highest values are- conditions, difficulty and characteristics of occupations.
Trends of labor intensity show that:
1. The more time people spend on work, the more time it is necessary for them to rest.

The 11
th
EM47 187
2. The more complex the work is, the more recreational time people need.
3. The worse working conditions people have in the workplace, the more recreational time people
need.
Knowing the recreational time, space, human needs, you cannot just make a resting person happy
and healthy, but also make a profit.

REFERENCES
[1] .., ..,
[2] .., . ., ..
[3] .., .. //

[4] .. //
11

The 11
th
EM48 188
PERSPECTIVES OF FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC MANAGEMENT OF HIGHER
EDUCATION SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT
I. KALENUK, N. HOLYAVKO
Chernihiv State Institute of Economics and Management
Striletska st.,1, 14033, Chernihiv, Ukraine,
e-mail: rector@geci.cn.ua, natasha290186@rambler.ru

ABSTRACT
One of the most important characteristic of present stage of development is intellectualization of
economy. The necessary condition of knowledge society development is training of highly skilled experts
able to produce and to work with information resources. Thus, it is growing the role of education as basic
generator and transmitter of knowledge. The expenditures on higher education are the investments in
human capital.
[Keywords: higher education system, financial and economic management, grant, internationalization]

GENERAL
The financial and economic management of higher education includes two subsystems: financial
maintenance and financial regulation. Financial maintenance of higher education is the granting of certain
sum of financial resources from state budget and also the decision of higher educations financial
problems. Financial regulation is the active influence on process of financial maintenance with the
purpose of decision of concrete problems. Subsystems of financial regulation:
1. Identification of forms and methods of state financing, regulation of the interbudget relations.
Methods of financing: situational (at a level of the previous year), normative (on the basis of
norms), on results of activity. The forms of financing: direct financing, additional assignments
on categories programs or on results of activity, granting of material resources or privileges, etc.
Regulation of interbudget relations consists in formation of multilevel financing schemes on the
basis of combination of centralized and local sources of financing.
2. Identification of financing sources means the identification of subjects that can be the investors
of education. Except of traditional sources (state, private), today are actively developing the
combined sources and the new mechanisms of educational services payment.
3. Regulation of financial flows (restriction or stimulation of financing from various sources).
4. Identification of limits of financial and economic autonomy of higher educational institutions
(HEIs). The requirement of effective functioning of higher education system is the increasing of
autonomy of HEIs in educational, financial and economic activities. The world practice has a
great experience of use of flexible mechanisms of HEIs management (with the economic and
stimulating methods).
The transformational influence on education development is made by the activization of globalization
processes, which includes internationalization and globalization of higher education. Internationalization
of higher education includes the development of international educational services market (export and
import of educational services, increase of number of foreign students), formation of international forms
of educational activity (international joint educational and scientific projects, joint educational
institutions, joint diplomas of HEIs of various countries), internationalization of financial resources of
education (grants, credits from international organizations, funds, establishments of other countries). The
foreign financial resources in the sphere of higher education are realizing within the frameworks of
special programs of UNESCO, European Union, foreign public and private charitable funds. Well-known
programs of international educational cooperation are Tempus, Erasmus Mundus, Jean Monnet Program,
Fulbright Program, etc. [1]

The 11
th
EM48 189
The improvement and increase of efficiency of higher education system management requires
introduction of elements of responsibility and transparency of state politics. The perspective of
development of financial and economic management of higher education system is wide involving of
public and private sectors.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2011)
: : / .. , .. , .. , ..
; . . ..., . .. : , 165

The 11
th
EM49 190
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AS A KEY OF ENHANCE
OF SOCIAL CAPITAL IN THE ENTERPRISE
O. GRISHNOVA
1
, M. BOYKO
2

1)
Shevchenko National University of Kyiv
Department of Enterprise Economics
90, Vasylkivska Street, UA-03022 ,Kyiv, Ukraine,
e-mail: grishnova@ukr.net, phone: +38 (067) 603-00-00
2)
Precarpathian National University named after Vassyl Stefanyk
Faculty of Economics
57, Shevchenko Street, UA-76000, Ivano-Frankivsk, Ukraine
e-mail: margarytaboyko@yahoo.com, , phone: +38 (050) 373-09-72

ABSTRACT
Social capital is the newest resource, which organization management can activate and develop to
provide unique opportunities and remarkable competitive advantages.
The full formation of social capital in the organization shows presence of three interdependent and
interrelated indicators.
The first of them - trust - is a fundamental indicator of social capital. The conditions for creation of
trust relationships in the company are common values, orientations, norms and beliefs that axiomatically
accepted and which direct personnel regardless of official status. These values and norms appear to be the
second indicator of social capital and are formed by management within the organizational culture. The
main functioning condition for the social capital is creation of social network which allows to structure
relations between personnel and to guarantee social involvement. This is the third indicator of social
capital in the organization. Management of the company is traditionally based on communications; its
efficiency determines the success of operations. The process of social networks development coincides
with management operations in the company. The creation and efficient functioning of social networks
within the company guaranties to personnel real participation in the process of planning, organizing,
motivation, decision-making and control in the organization.
[Key words: social capital, social networks, information technology, indicators of social capital,
values, trust]

GENERAL
Social capital, just like human capital, belongs mostly to personnel and the most important
management function is to find the key to its activation.
Social capital building is important for companies to create their business strengths, confidence and to
position themselves as creative, innovative and competitive members of market. Social capital is a big
advantage of the companies, it stimulates interaction and generation of innovative ideas, improves the
scope for exchange of best experience and increasing the competitiveness. Knowledge exchange is an
important element that enables enterprises to enhance their innovation and technological capabilities.
Information technology development and building networks integrates people, make them a productive
force. Investing in social capital and information technology means that long-term benefits such as social
networks based on mutuality, trust, respect, and appreciation will last longer and become a vital success
factor.
Investment in the development of information technologies, trainings and creation of internal
informational network gives the company new potential. Training of personnel should be based on
information technology using interactive methods. Discovering the modern knowledge and skills of
professional and personal communication, learning the newest methods of communication, changes the

The 11
th
EM49 191
attitude of staff for participation in the communication process and it activates the potential of social
capital.
The second direction of investment is creation of intranet (internal network similar to the Internet, but
its information resources are available only within the organization) in the company and making special
working places that offer easy access to information resources and simplify the process of information-
sharing. The integration of horizontal and vertical information network resources activates the main
indicators of social capital - trust and system of values.
Trust is a product and benefit of social capital it grows from and contributes to transparency of the
company, it is based on active cooperation and interaction between staff. Higher levels of organizational
social capital justify individual commitment to the company by involvement of employees. Mutual
commitment between organizational members-relational trust and norms, rather than transactional
agreements and formal rules, are the operational foundations of behaviour between employer and
employee. Employees who evidence strong relational norms evidence more belief in their organizations
goals and values. Social capital depends on trust in many terms, the integration of trust, network, values
and norms make the concept of social capital for many companies an extremely useful competitive tool.
The cooperation and relationships of commitment that characterize social capital in the enterprise
could not exist without a height level of trust, higher trust level - stronger is social capital. Organizations
based on values and trust, monitor higher level of competitive advantages, high-performance of work.
Top managers of the company with high social capital establish trust by behaving fairly, reasonably, and
consistently. Employees are less likely to leave a position when they trust their organization and share
their values, and in this sense trust lowers transaction costs and saves resources that can be put to
productive use.
We investigated the features of formation and development of social capital in the organization and
discovered logical connection between indicators in terms of management capabilities of their effective
use. This connection between indicators of social capital is launched with investment in the development
of internal social networks and related training. All these open a real possibility for management to put
into practice the specific organizational values, value guidelines and form trusting relationships both
interpersonal and generalized (impersonal). The creation of network in company with the use of
information technology becomes a great importance as it influences the formation and effective
functioning of social capital. Social Capital with newest information technology can play an essential
strategic roll in the life of the company as it provides competitive advantage and can stimulate hidden
reserves and potential of the company.
Of course, social capital is not the cure-all for many of the ills of society, but for many companies, it
is a key to organizational success.

The 11
th
EM50 192
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES AS A LABOR PRODUCTIVITY FACTOR OF
INCREASING SIGNIFICANCE
T.O. KOSTENKO
Taras Shevchenko National University, Kyiv
The Faculty of Economics
The Economics of Enterprises Department
Vul. Vasulkivska 90-A, Kyiv, Ukraine
e-mail: tania-kostenko@ukr.net, phone: 0973076290

Labor productivity factors have been transforming under globalization. The main reason for this
transformation is scientific and technological progress. Increasing development of information
technologies manifested itself significantly during last two decades.
Nowadays, almost all spheres of human activity are permeated by information technologies. These
technologies are rapidly turning into an important incentive for world economy development. They also
created possibilities for individuals, companies and communities, involved into business activities, to
solve economic and social problems both efficiently and creatively.
Information technologies should be defined as a complex of processes, procedures, regulations,
hardware, as well as technical, mathematical and linguistic means that operate to collect, to store, to
process and to distribute information.
Nowadays, no one can deny an accelerating growth of generated and consumed information. Only
during the last 30 years it has been produced more information than during previous 5000 years. It is
estimated that one copy of "New York Times" newspaper contains more information than it was available
for those who lived in England in XVII century during all their life long [1, 17].
In scientific literature, there are two opposite approaches as to impact of information technologies on
labor productivity. Most of early researchers in this field found no significant interconnection between
these variables. In particular, Morrison and Berndt demonstrated that the impact of IT on labor
productivity is negative [3]. Lichtenberh concluded that there is a stable effect in use of IT, pointing that
one employee who worked with IT was equivalent to six employees who did not work with IT. According
to this author, IT capital explains 81% of variation of marginal productivity indicator, while other types of
capital only 6% [2].
Information technologies development, opening more broad access to knowledge and information
resources and forming an innovative culture in society, created possibilities for transition to innovative
model of economic growth.
Information technologies improve quality of labor (reducing heavy physical and promoting creative
activity), working conditions (ensuring self-employment, part-time and distance employment) and also
change the whole structure of employment (increasing in share of highly skilled specialists, employment
growth in service, science and education sectors).
Recently, a new form of employment telerobot is spread. This job does not require spatial
connection to place due to using of telecommunication channels of operational access. Therefore, people
with physical defects and residents of remote areas with low level of employment, are able to work
staying at home. Thus, the spread of information technologies reduces unemployment and promotes
productive employment.

REFERENCES
[1] Simonovich S. (2012) Informatics: tutorial for students of higher technical educational institutions. 4th Ed,
St. Petersburg, 793.
[2] Lichtenberg F. (1995) The Output Contributions of Computer Equipment and Personnel: A Firm Level
Analysis. Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 3, 201217; document available at
http://www.nber.org/papers/w4540.pdf? new_window=1.
[3] Morrison C.J., Berndt E.R. (1990) Assessing the Productivity of Information Technology Equipment in the
U.S. Manufacturing Industries. National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper; document
available at http://www.nber.org/ papers/w4540.pdf?new window=1.

The 11
th
EM51 193
MONITORING AS A KEY ELEMENT
OF INVESTMENT PROJECTS MANAGEMENT
T. BILONOG
Taras Shevchenko National university of Kyiv
Faculty of Economics
Department of Business Economics
Kyiv, Ukraine
e-mail: tat-bel@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
The theoretical and methodological basics of monitoring as a key element to govern investment
activities of the industrial enterprises is studies. Essence of the monitoring as a notion is examined and a
definition is put forward as regards monitoring of investment projects. A mechanism and objectives of
monitoring of an investment project are established in connection with the current economic
management.
[Keywords: monitoring system, investment project, investment activity]

GENERAL
In modern terms effective investment project management is the most difficult and responsible aspect
of investment analysis. Among problems that exist during investment project management on enterprise it
is possible to distinguish its inefficiency and absence of newest methodological approach usage in
Ukraines market economy conditions in.
According to V. K. Halitsin, monitoring is a continuous observation of economic (or any other)
objects, analysis of their activities as part of management [1, p.2-3].
From these definitions evidently, that monitoring is effective coordinating system of forming
interconnection between the objects condition estimation informative base forming and corresponding
administrative decisions acceptance, but doesnt limited just to the supervision on the state of a certain
object.
Investment project monitoring execution in all directions assumes:
Investment property regular surveillance;
Investment project status diagnostic;
Investment portfolio status supervision;
Recommendation development for solving discovered during monitoring problems and defined
investment parameters deviations etc.
Investment project monitoring system could be divided on the following stages: building of reporting
indicators information system for every single monitoring object; definition of expected standards in the
indicators system; current results operational analysis; comparison of current results with planed figures;
detection of the main reasons of current results deviation from the planed figures; definition of investment
project strengths, weaknesses and potential; report compilation according to the comparison results.
Therefore, investment project monitoring in substance is the informational system, in process is
conditions creation for making managerial decisions, in effectiveness is technology for investment project
realization status estimation, his regulation and his future changes forecasting.

REFERENCES
[1] Galicin V.K. (2009) Models and technologies of monitoring system in economy [Text]: Dissertation
abstract. PhD: spec. 08.03.02 / Galicin Volodimir Konstantinovich. .: Kiev. National Economic
University, 31.

The 11
th
EM52 194
CLUSTERING OF ECONOMIC ENTITY
O. MYKYTYUK
Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv
64/13, Volodymyrska Street, City of Kyiv, Ukraine, 01601
e-mail: mykytyuk_oks@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
Nowadays, the success of economic development is directly linked to industrial growth, decline of
which was seen during the financial crisis. The economic science encountered a problem of mechanism
searching that would ensure sustainable growth of competitiveness at all levels. This corresponds to the
objectives of the creation and development of cluster schemes and formations, which are essentially inter-
branch structures.
[Keywords: cluster, competitiveness, economic entity, innovation system, synergistic effect]

GENERAL
The first comprehensive study of economic cluster around the world was reported in the On
Competition published by Michael E. Porter. He continued A. Marshalls research who found that the
development of the national economy depends on the local concentration of specialized industries.
Cluster is a group of geographically connected competitive businesses (suppliers, manufacturers, and
others.) and related organizations (educational institutions, government, infrastructure companies) which
operate in certain fields and complement one another [1, P.235].
Cooperation cluster form allows combining available factors of production such as labor, land, capital,
natural resources, infrastructure, scientific and technical basis of production, etc. in the local area. This
concentration of resources not only allows all members of the cluster to reach in no time as well as gives
a possibility to implement the economies of scale.
In the terms of the cluster the interconnections of the member enterprises are becoming more active;
therefore, the new benefits rise for other members of the cluster, as follows providing with new efficient
equipment or technologies, expanding and forming sale markets, carrying out the scientific research,
supporting financially, etc. As a result, within the cluster it is achieved a synergistic effect.
As it has been shown, the cluster form of the economy organization allows increasing efficiency of
labor and production, reducing transaction costs, promoting innovations. Also clusters contribute to the
creation of new enterprises, and this fact helps to increase and strengthen the cluster.
The world experience of recent decades gives many examples of the formation and development of
clusters in a wide range of segments of the economy. For example, in the USA there are approximately
400 operative clusters in high tech and service industries. In Germany it was formed key industrial
clusters in the chemical industry, mechanical engineering and other fields. The earliest European
successful experience of forming and functioning of industry clusters can be observed in Italy that counts
for 199 [2].
The experience of clustering in foreign countries proved that the results of this process are significant
and bring to the fostering of the regional development of high employment level, growth of budget
revenues, investment attraction and eventually the growth of Gross National Product.
Since 1998 in Khmelnitsky region, Ukraine, NGO Association Podillya Pershyy has operated.
Within the framework of the association the regional clusters, specifically in building, sewing and food in
Khmelnitsky, and in its turn tourism and food in Kamenetz-Podolsk. The activity of these clusters is
based on the voluntary participation of companies, scientific and public organizations, and local
authorities in order to improve the competitiveness of the region. Furthermore, the cluster includes the
elements of infrastructure (commercial, legal and accounting firms). The Khmelnitsky regions

The 11
th
EM52 195
experience demonstrates that only non-governmental organization effectively runs the activity of cluster,
founders of NGO are members of cluster, public organizations and authorities.
The experience of Khmelnitsky region in the formation of clusters is a showcase for other regions of
Ukraine. Cluster association of enterprises function in Odesa, Lviv, Kherson, The Crimea and Sevastopol.
Although, all above mentioned regions come over the first stage of clustering, that envisages the
consolidation of business, science and authorities, which gives rapid return of capital in different fields, in
other words, in tourism, building, light industry and agriculture. In future, Ukrainian regions can make
use of practice of cluster establishment, especially, it goes about western regions, where small production
units can be found that rely on local natural resources and efficient personnel; according to international
practices all these factors promote clustering.
In addition, the project Concept of clustering in Ukraine, were drown up in 2008,consistently there
are four types of clusters:
Industrial clusters: association of enterprises that produces products units (and related services)
by means of combining operations (e.g. automobile industry, aviation industry, shipbuilding
industry and other fields of engineering complex, organization of construction industry and
production of building materials), and association of enterprises which belong to chemical
industry, pulp and paper industry, iron and steel industry, and agricultural and food industries as
well;
Innovative and technological clusters: association of geographically located enterprises, linked
with production units in order to make innovative products and provide services to the units of
the innovation activity;
Tourist clusters: based on tourist assets of enterprises in different fields, related to providing
services to tourists, such as tour operators, hotels, foodservice industry, souvenir manufacturers,
transportation companies and others;
Transportation logistics clusters: complex of infrastructure and companies that specialize in
storage, forwarding and delivery of cargo and passengers.

Recent years, the process of clustering in Ukraine gains more support from the state. Thus, state target
economical program Establishment of innovative infrastructure in Ukraine for 2009-2013, stipulates
formation of innovative technological clusters, that include scientific research organizations SMEs and
technology transport centers. About 10 million UAH are to be allocated from state budget to meet the
project [3].
Certainly, budget assignation is essential support but in order to promote innovative activity of SMEs
within the framework of cluster structures the following instruments should be used: state guarantees, risk
minimization programs and reimbursement of risky losses, target donations for innovative active
enterprises. Volumes of certain subsidies, donations and compensations have to be subject of regional
location of cluster, its specialization and priorities.

REFERENCES
[1] Porter M. E. (2005) On Competition. M.: Williams, 608
[2] Scoch A. (2007) Mezgdunarodnyy opyt formirovaniya klasterov [electronic recourse] / A.
Scoch//Journalistic club Intelros Cosmopolis. 16, Access mode
www.intelros.ru/index.php?newsid=352 (10.03.2013) The title from the screen.
[3] On approval of the State Target Economical Program Establishment of innovative infrastructure in
Ukraine for 2009-2013: decree of Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine 447 from 14.05.2008: official
issue / Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine // Official Newsletter of Ukraine (2008) 36. 1201.

The 11
th
EM53 196
ESTIMATION OF THE SYSTEM OF CRISIS CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Y. ZHOROVA
Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv
Department of Economics of Enterprise
vul.Vasilkivska 90a, Kyiv, Ukraine
email: y.zhorova@gmail.com

ABSTRACT
Crisis corporate governance considers risk and crisis management at the level of executive
management, board of directors, shareholders and other stakeholders.
Crisis corporate governance speculate reconciling the interests of shareholders, supervisory board,
executive directors and all stakeholders in prevention, diagnosis, elimination and control signs of a crisis,
overcoming a crisis condition and avoid the liquidation process.
The system of crisis corporate governance includes governance entities that directly implement
management activities, controlled objects and the process of governance. Combination of rational anti-
crisis program and the process of governance is a key to an effective functioning of the system of crisis
corporate governance in general.
The aim of the research is to examine and justify estimation process of system of crisis corporate
governance.
[Keywords: crisis management, corporate governance, crisis corporate governance, evaluation of the
system of crisis corporate governance]

GENERAL
Estimation process of system of crisis corporate governance consists of three parts. The first part is the
financial analysis of an object that includes a calculation of profitability, liquidity, business activity,
financial statement, and allows to determine the rationality of engagement and use of own and borrowed
assets, working capital turnover and the optimum ratio of inventory stock with needs of production,
profitability and solvency of an enterprise, etc. The second part involves the usage of several statistical
methods applied in corporate failure prediction, such as Altman Z-score model, universal discriminant
model, Tereshchenko integrated model, Beaver test. The third part includes project management
techniques for measuring project performance and progress in an objective manner.
The approximate scheme of estimation of crisis corporate governance system is given below (see
Fig.1). Once the estimation process is complete, then business owners and executive managers need to
focus on improving business performance in line with the recommendations from the estimation process,
which provides practical approaches to improving business performance, covering both financial and non-
financial aspects of business.
The effectiveness of system of crisis corporate governance will provide a stable, dynamic and
coordinated development of all business units, as an integrated socio-economic system; the protection of
the rights of all interested groups in the enterprise; the implementation of a rational system of evaluation
and control; an efficiency system of compensation and rewards, and total harmonic development of the
company.

The 11
th
EM53 197

Implementation of efficient, constantly functioning, rational system of estimation and control of the
company, at the level of corporate governance, will allow to neutralize the conflict of interest, enhance
economic security of a company and avoid unexpected signs of a crisis.

REFERENCES
[1] Stern J., Stewart B., Che D. (1995) The EVA Financial Management System. Journal of Applied
Corporate Finance, 8, No. 2, Summer

Economic value added analysis
Profitability
analysis
ESTIMATION OF THE SYSTEM OF CRISIS CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Financial analysis of a company
Liquidity
analysis
Business
activity analysis
Financial statement
analysis
Statistical methods applied in corporate failure
Altman
model
Universal
discriminant
model
Tereshchenko
integrated model
Beaver
test
EVA = NOPATWACCCE EVA = (ROICWACC) CE
) 1 ( T P NOPAT
T

V
D
R T
V
E
R WACC
d c
e
) 1 (
CL TA CE
SPREAD WACC ROIC ) (
CL TA CE
CE
NOPAT
ROIC

The 11
th
EM54 198
PROJECT MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE
I. KOSACH, I.KALINKO
e-mail: Irish-1@chb.net.ua, kalinko_ira@rambler.ru

ABSTRACT
The project management process according to A Guide to the Project Management Body of
Knowledge (PMBOK Guide) includes four phases: Initiation and Definition; Planning; Execution and
Control; and Closeout. Project management requires a framework made up of product, people, processes,
and (organizational) platforms within an enterprise.
The deliverable out of every project will be a solution to a business problem or opportunity; thus, a
business result that provides benefit to our internal and/or our external customers. And that deliverable
cannot be created without a sound business infrastructure that supports project management.
The main goal of this study is to analyze the Project Management Infrastructure
[Keywords: infrastructure, project management, system, phase]

GENERAL
An infrastructure is the basic, underlying framework or features of an organization or system. A
project management infrastructure, for the most part, consists of systems of policies, standards,
procedures and guidelines that define how project management work is to be performed. here are four
key components that are part of a project management framework or infrastructure a Portfolio
Management System (product), a Process Management System (process), an Organizational Management
System (platform) , and a Performance Management System (people.
A Portfolio Management System ensures that the initiation of the project management process is
grounded in sound strategic business decisions. A Portfolio Management System has five subsystems: a
Solicitation Process (doing the right projects), a Selection Process (stopping the wrong ones), a
Prioritization Process (doing them in the right order), a Registration Process (codifying them in a central
repository), and an Enterprise Resource Planning Process (staffing them with the right people).This part
of the infrastructure allows the enterprise to manage the inventory of projects within the enterprise.
A Process Management System takes the approved and prioritized project through the Definition,
Planning, Execution/Control, and Closeout phases.
The approved project from the Portfolio Management System goes into the Definition phase, which
creates a project charter. The project charter becomes the input to the Planning phase, which creates a
work plan.The charter and the work plan then become the baseline in the Execution/Control phase of the
project process. During this phase, the project team creates status reports and product deliverables. Once
the project is over, these outputs from the execution/control phase are the input into the Closeout phase
from which lessons learned are documented and archived for reference when starting the project
management process all over again.
An Organizational Management System is the governance structure defining roles, responsibilities,
reporting and authorities relationships.
The organization platform of the infrastructure indicates the political interactions among departments
and among people within the project community
A Performance Management System supports the three systems described above. The Performance
Management System consists of a performance improvement process in which performance expectations
and personal developmental plans are established and agreed upon.

The 11
th
EM55 199

THE NECESSITY OF LOCAL INNOVATIVE CENTERS FOR COOPERATION OF
EDUCATION, SCIENCE AND INDUSTRY IN UKRAINE
O. SAKUN
Department of Banking
e-mail: alexandra_sakun@bigmir.net

ABSTRACT
The innovative model of social and economic development is certain as one of strategic priorities for
Ukraine. So that, the task of providing development of innovative structures such as technological parks,
scientifically technological incubators and other forms of combining effort science, education, production
and financial capital become actual.
Realization of these positions will allow Ukraine to send transformation changes in an economy on
effective realization of scientific and technical potential of country and to become on the way of
innovative development of economy. In this context of especially actual value acquires the question of
forming of new mechanisms of co-operation of educational establishments, scientific cells and
production.
The task of providing development technological parks, scientifically technological incubators as the
forms of combining science, education, production and financials become actual. However unstudied are
problems of co-operation of local innovative educations with the subjects of production sphere, studied
not enough is a mechanism of co-operation of education, science and production, within the framework of
innovative centers, and also co-operating of them with financial institutes and state.
[Keywords: tekhnopark, tekhnopolis, business-incubator, organizationally-economic mechanism,
innovative structure, state regulation, local innovative center, innovative infrastructure]

GENERAL
The main goal of this study is The purpose of the article is to found out of mechanism of cooperation
of education, science and production for the innovative development of Ukraine. Find out the role of such
cooperation in the context of forming of domestic innovative strategy, to find out basic problems in
development of local innovative centers. To offer the new decisions of these problems and acceleration of
forming of the unique conception of development of local innovative centers.
The absence of the concerted mechanism of cooperation of educational establishments, scientific
centers and production is the one of retentive factors of development of innovative centers in Ukraine,
which must be coordinated and regulated the state. Such cooperation must include financial processes,
organizationally-economic co-operate all three brunches and the ramified infrastructure which every
component element would be legislatively well-regulated in [1].
In the conditions of market economy the state must offer general parameters and rule innovative
development, politically and resource to stimulate important projects and programs. All other types of
cooperation between the participants of innovative process must be carried out independently on the basis
of their mutual interests.

REFERENCES
[1] Kalenuk I.S., Sakun O.S. (2011) Organizationally-economic mechanisms of cooperation of
eduucation, sciene and prodaction. Announcer of the Zaporozhia National University 12, No.4, 22-
28

The 11
th
EM56 200
STATE REGULATION OF REGIONAL ECONOMIC SECURITY IN INNOVATIVE
DEVELOPMENT
N. TKALENKO, V. MARHASOVA
Department of Management, Department of Finance
e-mail: nataliya_2504@mail.ru akiv46@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
The alignment of socio-economic development and the creation of conditions for their self-reliance
and development of companies, which produced competitive innovative products, traditionally is carried
out by means of financial and economic instruments of state regulation such as tax incentives,
redistribution of resources, subsidies, grants, various forms of investment and so on.
The most effective measures are the indirect regulation which aimed to improve the investment
climate, the infrastructure, job creation and more. The use of indirect measures of financial incentives
positively influences on the development of the regional capabilities, promotes initiatives of local
authorities to solve their socio-economic problems and does not conducive dependent mentality.
[Keywords: innovation, model, state regulation, regional economic security, development]

GENERAL
The priorities of the state regulation mechanisms of regional economic security are: economic
restructuring of the primary development, on the one hand, the most profitable and modern industries, on
the other hand - those which have long-term economic benefits to the system of territorial division of
labour; resuscitation or activation their own resources of development; formation of clusters that are
aimed the needs of the market and react quickly to market condition changing; development of
interregional infrastructure systems with a worthy mission territory. The state participation in the
improving the regional economic security is: implementation of government support programs for
regional development; placement of orders for supply of goods for state needs; parity participation in
large regional investment projects and preferences and privileges; creating equitable interaction of state
and regional budget systems. The main policy objectives of economic security of the country and regions
are the formation of an innovative model of development. The mechanisms of state regulation of
economic security must be formed taking into account the acceleration of scientific and technological
progress, determination of its priorities, enhancing the investment activity, reducing the gap in social and
economic development of regions [1].
Under the innovative development, the role of mechanisms of state regulation of regional economic
security is the development and implementation of government incentives and support for innovation.
In Ukraine, the main elements of these mechanisms are: the legal framework, which is based
innovation; the legal definition of national income allocated to innovation; the tax incentives for
businesses and for individuals for innovation; the promoting innovation universities and interested
scientists and the priority resource support innovation [2].
Summing up the results and accepting innovative investment factor as the main component of the state
regulation mechanism of regional economic security, a model of innovative development of the region
can be represented by the following figure 1.

The 11
th
EM56 201
FIGURE 1. MODEL OF INNOVATIVE DEVELOPMENT OF REGION

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2012)
// .. /
- : .
(. ..).:
[2] ., .. (2010)
/ .. , .. //
. 2. 54-60
The economic security of the region
The development of socially-
oriented economy of the region
Competitive
The productivity
of the economy
The industry
science
The need for advanced
technologies
The potential of scientific
and technical progress
The basic science

The 11
th
EM57 202
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS IN AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRY AS FACTOR OF
MODERNIZATION OF POSTSOCIALISTIC ECONOMY
A. VELIHORSKYY
Department of Economics
e-mail: veligorsky@yahoo.com

ABSTRACT
The automotive industry is a key, strategic branch, both national and world economy, which
determines their status and prospects for development. Producing technologically complicated and multi-
component products, the sector has a multiplier effect on the operation of related industries - ferrous and
non-ferrous metals, machinery, chemicals and petrochemicals, electrical and electronics, construction and
the service sector. Therefore, throughout the 20th century, the automotive industry has played the role of
a locomotive of economic development leading countries, and in the early 21st century, it has stimulated
the modernization of some countries with transitional economies.
In the socialist era, most Eastern European countries in one way or another were involved in the
production of cars. In general, manufactured products were of poor quality and low competitiveness. It
was sold almost exclusively in the markets of the socialist countries. Since the late 80's modernization of
industry, including automotive, Eastern Europe was largely dependent on foreign investment [1]. These
have brought equipment, technology, capital and access to foreign markets.
The main goal of this study is to analyze the motivations and consequences of foreign investment in
the automotive industry in Eastern Europe.
[Keywords: automotive industry, foreign investment, modernization, automobiles production, sales
and export, Eastern European countries.]

GENERAL
Since the early 90s active movement of foreign capital began in Eastern Europe (mainly from
Western Europe), through which Poland, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Romania, Slovenia and later
Slovakia organized assembly of cars and manufacture of components. Localization of manufacture in the
region confirms the basic tenets of Vernons Product Cycle Theory and John Dunnings Eclectic
Paradigm. The motivations of big car manufacturers to invest in the Eastern Europe states were driven by
a combination of factors. The successful start of the reforms, political stability, favorable legal and tax
regime and the geographical vicinity of this region were important factors in this process. Car
manufacturers have also sought to exploit the relatively cheap labor cost, bypass customs barriers.
Significant impact on the structure, scope and direction of investments had scale of domestic market of
the host countries and the prospects for its growth (volume of GDP and per capita income).
Today automotive industry has turned into one of the leading sectors of the regional economy, which
has provided high-paying jobs to hundreds of thousands of skilled workers. The share of automotive
industry to GDP increased significantly, vehicle sales rose substantially in the domestic markets. At the
same time the industry has provided considerable growth of export opportunities [2].
However, not all countries in the region have attracted foreign investments on a significant scale in the
automotive industry. The reason - the lack of appropriate motivators. For example, in Russia the leading
automobile manufacturers have started to transfer the production only in the last years. Ukraine, Bulgaria,
the Baltic countries, the majority of state of the former Yugoslavia not received significant investment in
this sector.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2004) :
. - , -.
[2] The Automobile Industry (2012). European Automobile Manufacturers Association -
http://www.acea.be/collection/publications

The 11
th
EM58 203
PERSPECTIVES OF ONLINE TRADING IN UKRAINE
S.V. ZLOBIN, O. V. ZLOBINA
Department of Economic Cybernetics and Computer Science
Striletska st.,1, 14033, Chernihiv, Ukraine
e-mail: s.zlobin@inbox.ru , o.zlobina@inbox.ru , phone: +(3804622) 5-32-78

Ukraine is a tasty morsel for many foreign trade companies. The part of households connected to
the Internet in Ukraine is about 43%. That is quite low compared to other European countries.
Nevertheless, Ukrainian users show high activity in the Internet. 84% of Ukrainians use the Internet every
day. Ukrainian users like more to review information about a product online than buy. 74% of users
explore proposals and only 14% of them make a purchase.
According to the "Yandex.Market" statistics [1], the fastest growing categories of goods in Ukraine
are furniture, clothing/shoes /accessories and construction/repair. In spite of the rapid growth of the online
shopes in Ukraine, number of online clothing stores is still rather small.
Today, only 42% of Ukrainians are connected to the Internet, and spend 20 hours a week online. In
the EU this indicator on average is 14.8 hours. This again confirms the fact that Internet users in Ukraine
are less, but they are very active. 96% of Ukrainians are watching TV (in the EU 95%), 42% use the
Internet (65% in the EU), 43% listen to the radio (EU 64%), 59% reading newspapers (EU 62%) and
magazines 41% (48% in the EU).
According to the results of the IAB research [2] 80% of Ukrainians said that the Internet helps them in
the organization of life, 83% said that it helps them to stay in touch with friends and relatives, 33%
consider it useful in the management of finances, and 11% said that they use Internet to organize a
vacation or a trip.
Talking about web surfing, we should say that the most of Ukrainians daily go to social networks
(61% of users), and a little less reading news (43%) and watching videos (35%). But if we look at
indicator of a month statistics, most people are interested in watching a video Ukraine (90%), and after
that social networks (84%) and news (83%) [3].
64% of Ukrainians are looking for more information about product, which advertising they see online.
50% of all Internet users in Ukraine frequently visite Web sites of their favorite brands. 49% of users like
more to buy a product from a brand they follow on social networks [4].
58% of Internet users in Ukraine claim that it helps them to choose the best product or service.
Ukrainians are more often buying in the Internet electronics (64%), financial services (63%) and health
products (51%).
In addition, according to the IAB, 100% of Ukrainian Internet users are looking for online information
about the products and 83% at least once made purchases in online stores [5].

REFERENCES
[1] http://market.yandex.ua/
[2] http://www.iab.net/about_the_iab/recent_press_releases/press_release_archive/press_release/pr-
060612_global
[3] http://ain.ua/2012/10/24/99561
[4] http://raskrutka.com.ua/novosti/blog/rost-internet-polzovatelej.html
[5] http://itc.ua/articles/sostoyanie-i-perspektivyi-onlayn-torgovli-v-ukraine-po-materialam-
konferentsii-owox-2012/

The 11
th
EM59 204
ABOUT THE PRACTICAL IMPORTANCE
OF REVIEW OF DEFINITIONS OF RURAL TOURISM
N.A.ALESHUGINA
Chernihiv State Institute of Economics and Management,
Cathedra of Tourism
E-mail: aleshugina@rambler.ru Tel. +380631869935

ABSTRACT
In the thesis the needing for clear definitions of types of tourism business, organized in rural areas is
discussed. Emphasis is on the practical significance of this measure to determine exemptions in taxation,
increased revenues from business activities in tourism and the legalization of the tourist market in
Ukraine.
[Key words: rural tourism, hospitality tourism, tax benefits]

GENERAL
Nowadays, rural tourism is gaining in popularity. More affordable prices and distances than the rest of
the sea and the ski resorts, it develops in areas not less secured recreational resources than known
destinations and attracts recreational use new areas. Holidays in the countryside for Ukrainian are not
news. However, in its current manifestation, when the owners of rural estates take over the functions of
hoteliers, restaurateurs, animators and other participants in the tourism business rural tourism is known to
Ukrainian consumer not so long ago. In a short time this service was able to win a niche in the tourism
market, moreover, extends it further.
A popular activity it was not only the tourists but also among rural entrepreneurs due to the benefits
that entails its development. Rural tourism as a form of economic activity takes economic and
developmental functions (diversification activity of the rural population, reduce the degree of uncertainty
and risk in the event of adverse changes in market food, additional incomes, new workplaces,
development of communications and industrial infrastructure, improving standards and aesthetics of
villages and improving the quality of life of local residents) [1].
In view of the foregoing it is not surprising that the accommodation services in private homes,
organizing outdoor recreation and catering are beginning to offer the inhabitants of towns, small towns,
and even residents of the private sector suburbs of large cities.
Since this type of activity began to extend beyond rural areas and include various activities, not quite
typical rural hospitality, the system of definitions concerning rural tourism requires clarification.
The development of this type of tourism in Ukraine is still not fully regulated, there is no special law,
volume of activity, which may be tax benefits, does not clearly defined [2-4]. However, local authorities
in many regions have declared this activity a priority tourism development, and for the population
engaged in this activity in addition to the main job, as well as in depressed regions, there are certain tax
benefits. Using uncertainties, many entrepreneurs, including in the cities, called "rural tourism" provides
various related services. In Ukraine "rural tourism" may be renting townspeople their country houses and
cottages, the activities of small countryside restaurants and hotels, decorated in traditional style, renting
out rooms in the resort areas without providing related services and other activities that are outside
reminiscent of rural tourism. Moreover, in order to avoid taxes, entrepreneurs hide the number of beds
and rooms, which determines the basic or additional activity is present for the host.
Therefore, in our desire to clarify the definition is seen not only academic, but also economic interest
that will be useful for legislative regulation of this sphere of activity.

The 11
th
EM59 205
Firstly, it is absolutely clear that rural tourism and tourism in rural areas - not the same thing. We must
distinguish between a hotel, restaurants, sports tourism from a business that is based on using own houses
for the reception and tourist services. Only in the last activity should extend facilities provided for rural
tourism. Others have to pay taxes as provided for entrepreneurs.
Secondly, the foregoing reasons, and also because of the spread of this practice in the cities,
considered it appropriate to talk about, say, hospitality tourism. Selecting this definition is dictated by the
fact that the cycle of customer service in a private estate differs in form from the one observed in the mass
tourism. It is more like taking care of host, taking own dear guests, with the difference that these services
are available to all comers for the money. In this case, the benefits are distributed to rural residents who
take tourists in the same building in which they live themselves. If a house in a village without a master or
a room in a city apartment rented, the owners have to pay tax on personal income.
Thirdly, in order to include the activities of the inhabitants of townships and urban dwellers classified
as "hospitality tourism", it should be kept in mind that the main feature of this type of tourism is used as a
permanent base lodging private dwellings in which necessarily are personal garden plots. These rooms
must be surrounded by similar buildings in close proximity to natural objects; otherwise this type of
activity will not correspond to its fundamental principles and become meaningless.
The basic principles of hospitality tourism should remain: small scale, maintaining local livelihoods;
individual destination of services, use of local natural, socio-cultural, ethnographic, socio-economic and
other resources for the tourist, friendly attitude towards nature, focus on its protection and conservation
[5]. They should distinguish hospitality tourism from other types of tourism business. Based on their
compliance the decision about prediction of tax benefits must be determine.
So, how well the limits of the concept of hospitality tourism will be determined, its legal status and
income level of local communities of this kind of activity will depend.

REFERENCES
[1] Rutyns'kyi M. (2006) Rural Tourism. - Kyiv.: Znannja, 271
[2] Law of Ukraine "On the village green tourism" (project of the Institute for Rural Development from
2007). Electronic source. Mode of access
http://icp.org.ua/ukr/zakon/akts/2005/08/18/zakon_ukraini_pro_si_206.html
[3] Law of Ukraine "On the rustic and rural green tourism" (draft of 2003) Electronic source. Mode of
access http://w1.c1.rada.gov.ua/pls/zweb_n/webproc4_1?id=&pf3511=16117
[4] Law of Ukraine "On rural agricultural tourism" (a project of the Ministry of Agrarian Policy of 2010)
Electronic source. Mode of access http://170820.minagro.web.hosting-test.net/page/?10318
[5] Kravchenko A.N. (2007) Recreation economy of Polissya: current state and development prospects. -
Nizhyn: Milanik, 172

The 11
th
EM60 206
MARKET SEGMENTATION OF TOURIST - RECREATIONAL COMPLEX IN
CONTEXT OF ITS COMPETITIVENESS
G. ANDREYEVA
e-mail: aannet@rambler.ru

ABSTRACT
In given article the problem of the choice of competitive strategy of tourist - recreational complex of
any level, in particular its least scale form - a tourist centre is considered. The optimum set of segments of
tourist products market for working out of strategy of specialisation is offered.
[Keywords: a tourist-recreational complex, tourist centre, market segmentation, a tourist product]

GENERAL
Topicality. Competitiveness of the tourist centres is a very topical question in the conditions of
globalisation and internationalisation of the tourist markets of the majority of the world countries. For
tourist - recreational complex of the countries which are characterised by instability and low
competitiveness, the choice of narrower sphere of competition and direction of efforts to getting leading
positions in it is expedient. With that purpose it is necessary to carry out research of segments of tourist
products market.
Question of segmentation of tourist products market was considered by scientists deeply enough that
has found display in works of many scientists. In the majority of researches according to already existing
division of labour, the attention is paid to possibility of specialisation of the separate enterprises (tourist
operators, agents, hotels, hotel and tourist complexes). Segmentation of tourist products market for needs
of formation of competitive strategy of tourist - recreational complex requires completion.
Aim. The aim of the given article is to define optimum segmentation scheme of sphere of competition
of tourist - recreational complexes (including their least scale form - tourist centres) for the further choice
of their competitive strategy in the tourism world market.
Summary of basic material. The analysis of already offered ways of segmentation of tourist products
market has resulted in a conclusion, that a big variety of small segments leads to distortion of an overall
picture of competitive struggle as between the enterprises of the industry of tourism, and the industries. It
is connected first of all by that consumers of a tourist product perceive distinction between only several
segments which most expressively differ according to the sign of a main objective of travel and,
accordingly, to satisfaction of tourist requirement.
Thus, the most effective, in our opinion, is allocation of following segments of the tourist products
market:
1. Informative tourism which satisfies curiosity of a person. It includes: historical, cultural, ethnic,
museum, event (including: festival, sports, etc.), nostalgic, religious, their association in any
way.
2. The recreational tourism the main objective of which is recreation, health improvement. For
specification of understanding it shall mention, that it has the following subsegments: beach (sea,
river, lake, etc.), health improving (without treatment), medical, mountain (stationary), etc.
3. Business tourism satisfies requirement for establishment of business contacts and information
interchange: business meetings and negotiations, meetings (corporate), seminars, conferences,
scientific tourism, exhibition measures and service of delegations of other character.
4. Entertaining tourism potentially has wide possibility for reception of incomes of the
corresponding tourist centre as is based on satisfaction of such needs as gambling (game

The 11
th
EM60 207
tourism), shopping (shopping-tourism), visiting of club type institutions (club tourism), etc.
Sometimes requirement of consumers at reception of these satisfactions borders on
corresponding forms of mental illnesses.
5. Adventure tourism (sports (water; walking; mountain; ski; bicycle), extreme (water, air,
mountain, walking, exotic) [1], pot-holing, hunting, safari, sport fishing etc.) aims at satisfaction
of requirement for reception of physical activity, adrenaline, and also unique impressions,
inaccessible to the majority of people.
6. Natural tourism mainly aims at rest from urbanisation. It includes such kinds of tourism as
ecological, green, rural and agrotourism [2].

CONCLUSIONS
In our opinion, from the point of view of specialisation possibility of tourist - recreational complex,
pointed out six segments of tourist products market are enough for formation of competitive strategy. In
the plane of forementioned it is not expedient to consider all possible subsegments as separate because
general needs and requirements of tourists to activity of tourist - recreational complex remain identical.
Tourists with ease can vary a choice between all subsegments and consequently the sphere of competition
designated only by one of them will not display a complete picture of competitive struggle.

REFERENCES:
[1] Entrance tourism: study guide [P.F.Koval, N.O.Aleshuhna, H. P.Andreeva .]; under the editorship of P.F.
Koval, N.O. Aleshuhina. Chernihiv publisher- Lukyanenko.VV. (2010) 304
[2] Cherniuk L.H. (2004) Development of eco-tourism in Ukraine / Cherniuk L.H.. N. . Kravchenko, . .
Zelenska. Nizhyn: Publisher -NSPU named after Mykola Hohol, 90

The 11
th
EM61 208
FORMATION INVESTMENT POLICY CONSIDERING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
CROSS-BORDER SECURITY
O. GONTA, D. PILEVYCH
e-mail: svet64@front.ru

ABSTRACT
This study provides rationale for developing investment policy based on cross-border security strategy
synchronization regions adjacent to the borders of the country considering the prospects for their
innovation.
[Keywords: investment policy, cross-border security, synergistic interaction of scientific and technical
potential]

GENERAL
The post-Soviet countries that are now in the stage of a radical transformation of the socio-economic
systems, faced entirely new task - developing investment policy that can maximize the benefits to take
into account existing disintegration of the former Soviet republics market's adjustment. Based on the
synthesis of new institutional economics theories, functional and target the interests of harmonization,
concepts synergy and synthesis of current progressive experience of foreign countries in the formulation
of national security as well as to focus on the basic principle of EU regional policy - the principle of
subsidiarity - should be theoretically justified investment policy and formed chronologically coherent
strategy is local government boundary regions to obtain synergistic effects of the combination of
scientific and technological activities in the direction of sustainable development of territories in
compliance with cross-border security. The fundamental problem of modern economic science is to
identify factors to achieve cross-border security as a component of national security in a globalizing
socio-economic and ecological processes is of particular importance for autopoiesis and sustainable
development of the national economy, given the mobility of factors of production, the growth of man-
made threats, free flow of capital across boundaries. During interregional cross-border security authors
the ability to understand the aggregate border regions confront spatial diffusion of destabilizing factors
that endanger autopoiesis and sustainable development of national economies surrounding countries. For
research we chose the cross-border economic and technological space border regions of Ukraine, Russia
and Belarus. Sectors of interest crossing the border regions is to achieve cross-border economic,
environmental, and social security. Deepening the liberalization of entrepreneurial activity in one region
or pragmatic strengthening or facilitating environmental standards, as well as changes in social legal field
- automatically activates illegal processes within the entire border area and causes the expansion of the
shadow economy. The problems of cross-border security especially acute in regions bordering the new
borders of independent states. Contribute to solving common social, economic and environmental
problems the organization Euroregion as an acceptable form of EU interregional relations.
Lack of an integrated information system between geographically paired territories enhances
fragmentation in them. These phenomena occur due to weak information flows between regions. The
border areas are strategically important territories, as close to the right border. It gives the opportunity to
implement the joint intergovernmental economic projects and programs. The need to improve the socio
economic development of the border areas to reduce low living standards, strengthen the infrastructure of
the region, reduce the shortage of jobs. Given the experience of the EU, where there is an integrated
system of information flow, which allows to strengthen cooperation in addressing common social,
economic and environmental problems, it is possible to minimize costs in information flows between

The 11
th
EM61 209
transboundary areas unify common achievements and developments in the field of improving the
economic and social security regions.
The study proved: Principles allocation priorities of the investment policy for the joint development of
innovative cross-border area based on the mobilization of intellectual border regions, the system of
regulatory measures decision making process for developing investment policy in terms of cross-border
security achievements in the economic area of post-socialist countries, formed the scientific and practical
synchronization cross-border security of Ukraine, Russia and Belarus on the basis of synergetic
interaction between scientific and technical potential.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2011) : , :
/ .. , .. . , 468
[2] .. (2012) //
/ . ..., .
... .. , 504,159-271
[3] .. (2011)
/ .. , .. //
. 7(121). 186-172
[4] Segbers K. (2001) Institutional Change in Russia. In: Explaining Post-Soviet Patchworks, 2.
Pathways from the past to the global. Edited by Klaus Segbers. Ashgate: Aldershot, Burlington,
Singapore, Sydney, 4

The 11
th
EM62 210
EFFECT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ON PERFORMING THE
ORGANISATIONAL CHANGES
L. LADONKO
Department of management
e-mail: LadonkoLuda@gmail.com , phone: +380979202633

ABSTRACT
The influence of information technology on the implementation of organizational changes is examined
in the thesis. Types of organizations towards successful implementation of organizational change is
standed out. The relationship between the effectiveness of organizational change and development and
implementation of information technology is established.
[Keywords: information technology, organizational change, business processes]

GENERAL
One of the major impacts of scientific and technological progress in all spheres of human activity is
the widespread use of new information technologies. Among the most important and massive areas in
which information technology plays a crucial role, field management occupies a special place.
Under the influence of new information technologies fundamental changes occurring in various areas
of its operations, namely: changes unstructured processes in partially structured, which is more suitable
for further automation of decision-making, reducing the role of the artist in the implementation of
standard operations, as analysts are provided with the necessary information and powerful analytical
means, receipt of necessary information to management and manufacturing processes that have the ability
to line up in the required sequence with the prospect of parallel execution of similar operations, organized
the collection and processing of similar data provided effective control over the execution of processes,
accelerating the transfer of information needed to carry out business processes.
New information technologies are ultimately designed to change the nature of the organization,
transforming its strategic goals and desires. For more effectively usage of the information by manager it
needs to get it into a smaller volume, more concentrated according to those problems solved at this level
of management.
According to the successful implementation of organizational changes in companies there are
allocated organizations where management does not believe in the possibility of introducing
organizational changes for business development, information technology costs are unwarranted or
ineffective bought cheap computational tools, the company is improving, not growing operation given
random people, new no development, staff training is performed. Or the organizations - in which changes
in information systems are growing chaotically, but new developments are generally not effective. These
companies are retarded, or are on the verge of, or after the crisis. Conversely, if the activity in the
implementation of information technology will be in accordance with the basic performance parameters,
costs are under control of management, organization expertly apply new technologies, basic and auxiliary
processes supported by information technology, the company is ready to reverse engineer key business
processes and training staff new design efficient and cost recovered, these organizations are competitive
and leading.
So, we can say that today no company can operate with information system, which are more and more
becoming like the nervous system of a living organism that is an integral part of it. New information
technologies and implemented on the basis of their information systems are powerful tool for
implementing organizational changes. Organizations are increasingly resorting to the help of modern

The 11
th
EM62 211
information systems and technologies to monitor the internal and external flow of information, using it
for analysis, forecasting, decision-making. Modern processes require that businesses are looking afresh
for information technology management, as they are a reliable driver to ensure that the company was able
to develop and achieve their goals.

REFERENCES
[1] Cherkasova M. (2001) Clearing technology management [electronic resource) / M. Cherkasova. - K.-
mode access to the resource: http://sbiblio.com/biblio/archive/cherkasov_info/01.aspx
[2] Surenova K. (2006) Impact of information technology on the industrial predpriyatie in modern
conditions [electronic resource) / K. Surenova. Moscow. S. 158.-mode access to the resource:
http://www.dissercat.com/content/vliyanie-informatsionnykh-tekhnologii-na-organizatsiyu-
promyshlennogo-predpriyatiya-v-sovrem

The 11
th
EM63 212
THE DESCRIPTION MODEL OF UKRAINES HEALTH CARE
O. MIKHAIYLOVSKA
e-mail: m-olena@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
Existing models of health systems are determined, Ukraine model, its deficiencies are described and
written in this manuscript.
[Key words: system, model, health care]

GENERAL
Health care is the foundation of the state. It describes the social-economic, demographic, health and
safety, environmental well-being of the country, is one of the social indicators of social progress. Health,
according to Platon exists not in itself, but life is a condition more significant value of existence [1]. As
health is the main resource of the state that it has to provide it.
Systems health care (SHC) plays a vital role in the life of any society. The solution of a question of
quality and efficiency of medical care to the population are tasks which define national SHC of all
countries of the world irrespective of the political and economic structure of society.
Over the years of independence, Ukraine has failed to create an effective healthcare. The current
system is fair criticism from both the public and by the medical staff. At present it isnt able to satisfy the
needs of the population in medicine care, to ensure the available, quality and timeliness of health services,
appropriate level of incidence and mortality.
The health protection is considered as state regulation of a specialized set of organizations that
provide treatment and prevention services. But the structure and essence of medicine is much more
complex than a simple collection of specialized institutions. The main purpose of the systems health care
at the present stage of transition to a market economy is a practical implementation of new models of
infrastructure and management schemes in accordance with the theory of systems management and real
conditions.
According to the experts of the World Health Organization (WHO), the health of the population is a
factor in long-term sustainable economic growth, increasing of national income, which in turn influences
on the social well-being, promotes the economic growth of the country and the population, and reducing
poverty. That degree of orientation of the state to improve the health of citizens, improvement of health
care and is one of the state indicators. In case of the efficient organization of medical care the sphere of
health care can provide the reduce mortality of the age of 75 years for 23% et men for 32% at women,
and mortality from cardiovascular disease for 30-40% [2].
There are classic models of health care systems, but almost none of the developed countries of SHC is
provided in pure form. According to WHO by the nature of the financing are four basic models of SHC.
The single digit and standard names of this models dont exist, but the characteristics of their
parameters set out by scientists in general the same. These are: 1) state (budget) or Beveridge system, 2)
medical system of social insurance, or Bismarckian system, and 3) private system (market or paid, the
U.S., system of private insurance) 4) Semashko system (Soviet or post-Soviet SHC) [1, 3].
It should be emphasized that regardless of financing model SHC is characterized by the following
features: 1) financing from three main sources: contributions from income of he businessmen,
assignments from the state budget and the insurance premiums of the population; 2) financing of workers
health care, employees and their families carried out at the expense of the enterprise; 3) free choice of
insured persons of the doctor and medical facility that determines the development of competitive

The 11
th
EM63 213
relations and also promotes improvement of quality medical care and increased attention to each patient;
4) developed system of voluntary health insurance.
During the development the different countries and different societies have formed its own model of
the medical services and health care based on their specifics. SHC existing today are simulated according
to one or several systems which appeared earlier and improved during the corresponding.
The model of financing health care in Ukraine during the years of independence wasnt determined.
SHC continues to be financed by the remained principles and to function on the wasteful [1].
Specific weight of financial expenditures on SHC in a total amount GDP of Ukraine considerably
didnt change in recent years and made 2.8% (2005) 3.3% (2006), 2.9% (2009); 3,64% (2010). While on
WHO inference in case of costs of health care less than 5% from GDP it isnt capable to execute its
functions [4].
In 2011 is 1253 billion by data of GDP Ukraine, then 5% of projected GDP up 62.6 billion USD.,
therefore, designed budget health expenditures in 22.5 billion USD will be smaller than necessary [1, 4].
Thus, the scope of health care in Ukraine is a multi-functional control system, which consists of many
elements that interact with each other and the environment. This system is created and used of the society
for implementation of all complex of social and medical actions directed on protection and improving
health of the population as well as each individual.

REFERENCES
[1] Michailovich.Y.I. (2011) European perspective on the costs and profitability of cancer treatment in
Ukraine / Y.I. Michailovich., A.V. Haysenko / Organization fighting cancer: Clinical Oncology. K.:
National Cancer Institute, 2 (2). 4-8
[2] Popchenko T.P. (2011) Health Care Reforms in Ukraine: organizational, legal, financial and
economic support. K.: Nisi, 41
[3] Berrino F., Verdecchia A. et al. (2009) Comparative cancer survival information in Europe. Europ. J.
Cancer, 45: 901908 pies. J. of lin. Oncol., 25( 2): 191195
[4] The official website of the Ministry of Health of Ukraine. [Electronic resource]. - Mode of access to
the site: http://www.moz.gov.ua

The 11
th
EM64 214
INSTITUTIONAL REPOSITORY AS RESEARCH AND EDUCATIONAL AREA
ACCESS MECHANISM
V. BELINSKAY, N. MOROZ, A. KUNDENKO
e-mail: vbelinskay@ukr.net; natmoroz@mail.ru; alina_rebenok@ukr.net

ABSTRACT
The article deals with the aspects of creating and strategic directions of developing the Repository in
the Scientific Library of Chernihiv State Institute of Economic and Management, mechanisms of their
implementation; the role of the Library in the process of forming the institutional repository and its place
in the international and regional library and information field.
[Keywords: open access, institutional repository, data space, information technology]

GENERAL
Modern educational institutions cannot exist without open educational resources.
Since its start in 1998, the open environments formation in ChSIEM has been greatly influenced by
the development of an educational literature full-text database, freely accessible inside the local network.
Now the database includes more than 3500 textbooks, manuals, monographs, conference proceedings,
methodological handbooks, etc.
The next step in the development of open educational resources was the creation of web-sites of the
Scientific journal of ChSIEM. Collected scientific articles, Series 1. Economics in 2008 and the Scientific
e-journal of ChSIEM. Collected scientific articles, Series 1. Economics and Management and Series 2.
Technique and nature in 2010 with full-text open access.
Thus, the open source systems made the scientific potential of the teaching staff in economics and
technology widely accessible across the globe.
Educational and scientific works
of the teaching staff
Web-site of
the Scientific journal
of ChSIEM. Collected
scientific articles,
Series 1. Economics
Web-site of the
Scientific e-journal
scientific articles, Series
1. Economics and
Management
Web-site of the
Scientific e-journal
scientific articles,
Series 2. Technique
and nature
Scientific Periodicals of Ukraine
Web-site of the Vernadsky National Library of Ukraine
Ulrich's Periodicals Directory
Base directory
Repository CSIEM IRCHSIEM
Collected full-text scientific papers of ChSIEM
Repository
area
Figure1. ChSIEMs research and educational area access mechanism.
As far as the Scientific journal of ChSIEM is included in the Ukrainian nationwide bibliographic
database Scientific Periodicals of Ukraine, the printed version Dzherelo, the international bibliographic
database Ulrich's Periodicals Directory by Bowker and available at the web-site of the Vernadsky
National Library of Ukraine, scientific institutions have the ability to search and analize the periodicals of
ChSIEM.

The 11
th
EM64 215
Based on a digital collection of educational literature and scientific periodicals of the institute, the
institutional repository data space is a part of a separate structure Repository of the Institute
(IRCHSIEM).
The interaction and allocation of a ChSIEMs scientific information is shown in Figure 1.
The mail principles of the institutional repository of ChSIEM are: priority needs of users; open
standards and software; e-library technologies as additional components to automated library and
information technologies, aimed at library and information services complex improving; continuity of
approaches, rules and methods used in library practice for document and information space unity
maintenance; system approach to formation the institutional repository of ChSIEM; close interaction with
faculties and departments.
Thus, institutional repository IRCHSIEM is web-oriented, cumulative database for collecting and
preserving digital documents and electronic publications, with long-term open access providing, approved
by Chernihiv State Institute of Economics and Management. IRCHSIEM system provides location the
registered authors documents under existing regulations, confirms the fact, authorship and the date of a
document publishing, provides free full-text open access to IRCHSIEM members, contains Search field
and Hierarchical View tool, that enable you to view documents by funds, collections, authors, titles,
keywords, publication dates, etc.

REFERENCES
[1] European Commission. Research& Innovation Science in society. Available at:
http://ec.europa.eu/research/science-society/index.cfm?fuseaction=public. topic&id=1301
[2] Open Access Scholarly Publishers Association. Available at: http://oaspa.org/membership/code-of-
conduct/
[3] Pro Osnovni zasady rozvytku informatsiinoho suspilstva Ukrainy na 2007-2015 rr.: Zakon Ukrainy
537-V vid 09.01.2007 [Law of Ukraine On the basic principles of Ukrainian information society
development for 2007-2015]. Ofitsiinyi visnyk Ukrainy - The Official Bulletin of Ukraine, 2007,
no. 8

The 11
th
EM65 216
TURNAROUND MANAGEMENT IN FOOD INDUSTRY ENTERPRISES
M. MOSTOVA
Department of Economic Cybernetics and Information Technology
e-mail: maiad@i.ua, phone: +380663028406

ABSTRACT
Given the increasing cases of corporate distress and bankruptcy, there is a high need for empirical
research efforts with a sound theoretical basis in the context of turnaround management. While the causes
of crises have been investigated to a certain degree already, there is an enormous lack of empirically
tested turnaround models that could serve as a guide for management in turnaround situations.
Concomitant with this, the factors behind turnaround success have insufficiently been identified. To
encourage such studies, we provide a guide to the current state of the art concerning the research field of
turnaround management. Based on this review, we identify research gaps and recommendations for
further research. We conclude by categorizing open research questions and issues to be considered in
future research efforts.
Sustained growth throughout a companys lifecycle requires its owners and managers to change and
adapt the companys business model, strategies, and processes to evolving stakeholder needs, new
technologies, emerging competitors and other market dynamics. In practice, turnaround management
aims to prevent a company from filing bankruptcy or, once involved in the bankruptcy reorganization
process, preventing its liquidation.
[Keywords: crisis, turnaround management, bankruptcy, management of readjustment measures,
readjustment purchasing, method for rating of readjustment measures]

GENERAL
Research is dedicated to the development of theoretical and methodological grounds and methodical
approaches to the turnaround management in food industry enterprises.
The scientific definition of readjustment and the methods of state support have received its further
development. The classification of readjustment forms, types and instruments was improved, and the
process was represented as a set of systemized measures aimed at renewing the paying ability of a
business.
A new approach to the typology and classification of the kinds of readjustment measures according to
period of crisis was developed. The methodical valuating of sanative potential on the basis of the integral
indicators calculation was suggested.
The role of readjustment audit was explored and the authors version for assessment methods of a
business readjustment ability considered as a stage of readjustment audit was presented. The essence of
this method lies in combination of quantitative and qualitative business performance indices.
The methodological recommendations for effectiveness of sanitary restriction are suggested and taken
into consideration according to the specific features of the branch.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2000) : . -. .:
, 412

The 11
th
EM66 217
BENCHMARKING AS A MODERN MARKETING RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY
S. SUVOROVA
e-mail: lana.dom@mail.ru

ABSTRACT
Functioning in a market economy requires a quick response to the impact of the external factors of
marketing environment and a high level of any changes adaptation from the enterprises market
participants. Traditional methods of data collection are complemented by the modern ones, whose main
purpose is to provide the company with useful information for the maximal optimization of its activity. A
new method for a post-Soviet space is a benchmarking the method of the marketing researches.
[Keywords: benchmarking, market, marketing research]

GENERAL
Benchmarking is a special marketing research technology, whose main task is to collect official and
unofficial information concerning the leading companies on the market to transfer their best practices to
its practice. Benchmarking can be regarded, on the one hand, as a kind of interpretation of the method of
marketing intelligence on the other as a special research area of a best practice of the partners or
market participants.
Thus, the benchmarking improving of the enterprises working efficiency is carried out by sequential
analytical comparing the process of activity of its company with a business organization of the leading
domestic and international companies. At the same time this study is specifically focused on the reference
level of significance that is to achieve such a degree of perfection that can be recognized as a model of
successful business process [1, .133].

REFERENCES

[1] Ziukova I. (2010) The market research technologies. Study guide for students of the higher
educational establishments / I. Ziukova. Lviv: Magnolia 2006, 386

INNOVATIVE

EDUCATION

The 11
th
IE01 221
SCIENTIFIC CONCEPTIONS AND HEURISTICS IN CROSS-CULTURAL
COMMUNICATION AND EDUCATION IN TERMS OF A JOINT PROBABILITY
DECISION MAKING
S. ARTEMENKOV
Moscow State University of Psychology and Education
Sretenka 29, 127051, Moscow, Russia,
e-mail: slart@inbox.ru

ABSTRACT
In contemporary cross-cultural communication and education processes, human decision-making and
heuristics are often mistakenly evaluated by means of a certain standard scientific conceptions. For
example, the trend to consider human estimations of joint probability as conjunction fallacy seems to be a
form of scientific illusion. The transcendental psychology approach to perception makes it possible to
substantiate simple probability models that are compliant with the human judgement under uncertainty.
[Keywords: Transcendental Psychology, Heuristics, Probability, Conjunction Fallacy, Illusions]

GENERAL
After the researches of psychologists Amos Tversky and Daniel Kahneman it is known that, when
people rely on representativeness or availability to make judgements, they are likely to judge wrongly
because the fact that something is more representative does not make it more likely. Thus, it can result in
neglect of relevant base rates based mainly on standard probability models (as for example coin tossing or
throw of dice). We argue against common set that these models are suitable for evaluation of human
decision-making. The perceptual processes display that the object with many simultaneous features
belonging to it is in fact more valid and actual than abstract object with digital random features. Thus
appropriate probability model should be done with a glance of copresentation idea and involve for
instance the usage of a locket or rhombicuboctahedron die (see, Fig. 1). Tossing of the locket, which can
be opened, holds nothing and imitates a coin outside, gives 4 incompatible states with roughly equal
chances and conjunction event of opened locket has equal chances with any of separate locket coin states.
In throwing the rhombicuboctahedron die the chances to see from one direction a certain combination
of several facets originated from primary cubic die, (dark red coloured on Fig. 1) are in general higher
than chances to receive just one facet of this die. These results agree with human decisions also shown in
our experiments [1], including present cross-cultural one with sample of observations of Moscow students
and subjects from Taiwan based on special logical inventory made for measuring probability of
hypothetical events which can occur simultaneously and have different basic rates.

FIGURE 1. RHOMBICUBOCTAHEDRON

The 11
th
IE01 222
CONCLUSION
When standard scientific conceptions differ fundamentally from common human behavior it is
reasonable to check the limits of scientific models, which are used as a matter of right and valid norms. It
means that for instance scientific probability norms of contemporary cross-cultural communication and
education processes have to be adjusted to fit complex reality of human perception.

REFERENCES
[1] Artemenkov S.L. (2006) Kansei Versus Extensional Reasoning: The Scientific Illusion of The
Conjunction Fallacy in Probability Judgment. Proceedings of the First International Workshop on
Kansei, February 2-3, Fukuoka, Japan, 8-11

The 11
th
IE02 223
CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE AND PROCESSING IN THE FRAMEWORK OF
SEMANTICS AND COGNITION
M. LAPAINE
1
, T. LAPAINE
2

1)
University of Latvia
Faculty of Humanities
4a Visvala Str., LV-1050, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: marija.lapaine@lu.lv
2)
Translation and Editing Centre
e-mail: t.lapaine@yahoo.com

ABSTRACT
There is an abundance of divergent perspectives and varied frames of reference about the cognitive
processing of semantic units by the human brain.
In cognitive linguistics, concepts are discreet mental units, possessing a definite structure and
containing data. We suggest a core structural model of sensory image, highly relevant data, and secondary
data. Concepts can be stored, retrieved, and processed through cognitive activity.
Human capacity for thought and memory may depend on the level to which the human brain has
evolved to accommodate various types of conceptual processing.
[Keywords: concept, cognition, semantics, thought, memory]

GENERAL
Considering the divergent perspectives and varied frames of reference about the cognitive processing
of semantic units by the human brain, it can be stated that a coherent scientific narrative on the notions of
concept and concept processing is always a work in progress. On a disciplinary level, neurolinguistics,
psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics alike overlap with philosophy, psychology, logic, culture and
arts studies, science of cognition and natural sciences in an effort to decode the human thinking process.
Different methods, theoretical frameworks and objectives create notable challenges in scientific narrative,
such as lack of terminological cohesion and disjointed interpretations of basic notions due to the diversity
of approaches.
Having steadily emerged from semantics, psycholinguistics, and the science of cognition, cognitive
linguistics attempt to access and analyse the concepts through the medium of language, a verbalised
manifestation of the existence of concepts and the processing thereof.
A key notion in cognitive linguistics, a concept is a category of thinking. It is a discreet unit [6] of
mental nature [4], structurally organised and informationally charged.
As a quantum of knowledge, a concept is a fragment of processed information, in other words, of
acknowledged experience [4] that is stored in human memory. Concepts have a complex structural
organisation reflecting various groups of functionally significant indicators [5].
These clusters of conceptual indicators can be distributed among relevant zones based on their
typology. Such components as perceived imagery, notions and values [4], image, notions and significance
[3], image, informational content and interpretational field [6] have been cited as pertaining to the
structure of concept.
Our comparative analysis of corresponding descriptions of the structure of concept shows that the
general consensus is that the concept possesses:
a) a sensory image, which acts as a codifier for the concept in the human consciousness;
b) an amount of highly relevant data which determines the basic features of the concept and permits
to differentiate it from others;

The 11
th
IE02 224
c) secondary data which accounts for the elasticity of the functional application of the concept and
its interaction with others. This includes affective parameters and subjective attitude, elements of
personal experience, attributed values which permit fitting the concept in aesthetic, moral, or
intellectual systems and affirming psychological and cultural relevance of the concept, etc.

This pattern has been satisfactorily correlated with the results of a series of semantic-cognitive
experiments [2], confirming the validity of this model of the essential structure of the concept.
Despite terminological discrepancies within cognitive linguistics themselves, which encompass
multiple schools, the existence of the units referred to here as concepts is largely axiomatic. [2]
The cognitive act of accessing stored knowledge about the world can be referred to as semantic
processing, which is a defining feature of human behaviour. [1]
It can be stated that human thought and memory alike are instances of such semantic processing.
Memory is a cognitive, mental act of conceptual storage, subject to potential retrieval. Thought is a
cognitive, mental act of conceptual processing, or interactive manipulation. Both operate with what can
be labelled semantic units, for concepts manifest a relationship between the codifier and the codified that
is alike to the one between the signifier and the signified, thus adhering to the semantic principles. In this
sense, all conceptual processing is semantic processing. It is also cognitive processing, because the
fulfilment of semantic tasks initiates cognitive activity.
Subsequently, if semantic memory refers to knowledge about people, objects, actions, relations, self,
and culture acquired through experience [1], then it is indeed the totality of stored conceptual data that
can be actively retrieved and cognitively processed in human thought. Therefore, concepts are the
operational units in both thought and memory, with a changeable status: active (thought) and passive
(memory).
The neural systems that store and retrieve conceptual data have been researched for many years.
Recent studies suggest that the reliable areas of activation form a left-lateralised network comprised of 7
regions of the human brain: posterior inferior parietal lobe, fusiform and parahippocampal gyri, middle
temporal gyrus, inferior frontal gyrus, posterior cingulate gyrus, ventromedial prefrontal cortex, and
dorsomedial prefrontal cortex. Three broad categories of cortical regions involved in semantic processing
can be named: posterior multimodal and heteromodal association cortex, heteromodal prefrontal cortex,
and medial limbic regions. In humans, these regions are expanded compared to primates, which may
explain the human capacity for productive language use, planning and problem solving, and creation of
artefacts: the expanded cortical regions allow for efficient retrieval and manipulation of semantic
knowledge [1].
It can be concluded that the human capacity for thought and memory may depend on the level to
which the human brain has evolved to accommodate various types of conceptual processing. Complex
interdisciplinary studies in neurology, linguistics, and other sciences may improve our understanding of
the creation, manipulation, and retrieval of conceptual data.

REFERENCES
[1] Binder et al. Where Is the Semantic System? A Critical Review and Meta-Analysis of 120
Functional Neuroimaging Studies, Cerebral Cortex, December 2009 (19), 2767-2796.
[2] Lapaine M. (2009) Semantic Cognitive Approach in Intercomprehension Research, unpublished
BA thesis, Riga, University of Latvia
[3] . (2004) .
[4] .. (2004) : , , .
[5] .. (2004) / , (4),
[6] .., .. (2007) , . : -

The 11
th
IE03 225
CONCEPTUAL MODEL FOR COACHING IN ORGANISATIONS
A. ROSHA
e-mail: angelina.rosa@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Coaching is becoming increasingly popular in todays business environment, more and more
organisations are using coaching as a means of improving performance, managing career, attaining
organisational and personal goals. However, to date, there is no widely accepted conceptual model that
can set theoretical frameworks for implementing coaching in business organisations. This paper aims to
present a conceptual model for coaching which has been developed by exploring the related literature and
applying mixed methods in the analysis of data.
The literature focused on general principles of coaching, executive and business coaching as well as
literature on leadership and organisational development was analyzed. As a result, the model which sets
conditions and relationships between theoretical background approaches and types of coaching that are
implemented in organization has been developed.
The value of this paper lies in the fact that the originally developed conceptual model for coaching is
specifically designed for business organizations and constitutes the basis for further authors empirical
research on implementation of coaching in organisations. The paper is also expected to make a
contribution to mixed methods research methodology by providing a practical example of how
quantitative and qualitative methods can be combined and integrated to elaborate a conceptual model.
[Keywords: coaching, conceptual model, mixed methods research]

GENERAL
Organisations undergo different stages in their development and are affected by external environment.
To facilitate the development and overcome the negative impact of external environment, the
organisations implement a range of targeted interventions, such as consultancy, training, mediation,
mentoring, coaching. Each intervention has its own purpose, and is delivered by experts with different
qualifications and different relationships with the individual. Coaching is becoming increasingly popular
in todays business environment, more and more organisations are using coaching as a means of
improving performance, managing career, attaining organisational and personal goals. Apart from other
targeted interventions, coaching is positioned as beneficial, self-development, work-related intervention
which deals with the individuals mental growth.

The 11
th
IE03 226
Coaching
Mentoring Mediation
Consultancy
Therapy
Counselling
Teaching
Training

FIGURE 1 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TARGETED INTERVENTIONS

Since the end of the 20th century, a sufficient amount of studies have been conducted in the field of
coaching research. Cox E. states that coaching is no longer seen as an atheoretical enterprise that relies
only on common sense and an eclectic combination of tools. A number of theoretical approaches can be
successfully adapted for coaching [1].
To be effective, coaching in organisations should be implemented as a system. Executive coaching,
team coaching and manager as coach approach are parts of this system.
At leadership level coaching should facilitate to overcome the dysfunctional thought patterns,
anxieties in the period of doubt and frustration, it should also facilitate to explore the roots of the
meaning-making patterns. Therefore, executive coaching is mostly drawn on the psychodynamic, the
cognitive-behaviour, and the solution-focused approaches.
The features of coaching at group level should focus on training and retraining. It should help connect
new performance requirements with employees desire to learn discovering employees strengths,
capabilities and resources. Coaching is extremely important in after-training period to reinforce new
patterns of behaviour and new approaches and thus to ensure the sustain change. The basic principles of
theories of adult learning underpin the team coaching.
Managerial coaching is an internal coaching recourse. To be an effective, manager should posses a
coaching mindset together with other specific skills that facilitate a manager to be an effective coach.

REFERENCES
[1] Cox E., Bachkirova T., Clutterbuck D. (2011) The Complete Handbook of Coaching. Sage
Publications Ltd., 436
[2] Stober D.R. (2008) Making it stick: coaching as a tool for organizational change. Coaching: An
International Journal of Theory, Research and Practice. 1, No. 1, March 2008, 71-80
[3] Ladyshewsky R. (2010) The manager as coach as a driver of organizational development.
Leadership & Organization Development Journal, 31, No. 4, 292-306
[4] Spector B. (2007) Implementing organizational change: theory and practice. Pearson Education,
Inc., 212

The 11
th
IE04 227
ANALYSIS OF ERRORS IN CLASSIFICATION
OF HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS
I.LINDE, V.HODAKOVSKIS
e-mail: ivars.linde@isma.lv , fax: (+371) 67241591, phone: +371 67100607

ABSTRACT
The accuracy in determination of the status of a higher education institution during its classification is
of a great practical importance. Evaluation of the classified status of a higher education institution as an
object has to minimize various kinds of errors. An error in classification is a wrong decision of
assignment of an object to a particular class.
Analysis of possible causes of uncertainty in decision-making during the classification of object
properties has two aspects: first, adequacy of the model towards the inspected object (higher education
institution); second, misrepresentation of information caused by inaccuracy of selected classification tools
for a certain model. The first aspect deals with methodological errors caused by inadequacy of a selected
model towards the inspected object, which can be evaluated by the probability of classification of object
conditions. The second aspect characterizes instrumental classification errors.
Mathematical model of decision formation according to these two aspects of classification and certain
parameters of an object and matters, which perform the classification, allows determine the probability of
classified conditions, which are expressed in the form of conditional probabilities of correct and incorrect
evaluations.
[Keywords: classification of higher education institutions, mathematical model of decision]

GENERAL
In classification of higher education institutions it is very important to determine the classified status
(class) of a higher education institution as an object, minimizing different kinds of errors, if possible. An
error in classification is a wrong decision of assignment of an object to a particular class.
As a quantitative measurement of a possible error it is appropriate to select the probability of this
event j i j Q
i
= ), ( - a conditional posterior probability of a joint occurrence of events: the object is in a
class with number i , but as a result of the classification the object is considered to be in a class with
number j . If j i = , the indicator ) ( j Q
i
is likely to be the correct definition of the object class i .
Assuming that the classification system is perfect, it provides an error-free classification of an object.
In this case, the transition probability matrix
ij
W should be a matrix of S order.
( ) { }
)
`
=
=
=
=
j ifi
j ifi
S j i W
ij
ij ij
, 0
, 1
, 1 ,
o
o

It is apparent that the conclusion about the state of a complex object during its classification is based
on the measurement of parameters, which determine its efficiency, and which are called the governing
parameters
i
b . The set N and
i
b obtained from the measurement, forms vector conditions:
{ }
N i
N
b b b b B
, ,
2 1
= of defining parameters. This vector should be evaluated according to a particular
algorithm. As a result of evaluation, we get the vector of parameter implementation, the components of
which are specific parameters. The value of this vector according to the algorithm adopted in the system

The 11
th
IE04 228
of classifications is associated with the attachment of an object to a class, by transforming the condition
vector
N
B
into the vector of parameter implementation (solution vector) { }

N
T
N
B A Y

= .
The whole process of conversion of
T
A can be represented by a set of elementary (invisible for the
experiment) operations that result in the conversion.

CONCLUSION
An error in classification is a wrong decision of assignment of an object to a particular class.
A quantitative measurement of the probability of errors is the probability of the definition of one class,
if the object in fact belongs to another class.
Report on the status of a higher education institution as a complex object is based on the measurement
of parameters that determine its efficiency. The combination of these parameters forms a condition
vector, which should be evaluated according to a certain algorithm. Errors in the definition of the object
class are possible in the real system of classifications because of errors that arise when the condition
vector transforms into the solution vector.
Precision of measurement of parameters of object working capacity and their conversion into the
solution vector are characterized by instrumental errors.
However, even with an absolute accuracy of the classifier as a measurer and converter of parameters,
there is a zero probability of erroneous solutions related to the incomplete adequacy of the object and the
model describing it. This characterizes the methodological error, which, just like the instrumental one,
can be described by a random vector of errors.
Taking into the account certain features of the vector of determining parameters and matters
performing the classification, the resulting mathematical model of the object (higher education institution)
classification enables us to determine the probability of classified conditions, which are expressed in the
form of conditional probabilities of errors and correct solutions.

REFERENCES
[1] Linde I. (2012) Optimization strategies and management problems of higher education.
Proceedings of INTED2012 Conference. 5th-7th March 2012, Valencia, Spain, 4798- 4804. ISBN:
978-84-615-5563-5
[2] Linde I. (2012) The formalization and modeling of the education processes and systems. Thesis of
ISMA 10th International Conference. 2012 April 12-13, Riga, Latvia, 133- 134. ISSN 1691-2489
[3] Dzelme J., Krijne Z., Linde I. (2012) Direct use of knowledge. International Conference New
Challenges of Economic and Business Development 2012: Riga, Latvia, May 10-12, 2012.
Conference Proceedings. Riga: University of Latvia, 2012,, 142-147. ISBN 978-9984-45-519-78
[4] .., .., . (2012)
. . - 2012. 186. 165-168. ISSN 2079-0619
[5] Gopeyenko V, Levchenko M. (2010) The modern approach to planning and implementation of
enterprise data warehouse. IEEE Xplore digital library. Print ISBN: 978-1-4244-6903-1, INSPEC
Accession Number: 11625199, Digital Object Identifier: 10.1109/ICAICT.2010.5612011(online)

The 11
th
IE05 229
IDEOLOGICALLY-VALUE PRINCIPLES
OF UKRAINIAN EDUCATION REFORM
O. MELNYK
e-mail:1747729@ukr.net

Modern Ukrainian society is in a state of radical transformation that happens in all spheres of social
life, which certainly affects the updating of the content of philosophy, history, and education. In the
educational field, particularly, there are many problems, among them there is the need for its radical
reform in order to adapt to the requirements of modern information society. In fact, there is the need to
review the fundamental principles of the ideological value of education, the need to replace the outdated
one-dimensional approach to its interpretation with information - energetic one that corresponds to the
latest ideas about the world as an open dissipative system.
The situation is complicated by the fact that during the Soviet era in Ukraine the Marxist-Leninist
methodology with its focus on materialism and collectivism dominated. As you know, the purpose of
education and training was the ideological training, the emergence of one-dimensional person, "human-
cog" that would ensure the smooth functioning of the socio-closed state machine of the USSR.
Education, therefore, is understood primarily as a set of teaching methods and the "formation" of a
man, so, the most common Marxist-Leninist philosophical slogan was "forming a common Soviet people
", in fact - a man-cosmopolitan, devoid of awareness of belonging to a particular national culture.
Overcoming these negative consequences in education, in our view, is possible only if there is an
appeal to the Ukrainian authentic pedagogy. This will help to clarify the issue of the national, cultural and
historical identity of the people; it will be a self-knowledge and self-determination to world civilization
[1].
Apparently, there is no cultural people who would not have tried from time to time to realize
themselves through their mind thinkers. In these sense research achievements of Ukrainian thinkers in the
national and European context has a crucial role. Therefore, today, when Ukraine stepped on the path of
the revival of its spirituality, culture, it is topical to refer to the creative legacy of those who laid the
foundations of our statehood, national system of education.
A clear indication of this is the work of Mr. Vaschenko S. Rusova, K.Ushynskoho and other thinkers
of the XIX - early XX centuries, whose work has profound scientific, meaningful analysis of the major
problems of education and upbringing in the Ukrainian context. The voice of scientists is of particular
significance in connection with the need for a fundamental review of theoretical and methodological
approaches to the understanding of education as a powerful factor of self-identity and the emergence of
civil society in Ukraine [2-3].
The merit of thinkers, in our opinion, is that they are in a pivotal period of the Ukrainian state realized
the need to educate a "new" nationally conscious personality. Moreover, keenly feeling the need to
adequately upgrade the education and pedagogy, in particular, they developed and substantiated their
theory, according to which the Ukrainian system of education should be democratic, legal, humanitarian
and it should be based on the principle of national unity, the principles of tradition, patriotism and
humanism. Thus, a crucial role in the formation of a person is allocated to education as the main way of
incorporating a person into a sociocultural space and as a common mode of assimilation national moral
values and norms.
Scientists of the XIX - early XX century emphasize that mankind needs to understand the objective
need for dialogue between cultures, the search for common interests and cultural values that unite people,
to teach each individual humanistic consciousness and behavior. Their ideas prove that in the interests of
national and global development it is necessary to combine efforts to consolidate the culture of society.
Cultural achievements of every nation is a significant contribution to the world culture treasury. Universal
values of culture exist only through national ones and the loss of any national culture, even of a small
people is a significant loss for the humanity.

The 11
th
IE05 230
So, the study of Ukrainian philosophical and educational ideas of the thinkers of the XIX-early XX
centuries serve, in our view, the modern education reform in Ukraine, whose main purpose is to create a
national educational system that is open to the integration in Europe and, at the same time, able to ensure
the formation of a person as an educated, nationally conscious creator and patriot.

REFERENCES
[1] .. (2006) .
:
- / . . . .: , 498
(.: 499502).
[2] . (1997) : 2 .; . . . . [.: . .
, . . ]. / . . .: , . 1. 271
[3] . (1997) : 2 .; . . . . [.:
. . , . . ]. / . . .: , . 2 318

The 11
th
IE06 231
ON CERTAIN FORMS OF ACTIVE LEARNING
K. KANTS
e-mail: kalevs.kants@isma.lv
fax: +371 67241591, phone: +371 29226293

ABSTRACTS
This article reveals some aspects of the use of active forms of learning in the system of vocational
higher education; demonstrates the features the knowledge economy; analyzes the development of the
knowledge market in Latvia; substantiates the necessity of the development of graduates' ability to not
only generate new knowledge, but also to turn new knowledge into innovation, to commercialize their
knowledge and to sell it. The following potential means are proposed: the increased use of different active
forms of learning in the training of entrepreneurs, in particular business computer games, such as
"INTOPIA ", "Nixdorf DELTA", "THE BEER GAME", etc.
[Keywords: Knowledge economy; business computer games; business education; innovative form of
learning; learning outcomes; higher education; active learning; "INTOPIA "; "Nixdorf DELTA"; "THE
BEER GAME]

GENERAL
At the present stage of social development the "production" of knowledge is the main source of
economic growth in developed countries. This trend is confirmed by the fact that 90% of scientists and
engineers, who worked during the history of mankind are our contemporaries, and 90% of knowledge
was created in the last three decades. Considering the share of high-tech sectors in the gross domestic
product (GDP), the list of the most advanced countries is the following: the Republic of Korea, Sweden,
Switzerland, Germany, Japan, the USA. It should be stated that in terms of production of high-tech
products the EU countries significantly outperform the U.S. Nowadays, National summits on the
knowledge economy are held in a number of countries on a regular basis. In China the knowledge
economy is officially recognized by the state strategy. Every day the strategy has more and more
adherents, who enthusiastically memorize the new "quote": "The basis of the knowledge economy -
education. In the modern world, the driving force of the economy - competition - is increasingly reduced
to a competition of knowledge "(Moryzhenkov, V.A, 2011). The number of Chinese students in the
world's largest universities is constantly growing. The state system of the acquisition of scientific and
technological innovations, which is the natural basis of the knowledge economy, is being developed in the
country.
These issues have been studied to a certain extent in the following works: (Gates, B., 2001; Davis, I.,
Stevenson, E. 2007; Alves H., Raposo M., 2007; Kleiner G.B. 2005; Makarov V.L, 2009; Milner, B.Z.
2006; Moryzhenkova V.A. 2011; Tikhomirov, V.P. 2007).
Since, the "production" of knowledge is the main source of growth for the developed economies at the
present stage of social development, there is the need in the preparation of specialists who are able to
produce new knowledge. The main skill of future graduates is their ability to create new knowledge.
Consequently, the objective of higher education to a large extent is not simple transfer of knowledge to
students, even if this knowledge is the most modern and relevant, but it is the development of students'
ability to create (produce) knowledge. For graduates the essential skill is the ability to turn new
knowledge into innovation. The situation would be perfect when a specialist graduates from a higher
educational institution having his own business, which is rather possible using such components of a HEI
as business-incubators, techno-parks, internships, grants, etc. The wider implementation of various active

The 11
th
IE06 232
learning forms, such as computer business games, promote the development of students' divergent
thinking, and can play an important part in the system of preparation of entrepreneurs. The article reveals
some features and aspects of the use of computer business games INTOPIA,
, THE BEER GAME.

CONCLUSION
In the developed countries there is the transition to evaluation of the performance of higher education
after the so-called "learning outcomes". Therefore, it seems significant to increase students' interest in the
final results of their studies. The use of various forms of active learning is rather prospective in this
aspect. Doubtless, the use of active learning forms contributes to the improvement of the quality of
professional higher education, because active learning involves students in the educational process. A
student takes part in this process discovers, processes and applies the acquired knowledge.
Computer business games is one of the most efficient innovative instruments in professional higher
education. They are oriented in the formation of practical skills of company management in the market
situation, as well as on the development of the complex decision-making skills aimed at successful
business performance.
It is proposed in the article to introduce computer business games in the active learning process to
enhance students' learning activities while obtaining management, finances and economic disciplines at
higher educational institutions, which creates conditions for the development of divergent thinking and
for the improvement of higher education quality.

REFERENCES
[1] Alves H., Raposo M. (2007), Conceptual Model of Student Satisfaction in Higher Education. Total
Quality Management, 18(5): 571-588.
[2] http://www.intopiainc.com
[3] http://www.masystem.com/beergame
[4] .., . (2005), .
(). ., 104
[5] . (2001) . ., -, 477
[6] .. (2002) . .
2
[7] .., .. (2005)
. 10, 150-154.
[8] ., . (2007) . .
. . .: , 6-16, 184
[9] K.K. (2011) Knowledge economy and the quality of the business - education. Magazine
Aktualni problemu ekonomiki, 9(123), Kiev, 331-343,

The 11
th
IE07 233
THE PROBLEMS OF IMPLEMENTING ORGANIZATIONAL AND FINANCIAL
INNOVATIONS IN THE SYSTEM OF SECONDARY EDUCATION
T. SHESTAKOVS`KY
Department of Economics
email:Shestakovska27@yandex.ru, phone: +380987886032

ABSTRACT
The actual problems of organizational and financial mechanism of the general education system are
discussed. Synergistic approach and its principles to solve the problems in education are suggested. The
problems of development of organizational and financial mechanism in general education through
innovative processes are analyzed.
[Keywords: secondary education, innovation, organizational and financial mechanism, synergy,
management of development, innovative processes]

GENERAL
At present, the system of education is in difficult conditions. The reform of society leads to the
formation of other socio-economic conditions, new values. This should be reflected in changing
organizational and financial mechanism applicable in general education. Innovation activities are a key
determinant of the current stage of development of education within it adequate ways of its further
development can be found.
In our view the main problem implementing organizational and financial innovations in the system of
public education is the administrative nature of the economy of the institutions and the whole system, not
transparent formation and distribution of financial resources, which hinders the development and
application of computational methods of optimization of expenditure of material costs directed to improve
quality of public education. Our research and findings made by a number of researchers [1, p 6-10], can
point out the most urgent problems caused by the current organizational and financial mechanism of the
general education system, namely: - Lack of funding at levels that meet the needs of educational
institutions; - Ignoring by pedagogical science expenditure side of the educational process, which
eliminates the synthesis of education and the economy; - Poor quality of educational management; -
Constant change of legislative and other legal regulations governing the financial and economic activities
of general educational institutions, the contradiction of the main provisions in a number of laws; -
Limited opportunities for self-realization and self-financing general educational institutions; -
Criminalization of the relationships between parents and leaders of general educational institution; - Total
criminalization of the village; - The current system of formal education, the lack of adequate to the needs
of society organizational forms of work, allowing within the frames of education system to follow the
stated priorities; - Existing innovation activities carried out under real work of general education system is
characterized as a rule, by the lack of scientific and methodological support; - The replacement of the
normative foundations of budget funding by the average students provision of financial resources and a
number of other problems and contradictions that are less clearly defined.
In this regard, it is necessary to ensure implementation of organizational and financial innovations in
general education by methodological grounds processing solutions of existing problems. As such grounds
methodology synergy is proposed, which, unlike the traditional approach lets you design not the final
state of the system, but the development of the system to this condition. The final state is a condition in
which the urgency of problems, defined and executed as a design task is removed.

The 11
th
IE07 234
The principles of synergy in the design of educational systems based on organizational and financial
innovations may be: 1. The principle of diversity of organizational and financial innovations. 2. The
principle of openness of the education system. 3. The principle of cultural and educational resonance. 4.
The principle of additional opportunities in changing organizational and financial mechanism. 5. The
principle of parametric management [2].
Supporting on our own observations, we believe that the major problems of management of
development of organizational and financial mechanism within the general education system on the basis
of innovation and innovations processes are: - Poor financial market and unavailability of capital to broad
investment in general education system and directly into innovations themselves implemented in the
education system; - Incomplete nature of innovation and research work, when innovation for
implementation in operating mechanism must be still considerably elaborated and adapted; - The lack of
mechanisms for dissemination of organizational and financial innovations between regions, taking into
account the influence of factors and conditions, as well as territorial education authorities isolation the
lack of system of exchange of experience; - Uneven distribution of innovative activity in areas of the
economy [3].
Thus, one could state that wishing the existing potential in the education system, we see the following
problems: the lack of financial and material resources, inefficient use of budget funds; degeneration of
governmental institutions in the educational system, which led to a situation when the education system
has adapted beyond the focus of national interests, just for the sake of its formal existence, the school has
lost the function of bringing up, it does not provide the necessary social skills and communication skills, a
steadily growing demand for education is not supplied with, but resources nevertheless is "satisfied" with
educational system, the proportion of financing educational programs has failed to maintain even
reproduction and especially the development not only of individual secondary schools, but in general the
whole system of general education, teachers wages lag behind other branches in 2-3 times and leads to
negative selection of personnel, pushing out people with high potential and qualification; imbalance in the
legal provision of financial mechanism of general education system.

REFERENCES
[1] Denisenko V. A (2006) Innovation in Education, 3, 5-11.
[2] Freeman C. (1995) The National System of Innovation in Historical Perspective, Cambridge Journal
of Economics, 19, No. 1, 544
[3] Loeb S., Strunk K. (2003) The Contribution of Administrative and Experimental Data to education
Policy Research, National Tax Journal, 56, No. 2, 415-438

MODERN
TRENDS
IN DESIGN

The 11
th
MD01 237
POINTILLISM, OR DRAWING POINTS IN DESIGN
V.TELESH
Department of Culture and Art
e-mail: vjaceslavs.teless@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
In graphics, an artist's work in dots is called pointillism. The space of a drawing is filled with points,
which create the form and tone of the objects. The pointillism technique in drawing means thousands,
millions of dots, the process of work is very long, and this makes an artist perseverant, patient and calm,
which is essential for a designer. Working in pointillism style provides an opportunity to qualitatively
create the volume, special and planar composition of a drawing.
[Key words: pointillism, drawing in dots, ink pen drawing, marker drawing, rapidograph drawing]

GENERAL
Starting a pointillist drawing is the same as starting drawing in pencil. For example, in working on a
still life an initial composition, form and surfaces of objects, shadow and light are made in light pencil
lines. When the drawing is ready dark and light spaces are filled with dots by ink pen, marker or
rapidograph of a certain size. The more dots are put the darker the surfaces, the fewer dots the lighter
the surfaces. This makes possible to achieve the gradual stretching of tone. It is possible to use only dots,
or dots, lines and dark areas in a drawing.
Pointillism makes it possible to show subtle transitions of tones, soften the edges of surfaces, to create
texture of material objects in a drawing.
This style originated in the late 19
th
century in France among post-impressionist artists. Georges
Seurat is the founder of the style. In the 20
th
century many artists applied pointillism technique in their
graphic and painting works.
In Russia pointillism technique was applied by the painter and graphics artist Annenkov Yuri
Pavlovich in his illustrations and portraits. In Latvia this technique was applied by the graphic artists
Sigismunds Vidbergs and Aleksejs Yupatovs, and the painter Edgars Valdmanis.
Nowadays pointillism technique is applied in computer graphics. Computer monitor is designed
applying the principle of pointillism with raster or bitmap images, where pixels are playing the role of
dots. Pointillism is applied even in music.
The main aim of this study is to attract more attention of future designers to the use of pointillism
technique in various design drawings, as well as to introduce them to the process of drawing in dots,
because this technique provides excellent results in creative works of artists. It also provides great
opportunities for an artist's work with computer.

The 11
th
MD01 238

REFERENCES
[1] . (2005) . /Moscow. -
[2] . (2000) . /Minsk.
[3] . (2001) . /Minsk.
[4] Liepi O. (1942) Sigismund Vidbergs. Rga/Riga.

The 11
th
MD02 239
METHODS OF THE DESIGN OF NON-STANDARD FORMS OF CLOTHING
FROM UNCONVENTIONAL MATERIALS
N.KAZEVA
Lomonosova 1 building 6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: n.knjazeva@inbox.lv

ABSTRACT
The methodology of the development of students' three-dimensional vision based on the image-
associative thinking. Studying and practical application of the plastic properties of fabrics to achieve
expression in the costume composition. Methods of transformation of the forms and motives of the source
of inspiration in the three-dimensional solution of composition. Methods of the formation of the concept
of a unified composition and its realisation in 3-D layout and on a mannequin.
[Keywords: fashion design, architectonics, costume architectonics, creating form in fashion design,
image-associative thinking]

GENERAL
Architectonics of 3-D forms is one of the ways of the ways of modeling using pin-method. The
discipline develops student's three-dimensional vision and image-associative thinking. The work with 3-D
elements and forms helps obtain certain skills, introduces to plastic properties of materials. While
developing lay-outs students obtain the basic theoretical knowledge of composition, study the techniques
and develop the skills of lay-out. The aim of the discipline is to teach the methods of lay-out and to
develop creative thinking.
Current fashion trends are analysed in the process of studying the discipline. The outline images are
designed by association based on the studying of forms and textures of animate and inanimate objects,
arts and crafts objects, architecture, historical and ethnic costume. Designing of 3-D forms lay-out in
the pin-method assists in the obtaining of practical skills creating an image.

CONCLUSION
The discipline Architectonics of 3-D forms is necessary in the study process because in practice it
establishes the theoretical knowledge of the basics of composition, helps to obtain and form practical
skills in the creation of 3-D forms, and introduces to the plastic properties of materials.

REFERENCES
[1] : . ,
, , http://www.dissercat.com/content/arkhitektonika-
kostyuma-sotsiokulturnaya-dinamika

The 11
th
MD03 240
EDUCATION IN THE FIELD OF FASHION DESIGN.
OPENING ABILITIES OF A CREATIVE PERSONALITY.
PERSON-CENTRED APPROACH.
L.ZARINA, M. BOJARINOVA
Lomonosova 1 building 6, LV-1019, Riga, Latvia,
e-mail: marija.bojarinova@isma.lv, zarina.lidija@gmail.comv

ABSTRACT
Person-centred approach is the determining one while identifying bright individual characteristics of a
creative personality. The creation of the environment and conditions for the successful self-development
of students is essential. To achieve good results in short time the accent should be made on psychological
characteristics and temperament of the students of creative professions. To successfully motivate
creativity, students' personal traits and motivation, as well as social components must be studied.
Establishing friendly, mentoring relationships is the psychology of new leadership. The position "the best
among equals" as the way of collective creative activity. Reflective method of teaching support.
Motivation based on personal growth, gradual rise of student's self-esteem in the process of studies.
[Keywords: fashion design, education in the field of fashion design (secondary and higher education);
new training methods in the field of fashion and design. person-centred method; individual approach; free
development of a personality; teaching support]

GENERAL
The dynamic development of modern fashion industry requires for the formation of bright individuals.
Individual approach, with its authoritarian basis, was widely used in the 20
th
century pedagogy, but it
proved to be insufficient for the upbringing of a creative personality and the disclosure of its creative
potential. Person-centred approach, which uses the methods of teaching support and personality's
motivation, forms effective self-concept of the creative personality. The aim of the research is to
generalise the existing pedagogical experience in this field and the development of the methodology of
person-centred approach for the training of students of creative professions in art HEIs.

CONCLUSION
Person-centred approach as the alternative to the individual one demonstrates at practice the high
results of educational process in the field of creativity.

REFERENCES
[1] Oakland J.A. (1972) Measurement of personality correlates of academic achievement in high school
students//F.D.Naylor. Personality and educational achievement. John Wiley and sons Australasia, Pty
Ltd. Sydney, New York, London, Toronto
[2] Strong R. (1995) What do students want (and what really motivates them)?// Educational leadership.
53, No. 1
[3] .. (1989) //
. 6. 5-13.

The 11
th
MD04 241
THE INFLUENCE OF WORLD ECONOMIC AND ECOLOGICAL TENDENCIES
ON PRODUCTION OF CERAMIC COATINGS AND MODERN TRENDS IN THEIR
USE IN INTERIOR DESIGN
I. LISAGOR
e-mail: ilana.lisagora@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
There is no permanence in the world of design and architecture. Old standards and canons give way to
new ones.
Modern philosophy of manufacturing companies includes the production of articles/ = wares/ without
regard for time, i.e. those articles which excite and express everlasting values, while fashion keeps
coming and going away.
The aim of the lecture is to acquaint the audience with the main latest trends of modern manufacture
of ceramic coatings.
[Keywords: ceramic floor- and- wall coatings, ecological solutions, urban environment, urban
technology, classical tendencies in design, modern styles in interior design, ancient classical technologies.

GENERAL
1. Economical solutions: the use of innovative technologies in production of ceramic floor- and- wall
coatings, the use of lesser thickness (from 3mm), the advantages of their usage.
2. Modern ecological solutions in manufacture of ceramic coatings:
a) Proper environment protection ought to prevail over fashion and publicity campaigns of
companies.
3. The return of classical tendencies in design of ceramic floor- and- wall coating.
4. Return to ancient classical technologies.
5. Collection of interior photographs.

FIGURE 1. EXAMPLE OF USING IN INTERIOR FIGURE 2. EXAMPLE OF USING IN INTERIOR

The 11
th
MD04 242

CONCLUSION
New economic conditions have led to a rapid development of innovative technologies in the
production of ceramic coatings. Manufacturers and designers of collections pay a special attention to the
ecological compound of the production process.
Nowadays one employs ceramic coatings much more widely when working out and designing
interiors; that can be explained by a heightened interest to ecology on the part of manufacturers and
consumers.

REFERENCES
[1] Lisagor I. (2012) The Influence of Current Economic Conditions on the Use of Materials in Interior
and Decoration. University of Applied Sciences/ Kauno kolegija.

The 11
th
MD05 243
COLOUR SELECTION AND MATCHING INTERIOR DESIGN PROJECT
L.LIELKJA, J.SIDORENKO
e-mail: lacuxs@inbox.lv, jelena.sidorenko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Colour can affect people who are able to perceive and experience all shades of colour.
Colours mainly determine the mood of the interior. Colours affect us directly, its effect on the human
eyes, feelings, physiological status and performance. What colour can affect us positively, make you feel
good, gain energy and strength, but some other people in the same colour may be affected negatively - to
create negative emotions, even negative effects on the human psyche and physical condition.
[Keywords: colour effects, colour meaning and symbols, interior colour palette, colour scheme]

GENERAL
1. Colour effects. The correct combination of colours can affect a persons mood in interior.
2. Choice of colours. Each colour has a certain physical and psychological impact on people,
chance the colour choice also depends on each persons subjective perception, temperament, life
experience, value positions and other characteristics.
3. The range of colours interior. The colours can change the visual space ratio can optically switch
with wall painting different shades.
4. Colour meaning and symbols. Colour symbolism in the use of colour to illustrate the traditional
cultural or religious ideas.
5. Interior colour palette, colour scheme. Colour harmony is natural colour match to promote the
artistic expressiveness.
6. Interior description. The walls are the backdrop for furniture and decorative items carpets,
painting, curtains, soft colours to provide greater expressiveness.
7. Colour matching. Colour ring or a range of colours, complementary and tertiary colours.

CONCLUSION
Any interior space overall importance of color gamut. Entering the house, the color tones a lot can be
said for the hosts and the atmosphere in the family. In the surrounding color affects a person's daily
moods and feelings. Properly selected interior colours can stimulate activities, relax, think and try to put a
better understanding of one another.

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
Ozola E. (2006) Krsas uztvere un iedarbba, Rga, Jumava
usts V. (2007) Telpas uztvere un kompozcija. R.: Zvaigzne
(2001) . 2- . , .

The 11
th
MD06 244
INTERIOR DESIGN: THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS
. LITVINENKO
e-mail:alina.litvinenko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
The psychology of home interior is a new direction, which is not quite well explored yet. However,
the modern trends of interior design show that the owners of private houses and apartments want to get
the interior which promotes harmony and psychological balance. The essence of the problem considered
in the article is that a designer should take into account both the functionality and the emotional influence
creating the optimal image of an object. Interior, which is designed taking into account the psychological
characteristics of a person, is able to create positive attitude in people who live in it. Interior design
influences a person actively; it enhances the positive qualities of a personality and levels the negative
ones. The stimulatory effect of design can sooth a choleric explosive temperament and derive a
melancholic from depression.
The author also focuses on some important aspects of space planning, creation of a certain structure of
indoor space and its two main types: closed (fixed division of the entire space into several isolated rooms)
and open (interior is based on the concept of availability). It is noted that a person arranging the space of
his home is most often sure that he is guided by financial capacities and taste. He sometimes does not
know that the state of his physical and psychological health and temperament also influence this process.
[Keywords: interior psychology, design, emotional influence, space planning, structure of indoor
space, persons temperament]

GENERAL
This work presents an attempt to study the personal and psychological aspects of interior design.
Nowadays most often people are striving to express their individuality, inner world, preferences and
feelings while creating interior together with a designer. The modern trends of interior design show that
the owners of private houses and apartments want to get the interior which promotes harmony and
psychological balance (see, Fig.1). The conclusion can be made that while developing interior design the
psychological aspect a customers personality (temperament, character, ambitions, education and
culture level) is of significant importance apart from the constructive features of the project. At present
this aspect becomes more and more topical in relation with the variety of options for the organisation of
personal space, which are offered on the market of interior design.

FIGURE 1. MOST COMFORTABLE A PERSON FEELS IN A ROOM DECORATED IN COUNTRY STYLE.
THIS STYLE IS CONSIDERED TO BE THE COSIEST AND WARMEST OF ALL

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
Norman D.A. (2004) Emotional Design: Why We love (or Hate) Everyday Things. Basik Books.
., . (2005) , . .:

The 11
th
MD07 245
OP ART AND COLOURS ROLE IN INTERIOR DESIGN
L.MURNIECE, J.SIDORENKO
e-mail: liva_murniece@inbox.lv, jelena.sidorenko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
Colour in nature - what it means and how to affect us. It is important to choose a design and colour
accordance with the real space applications. Op Art, also known as optical art, styling, visual arts, which
creates an optical illusion. Optical art images the human eye to discern the movement of the image, but in
reality it is just a visual trick. Optical art is a method of simultaneously using colour interactions in the
same plane, which raises the question of the awareness and understanding.
[Keywords: colour, interior design, Op Art, visual information, visual illusion]

GENERAL
1. Colour in nature - what it means and how to affect us.
2. When you choose a colour for room, take into account the fact that each colour has a
psychological meaning
3. It is important to choose design accordance with the real space applications.
4. Op Art primary wasnt a work of art but impression what gets from it, so thats way the name - the
"optical art".
5. Colours phenomenon has a dual nature. Its objective is part of the light, but the subjective-sight
feeling.''
6. Visual information what we take is emotional importance, and it is associated with the colours
more than 80% of the information.
7. Op Art's best-known process is the black and white, through articles and lines are created Op Art
artistic effect.
8. Black and white is not the only process include the colour and use it successfully created the
illusion Op Art.

CONCLUSION
Colours phenomenon has a dual nature. Its objective is part of the light, but the subjective-visual
sensation. Optical art is a perceptual experience related to the operation of the visual function. It is a
dynamic visual art, stemming from multiple actions discordant relations area, causing tense and
contradictory comparisons between the viewer and great interest.

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
Ozola E. (2006) Krsas. Uztvere un iedarbba.-Rga: Jumava, 64
http://santagute.wordpress.com/2007/01/25/krasu-nozime-un-ietekme/

The 11
th
MD08 246
BEAUTY SALON HARMONY CORPORATE STYLE
L.PUTNE, J.SIDORENKO
e-mail: lputane@inbox.lv, jelena.sidorenko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
The project is inspired from the sixties and seventies style, which appeared in fashion vintage style
elements. The project's main inspiration for the model is a designer Verner Panton. Marilyn Monroe's
image is taken as an ideal model for women. The logo is made concise and rounded shapes, symbolizing
harmony, which is the main objective of the project. The basic colours are taken 2013th of so much
current and spring pastel colours. The project is being developed based on the principle of unity, with a
common corporate style.
[Keywords: logo, corporate style, vintage style, basic colours, spring pastel colours]

GENERAL
1. The project "Beauty Shop" Harmony "corporate style" graphic design is given an analysis of the
company's style of creating the topic.
2. It is possible to specify the project objectives and targets, provides a description of the work to the
customer, material and information for the project sequence, the results and conclusions presented
from studies in the process.
3. It is in the company's style concept analysis, open problems and topicality, and highlight the
company's style goals and objectives.
4. It analyses versions of the logo, logo design phases.
5. The research also explores corporate style mandatory elements, their creation and development.
6. The results are summarized, conclusions derived from this project and study.

CONCLUSION
The project "Beauty Shop" Harmony "corporate style" graphic design is given an analysis of the
company's style of creating. The project is inspired from the sixties and seventies style, which appeared in
fashion vintage style elements. The basic colours are taken 2013th of so much current and spring pastel
colours.

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
Michael E. (2007) Laurence King, Logo, Laurence King. U.K.
www.pantone.com/spring2013

The 11
th
MD09 247
DESIGN COLOUR TRENDS 2013
J.SIDORENKO
e-mail: jelena.sidorenko@isma.lv

ABSTRACT
To enable interested parties to expand their extensive knowledge of the colour vitally important role in
the world in which we live.
[Keywords: colour wheel, colour theory, colour trends interior design, fashion design, graphic design]

GENERAL
1. Provide comprehensive, illustrated and presentation materials for the Basic Colour Theory.
2. Explore Colour trends 2013.
3. Introduce attendance with illustrations 2013 Interior, Fashion and Graphic design Colour Trends.

CONCLUSION
Presentation on colour theory basis for a general overview, the Historical Colour Matters, colour
effects on the human perception, based on the colour of an important role in the world. The lecture will
take up the colour trends in interior design, fashion design and graphic design in 2013
th
.

REFERENCES
[1]
[2]
[3]
Michael E. (2007) Laurence King, Logo, Laurence King. U.K.
www.pantone.com/spring2013

IT M 2013 Theses

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

IT M 2013 Theses

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Informcijas

(t) of the velocity vector : in the case

(t) = :(t) sin0,

FIGURE 1. 2,7-DIAMINO-FLUORENONE BISAZOPIGMENTUM NA1

> > > h Y h Y h Y P

> > >

> > > h Y h Y h Y P

> > >

x x x f 0), , ( > > o o

1. Though the maximum length of the

)- point n-dimensional Euclidean space E

is a vector of parameters of algorithm

FIGURE 1. THE LATVIAN LEGISLATION OVERVIEW

into the vector of parameter implementation (solution vector) { }

FIGURE 1. EXAMPLE OF USING IN INTERIOR FIGURE 2. EXAMPLE OF USING IN INTERIOR

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen